PopSugar

Body Wedge for a Full Body Workout

FitSugar — Wed, 07 Mar 2007 08:45:00 -0800

Looking for an all in one fitness product that actually does what it says?

If yes, then BodyWedge21 ($79.00) is a great and unique addition to your home gym. It keeps exercise simple and to the point. The 21 exercise routine developed specifically for the Bodywedge21 is a great way to change up ordinary exercises. To start, simply follow the video of the 21 exercises and once you have that mastered, just use the exercise chart printed right on the padded wedge itself. Follow the planned exercises and you can also add variation to exercises you already do. With the wedge you can work your abs, butt, thighs, triceps, chest and lower back. BodyWedge21 allows you to use your own body weight and strength for resistance but for added work, you can use weights or resistance bands. It's like a bench (on an incline) combined with a step, combined with a personal trainer. To get the most out of it, be sure to add cardio (before or after) as well. I think I might have to add this to my list of home gym essentials. Buy it directly from BodyWedge21.com.

To see all of the exercises you can do with one BodyWedge21, read more

View 21 Photos ›

Why Didn't Anybody Tell Me: Baby-to-Be's Head

LilSugar — Mon, 28 Sep 2009 07:00:44 -0700

I coughed and almost peed my pants. It's time for my baby to make its debut. Someone once told me that at the end of pregnancy, there's so much pressure that it feels like your crotch is being dragged across sandpaper. I've reached that stage. There's something so awkward about walking around with your child's head between your legs. I remember having this sensation while expecting my son. He'd stretch and I'd think I was about to deliver. When he measured just shy of 23 inches at birth, I knew I hadn't imagined it. The doctor told me I "dropped" a few weeks ago, but as of this week the baby descended even more, which makes it uncomfortable to sit at certain angles. Some mothers compare this situation to having a softball wedged in their body; how did you describe it?

We want to hear your shocking, funny, embarrassing, and insightful pregnancy and motherhood stories. Join our Why Didn't Anybody Tell Me? group over in our LilSugar community and share your tales and tips.

Source: Flickr User McBeth

Non-small cell lung cancer

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:06 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Research News:

About 3,000 nonsmokers die each year of lung cancer resulting from exposure to secondhand smoke, according to a 2006 Surgeon General report.
Advexin, a genetic therapy that contains the p53 tumor-suppressor gene, is showing promise. A 2006 study in Japan found that out of 13 patients with advanced NSCLC receiving Advexin, 10 had stabilized. Advexin is in Phase II clinical trials for NSCLC.
Studies are finding that NSCLC tumors in people who never smoked have a much higher rate of epithelial growth-factor receptor (EGFR) mutations. EGFR helps new blood vessels grow to feed tumors. This discovery may help tailor future treatments to specific patient populations. It also helps explain why some newer treatments seem effective mostly in patients who never smoked.

Treatment News:

Video-assisted thoracic surgery (VATS) is a new, less-invasive surgical technique that uses a thin tube containing a miniature camera and surgical instruments. Though the procedure is not appropriate in all cases, it offers significant advantages, especially in older or frail patients, in the treatment of early stage non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
Bevacizumab, a monoclonal antibody, was approved in October 2006 as a first-line treatment (in combination with carboplatin and paclitaxel) for inoperable, locally advanced, metastatic, or recurrent non-squamous, non-small cell lung cancer.
Gefitinib (Iressa), a drug that targets EGFR, proved disappointing in final clinical trials. However, erlotinib (Tarceva), a drug that targets a different part of the EGFR molecule, has shown benefits. Erlotinib is now approved as a second-line chemotherapy to treat patients with locally advanced or metastatic NSCLC after a previous course of chemotherapy failed.

Introduction

Although lung cancer accounts for only 13% of all cancers, it is among the most lethal, accounting for over 28% of all cancer deaths. It is more deadly than colon, breast, and prostate cancers combined. An estimated 160,390 people will die from lung cancer in 2007. Death rates have been declining in men over the past decade, and they have now stabilized in women.

The lungs are two spongy organs surrounded by a thin moist membrane called the pleura. Each lung is composed of smooth, shiny lobes: the right lung has three lobes, and the left has two. About 90% of the lung is filled with air; only 10% is solid tissue.

Air is carried from the trachea (the windpipe) into the lung through flexible airways called bronchi.
Like the branches of a tree, the bronchi in turn divide into over a million smaller airways called bronchioles.
The bronchioles lead to grape-like clusters of microscopic sacs called alveoli.
In each adult lung, there are about 300 million of these tiny alveoli. A thin membrane makes up the alveoli sacs. Oxygen and carbon dioxide pass through this membrane to and from capillaries.
Capillaries, the smallest of our blood vessels, carry blood throughout the body.

The major features of the lungs include the bronchi, the bronchioles, and the alveoli. The alveoli are the microscopic blood vessel-lined sacks in which oxygen and carbon dioxide gas are exchanged.

Lung cancer develops when genetic mutations (changes) occur in a normal cell within the lung. As a result, the cell becomes abnormal in shape and behavior, and reproduces endlessly. The abnormal cells form a tumor that, if not surgically removed, invades neighboring blood vessels and lymph nodes and spreads to nearby sites. Eventually, the cancer can spread (metastasize) to locations throughout the body.

The two major categories of lung cancer are small cell lung cancer and non-small cell lung cancer. Most lung cancers are non-small cell cancer, the subject of this report. Less common cancers of the lung are known as carcinoids, cylindromas, and certain sarcomas (cancer in soft tissues).

Some experts believe all primary lung cancers come from a single common malignant (cancerous) stem cell that, as it copies itself, can develop into any one of these cancer types in different individuals.

In addition, cancers in the lung may have spread from other primary sites, such as the breast, thyroid, or colon. In these cases, doctors name the cancer after its original location; for example, "breast cancer with lung metastases."

Non-small cell lung cancers are categorized into three types: squamous cell carcinoma (also called epidermoid carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, and large cell carcinoma. These separate types are grouped together because, in early stages before the cancers have spread, they all can be treated surgically.

Squamous Cell Carcinoma. Squamous cells are formed from reserve cells, which are round cells that replace injured or damaged cells in the lining (the epithelium) of the bronchi, the major airways. Tumors formed from squamous cells are usually found in the center of the lung, either in a major lobe or in one of the main airway branches. They may grow to large sizes and form cavities in the lungs.

Click the icon to see an image of squamous cell carcinoma.

When squamous cell cancer metastasizes, it may travel to the bone, adrenal glands, liver, small intestine, and brain.

Squamous cell carcinoma is nearly always caused by smoking and used to be the most common cancer. It still makes up 25 - 40% of all lung cancers.

Adenocarcinoma. Adenocarcinomas usually arise from the mucus-producing cells in the lung. About two-thirds of adenocarcinomas develop in the outer regions of the lung, while one-third develop in the center of the lung. In 1965, 12% of lung cancers were adenocarcinomas. They are now estimated to account for 30 - 50% of all lung cancers and are the most common lung cancers in many countries. They are also the most common lung cancers in women. In fact, a 2000 European study showed that nearly 34% of the women with lung cancer under investigation had adenocarcinoma, compared to 26.4% who had squamous cell carcinoma, and 22.3% with small cell lung cancer. Adenocarcinoma is also increasing dramatically in men. Until recently, adenocarcinoma was only weakly linked to smoking. Experts now suggest, however, that the dramatic increase in recent decades in this lung cancer type may be due to low-tar, filtered cigarettes. People who smoke them draw tiny particles deeper into the lungs, thereby possibly increasing the risk for adenocarcinoma.

The course of this cancer varies widely. Most often, it develops slowly and causes few or no symptoms until it is far advanced. In some cases, however, it can be extremely aggressive and rapidly fatal. In 50% of cases in which this cancer spreads, it spreads only to the brain. Other common locations it spreads to include the other lung, the liver, the adrenal glands, and bone.

Click the icon to see an image of adenocarcinoma.

Bronchoalveolar Lung Cancer. Bronchoalveolar lung cancer is actually a subtype of adenocarcinoma. It develops as a layer of column-like cells on the lung and spreads through the airways, causing great volumes of sputum. This cancer also is increasing in incidence.

Large Cell Carcinoma. Large cell carcinoma, which makes up about 10 - 20% of lung cancers, includes cancers that cannot be identified under the microscope as squamous cell cancers or adenocarcinomas.

Click the icon to see an image of large cell carcinoma.

Small cell lung cancer may, like squamous cells, be derived from reserve cells or other cells in the epithelium. It causes 15 - 25% of all lung cancers; without chemotherapy, it is very aggressive and usually rapidly fatal. It requires a different treatment approach from non-small cell lung cancer, so it is not discussed in this report.

Click the icon to see an image of small cell carcinoma.

Causes

Cigarette Smoke. Smoking causes 87% of lung cancer deaths, accounting for 30% of all cancer deaths. Cigarettes, nicotine, or both may contribute to lung cancer in one or more of the following ways:

In general, chronic exposure to nicotine may cause an acceleration of coronary artery disease, peptic ulcer disease, reproductive disturbances, esophageal reflux, hypertension, fetal illnesses and death, and delayed wound healing.

The smoke is the most dangerous component of the cigarette. Chemicals formed during smoking trigger genetic mutations that lead to cancer. When people inhale cigarette smoke, they bring into their lungs tar that includes over 4,000 chemicals, some of which are carcinogenic (cancer-causing). Other inhaled chemicals in cigarette smoke that may increase the risk for cancer include cyanide, benzene, formaldehyde, methanol (wood alcohol), acetylene (the fuel used in torches), and ammonia. Smoke also contains nitrogen oxide and carbon monoxide, both of which are harmful gases.
Nicotine itself may be a hazard. A 2000 laboratory study suggested that the human body might be converting inhaled nicotine into a chemical called aminoketone, which has been linked to the formation of tobacco-related lung cancer. A 2001 study reported that nicotine triggered new blood vessel growth, which could, in theory, promote growth of any existing tumors. A study published in 2005 found that nicotine was responsible for disabling a gene that induces the death of cancer cells in lung tumors. Whether or not these studies apply to long-term use of nicotine replacement products (such as patches), or to cigarette smoking, is still unclear. The studies should certainly not discourage people from using nicotine replacement methods for quitting. However, these studies may indicate that people should not use these devices on a long-term basis.

Radon. Radon is a gas produced naturally by the breakdown of uranium. It is often present in the soil and in water and can seep into any dwelling. Radon may be responsible for between 10% and 14% of lung cancer deaths, making it, after smoking, the second leading cause of this cancer.

Other Contributors. Toxic particles leading to precancerous changes in the lung are also found in marijuana. In one study, 53.8% of cigarette smokers, 66.7% of marijuana smokers, and all of those subjects who smoked both substances showed evidence of precancerous changes in the lungs.

There is considerable debate over the lung cancer risk posed by depleted uranium used in military weapons (such as in the Gulf and Balkan conflicts). A 2001 study estimated that it would cause an additional 8 deaths from lung cancer out of every 10,000 people or soldiers who were highly exposed to this substance. The study was based on a mathematical model, however, and the issue is not settled.

Other lung carcinogens include asbestos, arsenic, certain petrochemicals (materials made from crude oil or natural gas), and other airborne (carried through the air) byproducts of various mining and manufacturing processes.

Click the icon to see an image of the tobacco plant.

Genetic mutations that cause cancer generally occur in two types of genes:

Tumor-suppressor genes, which prevent cells from endlessly copying themselves
Proto-oncogenes, which encourage cells to keep making copies of themselves [when a proto-oncogene changes (becomes mutated), it is then called an oncogene]

Damage to either type of gene can cause a mutation that results in an uncontrolled division of cells. This uncontrolled division forms tumors.

It is unlikely that a single specific abnormality causes all lung cancer. It probably takes a variety of mutations to start the devastating chain of events leading to cancer. The following mutations are among those under investigation:

BPDE-caused mutations: The chemical BPDE, a byproduct of tobacco smoke, is involved with a number of genetic mutations, including those to an oncogene called K-ras and to three tumor-suppressor genes known as p53, PPP2R1B, and p16. When normal, the tumor-suppressor genes are involved in cell repair and healthy copying of the cell. When they are damaged or blocked, out of control cell production can occur, leading to cancer. About 10% of the population may carry a gene that protects against lung cancer, by reducing levels of BPDE.
Chemotherapy resistance genes: Tumors that contain the p53 mutation may also be more resistant to chemotherapy.
Rb Mutations: Another important contributor to lung cancer is a genetically defective protein called retinoblastoma (Rb), which is associated with very aggressive tumors. Low levels of the normal Rb gene may sometimes predict aggressive cancer, especially in patients with small cell lung cancer.
Mutations to the FHIT gene: Another potentially important mutation may be an abnormality in the FHIT gene. This mutation causes the cells lining the lung to become more vulnerable to the effects of tobacco smoke and other carcinogens.

Symptoms

Lung cancer is unlikely to produce symptoms until the disease is advanced. When symptoms develop, they may result from the lung tumor itself, from its effects on tissues outside the lung, or from the spread of malignant cells to other organs.

Early symptoms may include the following:

Frequent bouts of pneumonia, or pneumonia that does not clear up in a normal period of time
Coughing (particularly coughing up blood)
Weight loss
Fever
Shortness of breath
Chest pain

Later-stage symptoms include the following:

Shortness of breath: This common symptom is the result of cancer that has spread in the lung and the pleura, the membrane covering the lung.
Superior vena cava syndrome: In some cases, tumor growth or spreading of the cancer presses against the superior vena cava, a large vein that returns blood from the upper part of the body to the heart. When this happens, a condition called superior vena cava syndrome may occur, leading to obvious swelling in the arms and face.
Trouble swallowing: The esophagus is the pipe that takes food from the mouth to the stomach. The cancer may spread to or press against the esophagus, interfering with swallowing and nutrition.
Hoarseness: Cancer can damage the nerves that control the voice box, causing hoarseness.
Pancoast syndrome: Damage to the brachial plexus, a group of nerves branching from the neck, can cause pain, weakness, or numbness in the arm or hand (Pancoast syndrome).
Bronchoalveolar lung cancer may produce very large amounts of mucus.
Hypercalcemia: Some lung cancers produce substances that remove calcium from bone and release it into the bloodstream, causing a condition called hypercalcemia. Patients with this disorder can experience nausea, vomiting, constipation, weakness, and fatigue.

Other lung cancers (usually small cell cancer) cause the body to retain water, lowering the blood's sodium levels. This condition, called hyponatremia, can produce confusion, weakness, and even seizures.

Risk Factors

Before cigarettes became popular in the beginning of the 20th century, lung cancer was rare. In 2007, lung cancer is expected to strike up to 213,380 Americans, and about 160,390 are expected to die from it.The disease usually occurs in people over 50 years old. Men have a significantly greater incidence of lung cancer compared to women. On the encouraging side, the rate of lung cancer in men has been declining significantly over the past decade. While lung cancer rates have been increasing dramatically in women (by 600% from 1950 to 2000), they now appear to be stabilizing.

Smoking appears to be the primary risk factor in 85 - 90% of lung cancers. About 15% of all people who smoke develop lung cancer. The risk depends on the duration of the addiction and the number of pack years. (One pack year equals the number of packs of cigarettes smoked per day, multiplied by the number of years that the person has smoked.) Genetic damage in the lung occurs in nearly all chronic smokers, even if cancer has not developed.

An elevated risk for lung cancer can persist for more than 20 years after quitting smoking, although the risk drops significantly even in the first year after quitting. And, there are benefits to quitting smoking even for people who are well into middle age.


Quitting Age	Percentage
30	2%
40	3%
50	6%
60	10%

Second-Hand Smoke. The Environmental Protection Agency has classified second-hand smoke as a carcinogen (cancer-causing chemical). Exposure to second-hand tobacco smoke increases the risk of lung cancer in the nonsmoker by about 20 - 30%. A 2006 Surgeon General report found that about 3,000 nonsmokers die each year of lung cancer resulting from exposure to secondhand smoke.

There may be some ethnic differences in lung cancer risk. For example, African-Americans face a risk that is two to four times higher than that in Caucasians, regardless of smoking status. It is not clear what factors are responsible for this higher risk. Some African-Americans appear to have a genetic vulnerability to the harmful chemicals in cigarette smoke.

In China, an estimated one third of all young male smokers will eventually die because of tobacco-related illnesses. Their risk for lung cancer, however, is much less than it is for chronic lung disease, the opposite of the Western trend. A 2001 study reported that the lower rate of lung cancer among Chinese people might be due to a slow rate of clearing nicotine, which results in smoking fewer cigarettes.

People with High Exposure to Radon. Studies have shown that radon raises the risk of lung cancer in underground miners by 40%. It is unclear whether the results of these studies would apply to people exposed to radon in their homes One study suggests that people with intense or prolonged exposure to radon in their homes do indeed face the same risk as miners exposed to similar levels of radon. A cumulative long-term exposure to radon and smoking also increases the danger. Most people move an average of 10 or 11 times over their lifetime, so the risk of developing lung cancer through radon exposure is very low in most individuals, even for those who lived for awhile in areas with high radon levels. People with homes that have high radon levels and those who sleep or spend many hours to days in basements with detectable but moderate levels should consider taking protective measures.

Workers Highly Exposed to Carcinogens. An estimated 9,000 - 10,000 men and 900 - 1,900 women develop lung cancer each year because of occupational exposure to carcinogens. More than half of these cases are attributable to past exposure to asbestos, which has long been known to be a risk factor for mesothelioma (cancer of the pleura, the lining around the lung) and can increase the risk of lung cancer in smokers. With better protective measures, these rates are expected to fall in the future.

Other chemicals that put workers at risk for lung cancer include:

Arsenic (insecticide and herbicide sprayers, tanners, oil refinery workers)
Chloromethyl methyl ether (workers exposed to certain polymers, water repellents, or products using chloride and formaldehyde)
Chromium compounds (workers using certain alloys, paints, pigments, and preservatives)
Depleted uranium (soldiers exposed to weapons during battlefield conditions)
Crystalline silica

By contrast, agricultural workers seem to have a lower lung cancer rate, despite their possible occupational exposures to risky chemicals. While this rate has traditionally been attributed to good health habits, including low tobacco use, a 2000 study suggests that agricultural workers' exposure to endotoxin may be responsible. Endotoxin is a component of common bacteria found in soil and animals and may have cancer-preventing effects on the immune system.

Exposure to Smoke from Grills. Grilling and high-heat frying emit chemicals called heterocyclic amines, which are known to be carcinogenic. A 2000 study of Chinese women found that smokers who stir-fried meat daily and inhaled cooking fumes had a higher risk of lung cancer than did those who stir-fried meat less frequently. No higher risk was found among nonsmokers.

Air Pollution. Although any risk from air pollution is very small, it nevertheless may be a contributor to those lung cancers not obviously related to smoking. Some studies, including a major analysis of vital statistics in 2002, have found an association between increased risk for lung cancer and long-term exposure to very small particulates, especially sulfates, present in polluted air. The risk, if any, is very small.

A family history of lung cancer may play a role in increasing susceptibility to this disease. In one study, people who had parents or siblings with respiratory tract cancers had a 30% higher risk for lung cancer, compared to people without a family history. Women with mothers or sisters with lung cancer had triple the risk. A higher risk occurred in both smokers and nonsmokers. There was no association between a history of other cancers and lung cancer. Both genetic factors and secondhand smoke appeared to contribute to the danger in these individuals.

Smokers with emphysema or chronic inflammatory lung diseases, such as asthma, are at increased risk for lung cancer. Both smokers and nonsmokers whose lungs are scarred from recurrent lung diseases, such as pneumonia or tuberculosis, are also at increased risk, particularly for bronchoalveolar lung cancer.

Lifestyle Changes

Quitting improves lung function almost immediately. Some evidence suggests that the benefits for the lungs are even more significant for women who quit than for men. It should be noted, however, that it can take 20 years or longer, particularly in heavy smokers, for the lungs to be restored to a fully healthy condition in which the risk for lung cancer is as low as for nonsmokers. Quitting is extremely difficult. No one should be discouraged if they relapse. Everyone should keep trying to quit. With continued efforts, many people succeed.

The many methods of quitting smoking include counseling and support groups, nicotine patches, gums and sprays, and incremental reduction.

At this time perhaps the most effective method for quitting is a combination of the following:

Nicotine replacement products that reduce withdrawal symptoms and cravings.
The antidepressants bupropion (Zyban) or nortriptyline (Pamelor, Aventyl), which reduce emotional effects and cravings associated with withdrawal, and improve abstinence rates.
Professional counseling or support organizations that may be effective, in addition to the medication, in helping people maintain abstinence.

[See In-Depth Report #41: Smoking.]

While people are in the process of quitting (and afterwards), they should maintain as healthy a lifestyle as possible.

Phytochemicals. Some data suggest that diets rich in fresh fruits and vegetables may be protective against lung cancer in both smokers and non-smokers. Some studies have reported protection from specific plant chemicals (phytochemicals), such as the following:

Isothiocyanates. These chemicals are found in cruciferous vegetables (broccoli, cauliflower, and Brussels sprouts). They may help block the effects of carcinogens in smoke, suppress tumor growth, and inhibit growth-promoting steroid hormones.
Flavonoids. Major sources are apples, grapefruit, onions, red wine, and tea. In one study on flavonoids, apple eaters had the lowest cancer risk, 68% less than those who ate fruit infrequently. In another, those who ate relatively more onions, apples, and white grapefruit had less than half the lung cancer risk as people who ate relatively small amounts of these foods. Flavonoids are also found in soybeans, berries, broccoli, carrots, citrus fruits, eggplant, peppers, squash, and tomatoes. Specific flavonoids in dark chocolate may be protective against lung cancer (but not other cancers).
Lycopene. Lycopene is found in tomatoes, which have been associated with a lower risk for lung cancer. Cooking the tomatoes appears to increase the potency of lycopene.
Cryptoxanthin. Some studies suggest that eating foods rich in cryptoxanthin, a yellow-orange pigment, reduces the risk for lung cancer. Foods with high amounts of cryptoxanthin include pumpkin, corn, papaya, red bell peppers, tangerines, oranges, and peaches. More research is needed in this area, however.
Isoflavones. Isoflavones, found in soy beans and flax seed, behave like estrogen in some ways and not in others. Some evidence suggests the genistein (a type of isoflavone) in soy may have properties that are protective against lung cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of phytochemicals.

Note: Studies on these chemicals are not consistent. It is unlikely that individual phytochemicals offer protection, but rather that the benefits come from a collection of vitamins and plant chemicals contained in fruits and vegetables. Fruit, especially, appears to be protective.

Fats and Oils. Some studies have indicated that diets high in animal fats increase the risk for lung cancer. Others have suggested some protection from cod liver oil, which contains omega-3 fatty acids (found in fatty fish), omega-6 fatty acids (found in flax and in soybean and canola oils), and monounsaturated oils (found in olive and canola oils). Of interest was a 2002 study reporting that women who had a high intake of cheese had a lower risk of lung cancer. Despite these intriguing pieces of information, the ability of these substances to protect against lung cancer remains controversial, and discontinuation of smoking remains the best advice.

Click the icon to see an image of fats and oils.

Vitamin Supplements. Even with a healthful diet, smoking reduces the levels of a number of vitamins, importantly vitamin C. There is no evidence, however, to support any protection from antioxidant supplements, including vitamins E, A, or beta carotene.

In fact, evidence is now suggesting that high doses of vitamin C, vitamin E, and beta carotene supplements may have harmful effects. A 2000 study, for example, reported a higher risk for cancer in male smokers who took multivitamins plus A, C, or E. The strongest studies to date on negative effects of antioxidant supplements have reported an increase in lung cancer and overall mortality rates among smokers who took beta carotene supplements. In determining reasons for this disturbing effect, one animal study suggested that beta carotene increased enzymes in the lungs that actually promote cancerous changes. In other words, antioxidants may actually be harmful in people who already harbor cancer cells. This is particularly important information for smokers, who may carry precancerous or cancerous cells for years prior to developing the disease. The best way of achieving healthy levels of important nutrients is from healthy foods.

Click the icon to see the benefits of vitamin A.

Click the icon to see dietary sources of vitamin A.

Trace Element Supplements. Trace elements may be important in cancer risk and prevention.

Selenium appears to inhibit cell production and may have other anti-cancer properties. A few studies have reported some protection with selenium. However, a major 2002 analysis supports previous work, indicating that taking selenium helps only people who are deficient to begin with.

Click the icon to see the benefits of selenium.

Zinc may prove to be more important than selenium. Some research suggests that zinc may help protect smokers by blocking cadmium. Smokers have higher levels of cadmium in their body, and there may be a link between cadmium and a higher risk for lung cancer. Some laboratory studies have indicated that zinc might help protect against tumor progression. There is no evidence that taking zinc supplements will reduce the risk for lung cancer, however.

A 2003 study reported a lower risk in lung cancer in men and women who were physically active. Both moderate and intensive exercises were associated with protection.

People concerned about radon in their home or area can purchase a test approved by the Environmental Protection Agency. Methods for removing radon include installing a soil suction system. It should be noted, however, that home prevention measures rarely reduce radon levels to zero. Simply sleeping by an open window reduces the risk.

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and COX-2 inhibitors (coxibs) both block cyclooxygenase (COX) enzymes. NSAIDs block COX-1 and 2, and coxibs selectively block COX-2. Evidence now strongly suggests that the COX-2 enzyme plays a role in blood vessel growth (angiogenesis) that can feed lung cancers.

NSAIDs. NSAIDs include aspirin, ibuprofen (Advil), and naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn, Naprelan, Anaprox). These agents inhibit COX-2, but they also target another COX enzyme. Studies are now reporting an association between regular use of aspirin or other NSAIDs and a reduced risk for non-small cell lung cancer.

COX-2 Inhibitors. The COX-2 inhibitors are more recent forms of NSAIDs. Currently, only celecoxib (Celebrex) is still on the market. Rofecoxib (Vioxx) and valdecoxib (Bextra) were withdrawn from the market due to their high risk of causing strokes and heart attacks. Because they target the COX-2 enzyme specifically, researchers are focusing on these drugs for a possible role in treating lung cancer and preventing recurrence.

Diagnostic Tests

Chest X-Rays. In a small percentage of cases, a routine chest x-ray reveals the first signs of lung cancer. Usually, however, symptoms of existing lung cancer, such as coughing, chest pain, and blood in the sputum, will lead to a chest x-ray. If non-small cell lung cancer is present, chest x-rays may show lesions (damaged or abnormal tissue) in the center of the lung, cavities formed by squamous cell carcinoma, or lace-like pattern of cells spreading through the lungs. By the time lung cancer is diagnosed by chest x-rays, however, it has often spread so far that it cannot be surgically cured. Four major studies found no survival benefits in early detection from chest x-rays and sputum screening. Regular screening for lung cancer using x-rays is therefore not currently recommended.

Computed Tomography. Computed tomography (CT), particularly the specific technique called low-dose spiral (or helical) CT, is more effective than x-rays for detecting cancer in patients with suspected lung cancer. It is the standard imaging procedure for determining if and where the cancer has spread (metastasized). Surgeons also use CT scans to evaluate patients before lung surgery.

CT stands for computerized tomography. In this procedure, a thin x-ray beam is rotated around the area of the body to be visualized. Using very complicated mathematical processes called algorithms, the computer is able to generate a 3-D image of a section through the body. CT scans are very detailed.

The use of helical CT for early screening is still controversial. Studies of CT scans in smokers suggest that early screening will detect about 2% of lung cancers, most of these in early stages. In the studies, 62 - 82% of the patients with stage 1A cancer (when the tumor has not spread yet) were still alive at 5 years. Neither study, however, was controlled (compared with other groups, such as non-smokers). The survival figures were likely to be higher than in actual practice.

Click the icon to see an image of a CT scan of the chest.

Evidence regarding the survival benefits of early detection is not clear. Many experts are highly opposed to widespread screening for lung cancer. Some evidence, for example, suggests that lung cancer cells in non-small cell lung cancer are often very aggressive at microscopic levels (before a tumor is formed). If this were true, the cancer would be highly likely to have already spread, long before it was visible with CT scans. Moreover, some studies have found no association between tumor size at the time of diagnosis and survival times. On the other hand, some suspicious areas detected by CT scans may actually be innocent, and these patients might be more likely to die from aggressive treatments than from the disorder itself.

It should also be noted that about 98% of suspicious areas seen on CT scans turn out to be benign. Even after rescreening, many scans will show suspicious areas that turn out to be harmless but will require invasive and expensive biopsies. Additional experience with CT scans, however, may allow experts to better determine which abnormalities are likely to be benign.

High-risk individuals who are still interested in early screening with CT scans should ask their doctor about available clinical trials.

Computed tomography is the standard imaging procedure for determining if and where the cancer has spread (metastasized). Other imaging tests, however, may be useful for staging and tracking lung cancers (staging means finding out how advanced the cancer is).

Positron Emission Tomography. Positron emission tomography (PET), specifically a technique known as FDG/PET, is the most accurate noninvasive test for detecting early lung cancer. It is also the best imaging technique for staging lung cancers, not only those located in the lungs, but also those that have spread, particularly into the space between the two lungs (the mediastinum). With this imaging test, the patient is first injected with a specially formulated liquid sugar (called FDG), and then viewed with a machine that records energy given off by tumor cells.

PET is expensive and not widely available. However, its supporters suggest that it may prevent many unnecessary surgeries by identifying patients whose cancer has advanced past the stage at which surgery is helpful. There is some evidence that FDG/PET scan can detect a metabolic (processing) response to treatments that may help predict the outlook for the patient.

Scintigraphy. Scintigraphy is an imaging procedure in which patients are administered low-level radioactive agents that bind to cancer cells, which then can be tracked by special cameras to reveal the cancer cells' location and intensity. Agents selected are those that can best bind successfully with specific tumor types. For example, a 2001 study of the binding agent 111In-DOTA-LAN demonstrated excellent results in identifying non-small cell lung tumors. This study further suggests the possibility of using such highly-targeted binding agents as lung cancer treatments.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), an imaging procedure that uses radio wave energy, is frequently used instead of CT scanning to locate brain and bone metastases that can be associated with lung cancer.

Biopsies of lung tissue are needed to confirm lung cancer. This requires invasive procedures that may vary from simple needle aspiration to chest surgery.

Needle Aspiration. Sometimes, a biopsy specimen is obtained by inserting a needle between the ribs, and then guiding it with the use of computed tomography scans, ultrasound, or fluoroscopy (a device allowing an x-ray view). Specific techniques include transbronchial or transthoracic needle aspiration (TBNA or TTNA) or endoscopic ultrasound-guided needle aspiration (EUS-NA). Their use depends on how much of the area can be observed with less invasive imaging methods. There is a 5 -10% risk for bleeding or collapsed lung with needle aspiration.

Thoracoscopy. Thoracoscopy is usually very effective for diagnosing cancer in the outer areas of the lungs, or those involving the pleura (membrane surrounding the lungs). This is a surgical procedure that uses a fiber-optic tube to view the area:

The procedure requires general anesthesia.
The surgeon passes surgical instruments and a fiber-optic tube through a small incision in the chest. The tube has a camera in it, which allows the surgeon to look at the lungs on a video screen.

Bronchoscopy. To locate cancer that develops in the central areas and major airways of the lung (usually squamous or small cell cancer), bronchoscopy is typically performed. The procedure is done as follows:

The patient is given a local anesthetic, supplementary oxygen, and sedatives.
The doctor inserts a bronchoscope, a hollow flexible tube often containing a fiber-optic light source, into the lower respiratory tract through the nose or mouth.
The tube acts like a telescope into the body, allowing the doctor to see the windpipe and major airways. In a procedure called fluorescence bronchoscopy, the doctor injects the patient with a drug that makes cancer tissue appear red when exposed to laser light from the bronchoscope.
The surgeon removes specimens for biopsy, ideally combining techniques to include cutting tissue, brushings, and a washing process called bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL). BAL involves injecting saline through the bronchoscope into the lung and then immediately suctioning the fluid back through the hollow tube of the bronchoscope; the fluid is then analyzed in the laboratory. Both brushing and washing procedures may be very valuable additions.

Advances in this procedure, such as laser-induced fluorescence endoscopic bronchoscopy, may improve early detection of cancer.

Bronchoscopy is usually very safe, but complications can occur; they include allergic reactions to the sedatives or anesthetics, asthma attacks in susceptible patients, and bleeding. Fever may follow the procedure.

Click the icon to see an image of bronchoscopy procedure.

Click the icon to see an image of a bronchoscope.

Mediastinoscopy. Mediastinoscopy uses a tube inserted between the lungs to locate the appropriate areas for biopsy. It is performed if the physician suspects that cancer has spread to nearby lymph nodes but has not yet metastasized.

Sputum Analysis for Presence of Cancer Cells. Some experts are now recommending an analysis of coughed-up sputum as a useful and cost-effective measure for identifying cancer cells, particularly those located in central areas of the lung. However, although sputum analysis appears to be as accurate as any other screening test currently conducted, it may miss cancers such as adenocarcinoma, which form in mucus-producing cells typically in the outer portion of the lungs. If a sputum analysis does not show cancer cells, but other signs of lung cancer are present, including blood in the sputum and suspicious areas on x-rays, other tests are performed.

Biomarkers. Biologic markers, called biomarkers, are high levels of substances that are released by tumors and indicate the presence of specific cancers. Biomarkers can be found in sputum, blood, and tissue samples. They can include enzymes, hormones, amino-acid compounds, antigens (identified by antibodies that specifically target them), growth factors, and other chemicals. Some biomarkers may prove to reveal the presence of cancer cells before they are evident on CT scans or other imaging tests. For example, genetic mutations, notably K-ras and p53, can now be detected in cells found in sputum, or cells taken during bronchoscopy. Such mutations occur only with cancerous changes and may enable early detection. Other markers that prove to be important for predicting aggressive cancers are high levels of matrix metalloproteinase (MMP9) and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), which are compounds involved with angiogenesis (the process in which blood vessels serving the tumor develop).

As part of the doctor's initial examination, patients may have a pulmonary function test to evaluate lung health and capacity. In addition, since the heart and lungs are often involved in complications following lung cancer surgery, the doctor may be especially interested in taking a complete history of those systems in patients who might need surgery.

Staging Systems

Tests to Determine Cancer Stage. After diagnosing non-small cell lung cancer, the doctor makes treatment choices by determining the cancer's stage (how large the tumor is and how far the cancer has spread). To stage the cancer and determine other aspects of the disease, a number of tests are conducted:

The cancer cells are examined microscopically for size, shape, and other configurations.
Computer tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), or both, are used to scan the lung and perhaps other locations, such as the liver, upper abdomen, and brain, to determine the extent of the disease.

Physical Examination. A detailed physical examination of the whole body is very important to identify or rule out the spread of cancer to other areas, and to determine the general condition of the patient. For example, questions about dizziness or headaches can help the doctor determine if the cancer has spread to the brain, while bone or joint pain might suggest that the cancer has spread to the bone. The doctor will also look for head and neck symptoms that might reveal the presence of other tumors. Also, according to a 2000 review, the patient's weight loss and ability to function are two very important factors for predicting survival following treatment. Patients who are mobile and have lost less than 10% of their pre-treatment weight tend to have better survival rates.

In lung cancer, the stage of the disease at the time of diagnosis is a major factor in determining how to treat the cancer, and how long the patient can expect to live. In general, survival is longest for patients with very early-stage disease and shortest for patients with very advanced disease that has spread to several regions of the body. Staging is based on the results of physical and surgical examinations, and laboratory and imaging tests, including biopsies.

To determine the stage, medical professionals first categorize each tumor by size and by how far it has extended. This identification method is called the TNM system.

The TNM categories then determine the stage (numbered 0 to IV), indicating how advanced the cancer is.

TNM stands for Tumor, regional lymph Nodes, and Metastasis (cancer spread beyond the original tumor).

T refers to the size and extension of the tumor itself. In TX and T0, the tumor is indicated by cancer cells in sputum or lung samples but cannot be seen. Tis: Carcinoma in situ. The cells are cancerous, but the tumor does not show evidence of spreading. In T1, the tumor is 3 cm or less in size, is still contained in the lung or the membrane covering the lung, and has not reached the main airway.

In T2, the tumor has one or more of the following features:

It is greater than 3 cm
It involves the main airway
It is 2 cm or more away from the ridge (the carina) at the lowest part of the windpipe
It has invaded the pleura
It is associated with collapsed lung tissue (atelectasis) or swelling that blocks part (but not all) of the lung

In T3, a tumor of any size has directly invaded any of the following:

Chest wall
Diaphragm
The membrane covering organs and structures in the chest
The outer wall of the membrane around the heart (pericardium)

In addition, one or more of the following conditions are present:

The tumor is in the main airway, less than 2 cm away from the carina, but is not in the trachea (windpipe).
The tumor is associated with a collapsed lung or swelling that blocks the entire lung.

In T4, the tumor has invaded any of the following:

The area between the lungs (mediastinum)
The heart
The great vessels (the blood vessels that carry blood from the heart)
Carina, trachea, or esophagus
Main portion of the spine

In addition, one or both of the following occurs: separate tumors are present in the same lobe; the tumor is accompanied by an increased amount of fluid between the pleural membrane and the lung.

N followed by a number from 0 to 3 refers to whether the cancer has reached regional (in the area of tumor) lymph nodes. In stage N0, the regional lymph nodes are still cancer-free.

In N1, the cancer has spread to the nearest lymph nodes around the airways, to the hilum (a central zone in the lung where blood and lymph vessels enter), or both. The tumor has extended directly into lymph nodes within the lung. In N2, the cancer has spread to lymph nodes in the middle of the chest that are still next to the affected lung, to the nodes below the carina, or to both regions.

In N3 the cancer has spread to lymph nodes in the middle of the chest that are next to the opposite lung, to the hilum in the opposite lung, to lymph nodes in nearby or opposite muscle tissue, or to lymph nodes above the collar bone.

M Stages refer to metastasis. In M0, metastasis has not occurred.

In M1 distant metastasis has occurred. This includes the presence of a separate tumor in a different lobe.

Staging factors are used to help determine treatment and outlook. The following suggest a more aggressive disease:

The presence of respiratory symptoms
A tumor larger than 3 cm
High numbers of blood vessels in the tumor

Researchers are always looking for more accurate ways to determine a treatment and outlook for lung cancer. For example, some research involves specific biomarkers and related blood vessel development within tumors. These markers might eventually help determine how aggressive a cancer is likely to be, and what the best treatment approach is.

If the cancer is still localized, surgery can produce 5-year survival rates of up to 75% in stage I patients and up to 50% in stage II patients. Unfortunately, very few patients are diagnosed at such early stages. In locally advanced stages, the standard treatment is concurrent radiation and chemotherapy. However, even with this approach average survival times are less than 2 years. Even if an initial tumor has been surgically removed or irradiated, cancer recurrence rates are very high. The risk for recurrence is lower in smokers who quit after treatment.

On an encouraging note, advances in therapies for later stage lung cancer are now offering some hope for improving survival. Still at this time, the mortality rate for lung cancer is still extremely high, and reports of improved response or survival rates using drugs or combinations of therapies do not mean cures. Ultimately, the patient must weigh a diminished quality of life using aggressive treatments against a chance for a modestly prolonged life.

Surgical Procedures

Surgery is performed in the following circumstances:

The surgical removal of an entire lobe or parts of a lung is the primary treatment for eligible patients in early stages of cancer. Recurrence is high after surgery, although the new tumor is often operable.
Some patients with stage IIIA cancer may also benefit from surgery. The intent at this stage is to extend survival time, rather than cure the disease.
Surgery is not out of the question in rare cases of metastasis when the cancer appears in a single operable location, such as the brain.

Unfortunately, lung surgery may be too risky for patients with other lung diseases or serious medical conditions, and because lung cancers tend to occur in smokers over 50, such health problems are likely to be present. Long-term survival rates appear to be better in patients treated at hospitals that perform large numbers of lung cancer surgeries, and when surgeries are performed by thoracic surgeons, who specialize in chest procedures.

The type of surgery depends on the amount of lung or other tissue that needs to be removed.

Wedge Resection or Segmentectomy. Wedge resection and segmentectomy remove only a small part of the lung; consequently, they preserve almost normal breathing function after the operation.

Lobectomy. Removal of one of the lobes of the lung is called lobectomy. The patient's lung function must be adequate before undergoing this procedure. The operation carries an overall mortality rate of 3 - 5%, with older patients having the highest risk.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing surgery to remove diseased lobes of the lung.

Pneumonectomy. Pneumonectomy removes the entire lung. The procedure itself carries a mortality rate of 5 - 8%, with the oldest patients having the greatest risk. In such patients, recurrence almost always occurs.

Surgical advances are allowing a wider range of options, including minimal surgeries for early cancers and surgeries that relieve cancer symptoms in late stages of the disease.

Thoracoscopy. Thoracoscopy, also known as video-assisted thoracic surgery (VATS), is a less-invasive technique that employs a thin tube containing a miniature camera and surgical instruments. It requires much smaller incisions than open surgery and speeds recovery to the point that patients are up within hours. Though the procedure is not appropriate in all cases, it offers significant advantages, especially in older or frail patients. The death and complication rates following VATS are lower than those following conventional surgeries. Pain is reduced, and patients are released from the hospital quicker. Several studies found that the 5-year survival and recurrence rates in patients with stage I NSCLC treated with VATS were comparable to those in patients treated with traditional open chest surgeries.

Laser Surgery. Laser surgeries allow removal of minimal amounts of lung tissue and are proving useful for improving symptoms in stage II and IIIA patients. They may also be beneficial in treating cancers that have spread to the throat, obstructing it.

Photodynamic Therapy. Photodynamic therapy uses bronchoscopy and special laser light beams combined with a light-sensitive drug, called porfimer sodium (Photofrin), to kill cancer cells. The most common side effect is sun sensitivity. Serious side effects include bleeding in the lungs. Photodynamic therapy may be considered for patients in early-stage disease who are not candidates for other surgical procedures. It may also be used to reduce symptoms in late-stage disease.

Cryosurgery. Cryosurgery uses a probe chilled to below freezing to destroy the tumor cells on contact and is being investigated in combination with radiation therapy. It may also be an alternative in early stage cancer for patients who cannot have surgery.

Electric Cauterization. Electric cauterization, the use of electricity to produce heat that destroys tissue, is also under investigation as a treatment for early-stage disease.

Back Surgery. Spinal cord compression is a common cause of pain in patients with advanced lung cancer. Because such patients can live for a year or longer, some research indicates that back surgery followed by radiation therapy can significantly improve the quality of life for many of these patients.

Radiation Treatments

In addition to surgery, radiation is the other primary treatment for early-stage lung cancer. Doctors are also studying the benefits of radiation treatment in advanced lung cancer.

Radical Radiation in Early-Stage Cancer. Radical radiation is used as the sole procedure in stage I and some stage II patients who have adequate lung function but, for medical or other reasons, cannot be treated with surgery. In these cases, the 5-year survival rate is about 20%, and the cancer is likely to recur. Survival rates may be higher or lower, depending on the tumor size. In general, treatment with radiation therapy alone shows less benefit with larger tumors. A 2002 analysis suggested that the use of radiotherapy after surgery in patients whose tumors had been completely removed might be associated with reduced survival rates. Nevertheless, a recent study confirmed earlier results that show that radiation therapy by itself is as effective as surgery in patients who are unable or unwilling to have surgery for early stage non-small cell lung cancer.

Combined Treatments for Improving Survival in Advanced Cancer. Radiation is also being investigated in various combinations with chemotherapy, surgery, or both. At this time, concurrent radiation treatment plus platinum-based chemotherapy may extend survival times in advanced lung cancer. Other combinations are showing promise.

Palliative Radiation. Doctors use palliative radiation to shrink tumors and reduce pain and symptoms. Palliative radiation is appropriate for patients with advanced disease and poor lung functions, or in those with metastasized cancer. In up to 85% of patients with advanced disease, palliative radiation therapy helps relieve pain, shortness of breath, the superior vena cava syndrome, coughing up blood, and symptoms caused by brain metastases. Radiation, in these cases, is not generally used with the intention of reducing mortality rates, although it may increase survival in some patients, such as those with excellent lung function whose tumors are small.

Delaying radiation therapy until symptoms develop does not appear to reduce survival times or impair quality of life compared to starting it right away, in patients with minimal or no symptoms.

Radiation Therapy in Metastasis to the Brain. Radiation is the primary treatment when cancer has spread to the brain unless the cancer is small enough to be treated surgically. When radiation is used, a technique called stereotactic radiosurgery may be used to deliver powerful, highly targeted radiation to specific areas in the brain. Some trials are investigating using radiation to the head to prevent metastasis to the brain.

The goal of radiation treatment is to administer doses as high as possible to kill as many cancer cells as possible, without destroying surrounding healthy tissues or causing a dangerous reaction. Doctors may try different procedures for the same patient. The exact radiation procedure depends on the site of the cancer or how far it has spread:

External-Beam Radiation. External-beam radiation therapy focuses a beam of radiation directly on the tumor. It is generally used for metastasized cancer.
Brachytherapy. Brachytherapy involved the implantation of radioactive seeds through thin tubes directly into the cancer sites. Brachytherapy may be used for lung cancers that have spread to the throat and caused obstruction. High-dose-rate brachytherapy may also have some value for patients with inoperable tumors in the central region of the lung.

Hyperfractionated radiotherapy gives smaller than standard doses a number of times a day (usually two or three). This allows doctors to use a higher cumulative dose over the whole course of treatment. It is not as useful as therapy by itself, but should be combined with chemotherapy to have any survival benefits.

Hyperfractionated Accelerated Radiotherapy. Continuous hyperfractionated accelerated radiotherapy (CHART) administers multiple doses per day but uses standard doses. This allows the total dose of radiation to be administered over a shorter time period than the standard 6 weeks. CHART is proving to extend survival rates of patients with localized cancer over that of standard radiotherapy or non-accelerated hyperfractionated radiation. It can cause severe swallowing problems. A modification in which treatment is suspended for 2 days out of 7 may help reduce this effect.

Three-dimensional (3-D) conformal radiotherapy delivers external-beam radiation designed to closely match the specific targeted organs or tissues. This allows significantly higher doses to attack the cancer while reducing the risk to healthy cells. In a 2003 report, 3-year survival rates in stage IIIA patients were nearly 60%, and nearly half the patients experienced no side effects.

Stereotactic body radiotherapy, an advance on conformal radiation, uses a body frame and an abdominal press to immobilize the patient's body and limit breath movement. This allows a more accurate delivery of high-energy radiation. The technique is still investigational.

Radiation can have significant side effects when used as part of intensive treatments, such as hyperfractionated radiotherapy or radiotherapy in combination with chemotherapy. Among the most serious problems is severe inflammation in the esophagus (esophagitis) or the lungs (pneumonitis). Infection is also a danger.

The use of targeted approaches, such as conformal radiotherapy, may help reduce these complications. Investigators are also studying drugs, notably amifostine, which appear to help reduce throat and lung inflammation caused by radiation, without reducing its cancer-fighting effects.

Treatment Options by Stages

In the occult stage (TX, N0, M0), cancer cells are found in a sample of a patient's coughed-up sputum, but no cancer cells have yet been detected in the lung.

Treatment Options. Surgical removal of the tumor, if one can be located, allows identification of its stage and often results in cure.

Stage 0 or carcinoma in situ (Tis, N0, M0) are noninvasive cancers and only a few layers of cancer cells are detected within one local area. The cancer has not grown through to the top lining in the lung and can be surgically removed. There is a high risk for development of a second tumor, however.

Treatment Options:

Surgery, often a limited procedure, where only part of a lobe is removed from the lung.
In patients who cannot be treated surgically, consider photodynamic therapy, cryotherapy, or brachytherapy.

In stage I, the cancer has reached higher layers of the lung but has not spread into the lymph nodes or beyond the lung.

General Treatment Options. The primary treatment is surgery, such as lobectomy (removal of a whole lobe), if possible. Patients with poor lung function should undergo partial lobectomy, if possible. Radiation treatments may be appropriate and beneficial for patients who cannot have surgery. It is not clear if early-stage lung cancer patients, who have radiation or chemotherapy in addition to surgery, have higher survival rates. A 2002 analysis suggested that the use of radiotherapy after surgery in patients whose tumors had been completely removed might be associated with reduced survival rates. An analysis of studies using chemotherapy in addition to surgery or radiotherapy, however, indicated benefits in survival. The overall 5-year survival rates for early stage-cancer are in the range of 30 - 50%. Patients should consider clinical trials for prevention of recurring (returning) cancer after the initial treatment. The risk for recurrence is highest in patients who continue to smoke.

Stage IA (T1, N0, M0). The 5-year survival rates for stage IA patients after successful treatment can be as high as 80%. Treatment options are:
- Lobectomy or sometimes pneumonectomy (removal of one lung)
- Wedge or segment removal, particularly in patients with poor lung function who cannot withstand lobectomy
- Radiation in selected patients whose condition is inoperable (for example, frail patients with T1 tumors); 5-year survival rates can be equal to those with surgery, between 32 - 60%
- Clinical trials of adjuvant chemotherapy following surgery

Stage 1B (T2, N0, M0). Stage IB survival rates after treatment can be better than 60%. Treatment options are:
- Lobectomy or sometimes pneumonectomy; wedge or segment removal, particularly patients with poor lung function
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy following surgery
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy before surgery (induction therapy; studies are promising)
- Clinical trials for radiation treatments in selected patients whose condition is inoperable
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy before, after, or during radiation treatments

In stage II the cancer cells have spread to nearby lymph nodes.

General Treatment Options. Surgery, usually removal of a lobe (lobectomy) or one lung (pneumonectomy), is the treatment of choice. Five-year survival rates associated with stage II surgery can vary. A 2000 review of existing research places the numbers as high as 40 - 50%, but notes that they can drop to 25% and below if the cancer has spread beyond the immediate lymph nodes.

Patients whose cancer is inoperable may consider radiation treatments. In patients who can complete treatment, 5-year survival rates average 20 - 30%, with higher rates for stage IIA. Patients should consider clinical trials for prevention of recurring cancer after primary treatment. To date, however, supplementing surgical treatment with radiation or chemotherapy does not appear to prolong survival rates.

Stage IIA (T1, N1, M0). Survival rates can be as high as 60%. Treatment options are:
- Surgery
- Radiation
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy following surgery
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy before, after, or during radiation treatments
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy to reduce tumor size before surgery (induction therapy)
Stage IIB (T2, N1, M0) or (T3, N0, M0). Survival rates can be over 40%. Treatment options are:
- Surgery
- Radiation
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy following surgery
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy before surgery (induction therapy)
- Clinical trials of chemotherapy before, after, or given at the same time as radiation treatments

In stage III, the cancer cells have spread beyond the lung to the chest wall, diaphragm, or further lymph nodes, such as those in the neck.

General Treatment Options. Generally, the treatment of choice for stage III tumors is radiation and sometimes surgery, chemotherapy, or combinations of all three.

Combination approaches may be significantly more effective than single treatments. For example, of particular interest is a treatment approach that starts with chemotherapy and radiation, given at the same time, followed by surgery. In one study, 5-year survival in stage III patients treated this way was nearly 50%.

Stage IIIA (T1, N2, M0) or (T2, N2, M0) or (T3, N1, M0) or (T3, N2, M0).
- Surgery, if the tumor and affected lymph nodes can be completely removed. Consider platinum-based chemotherapy or radiation therapy after surgery.
- Radiation treatment plus platinum-based chemotherapy, given at the same time, is an option for those in otherwise good health. This regimen should be followed by surgery, if possible.
- Consider clinical trials using advanced radiation techniques, including continuous hyperfractionated accelerated radiation, or 3-D conformal radiation.
- Consider other clinical trials, including those of various combination treatments, preventive radiation therapy to the brain, and new second-line drugs.
Stage IIIB (Any T, N3, M0) or (T4, Any N, M0). Some patients may consider surgery if there is no lymph node involvement (T4, N0), and tumor can be removed. Surgery is not an option for other patients with stage IIIB cancer. Treatment options are:
- Radiation alone, usually for symptom control; it may improve survival in certain patients, such as those with lymph node involvement above the collar bone
- Chemotherapy alone
- Concurrent (given at the same time) cisplatin-based chemotherapy plus radiation, sometimes followed by surgery if possible
- Clinical trials using induction chemotherapy alone to shrink tumors, which may then be treated with surgery or radiation
- Clinical trials using advanced radiation techniques, including continuous hyperfractionated accelerated radiation, or 3-D conformal radiation
- Other clinical trials, including those of various combination treatments, preventive radiation therapy to the brain, and new second-line drugs

In stage IV (any T, any N, M1), the cancer has spread (metastasized) to other parts of the body.

Treatment Options are:

Combination of two- or three-drug chemotherapies that include platinum-based drugs and newer agents; the best patient candidates are those in otherwise good health, who have a limited number of distant metastasized sites. Chemotherapy is not recommended for patients who are too ill
External-beam radiation for symptom relief
Paclitaxel or gemcitabine as a single medication
Other clinical trials
If metastasized cancer involves only one or two areas in the brain, it may respond to surgery followed by radiation to the brain

Recurring or additional new tumors occur, usually in the lung again, in half of treated patients. Research shows that a single tumor in the lung is more often a new tumor that, in many cases, may be operable.

Treatment Options are:

Radiation for symptom control
Chemotherapy with or without bevacisumab (Avastin)
If the cancer spread to only one site in the brain, it may respond to surgery, followed by whole-brain radiation. Extended disease-free survival is possible. If the brain tumor is not operable, it is treated with radiation. Even if cancer returns in the brain (in 50% of cases), treating it again is possible in many patients, if the disease has not spread elsewhere
Laser therapy or interstitial radiation for tumors inside the airways
Stereotactic radiosurgery (in a few selected patients)

Chemotherapy Treatments

Chemotherapy is the use of drugs given by mouth or by injection to destroy cancer cells that may have spread beyond the tumor. Until recently, there has been some doubt about the effectiveness of chemotherapy for lung cancer. A major 2002 analysis of 52 trials supported its use, particularly with platinum-based regimens, and with the use of supportive care.

Chemotherapy in early stages: Chemotherapy is proving to be beneficial in many patients as an additional (adjuvant) treatment with surgery or radiation.
Chemotherapy in advanced disease: Chemotherapy may be used as first-line treatment in patients with inoperable or metastasized lung cancer. It is typically used in late stages to reduce symptoms and, in some cases, extend survival. Since 2006, the combination of bevacizumab (Avastin, a monoclonal antibody) and platinum-based chemotherapy is also a first line treatment choice for such patients, if the cancer is the non-squamous type

Powerful platinum compounds, either cisplatin (Platinol) or carboplatin (Paraplatin), are the basis for most chemotherapy regimens. Two-drug combinations, with one drug being a platinum-based agent, are currently the preferred regimens. Reasonable combinations include paclitaxel (Taxol) and carboplatin or cisplatin. This regimen can also include gemcitabine, docetaxel, or vinblastine or its derivative (vindesine or vinorelbine). There does not seem to be any significant differences in effectiveness among them. Gemcitabine and vinorelbine combination might be a good option for patients who cannot tolerate platinum compounds. Chemotherapy for lung cancer may have reached its peak. Still, investigative chemotherapeutic drugs may yet improve response. Many experts are pinning their hope on agents called biologic response modifiers, such as gefitinib (Iressa) or LY900003 (Affinitak). To date, however, they have not achieved better results than standard platinum-based chemotherapies. Gefitinib (Iressa), a second-line therapy for non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), is now available only for a limited group of patients. These patients have benefited from gefitinib in the past, or they are enrolled in a clinical study with the drug. While this medicine initially showed great promise in clinical trials, results from a newer study failed to show that it prolonged survival in advanced lung cancer patients who failed other treatments.

If you are currently taking gefitinib, do not stop taking it without talking to your doctor.

Erlotinib (Tarceva) is in the same medication class as gefitinib. It is approved for patients with locally advanced or metastatic NSCLC, who have failed one type of chemotherapy treatment in the past (it is a second-line treatment). Unlike gefitinib, erlotinib shows survival and progression-free benefits compared to placebo. However, it should not be combined with platinum-based chemotherapy.

Chemotherapy treatments are usually performed in an outpatient setting and in regular cycles for several months. How many chemotherapy cycles to administer in late-stage cancers, the timing of those cycles, and the sequences of the drugs are still matters of investigation. For instance, research suggests that a three- or four-course cycle may achieve the same survival times and better quality of life than the standard of six or more course cycles. Changing even one day in a drug sequence can sometimes significantly affect outcome. Such fine-tuning of chemotherapy regimens is likely to have the most effect on patients with advanced-stage disease, which requires more tailored treatment than early-stage disease.

Treatment for lung cancer depends on the type of cancer and the stage of the disease. Chemotherapy is a form of treatment for lung cancer that may cure, shrink, or keep the cancer from spreading.

Side effects of chemotherapy treatments are common, and they are more severe with higher doses. Side effects increase over the course of treatment. Some trials suggest that they can be reduced by giving the drugs for shorter durations, without loss of cancer-killing effects. Common side effects include the following:

Diarrhea
Temporary hair loss
Weight loss
Fatigue
Depression
Nausea and vomiting: Drugs known as serotonin antagonists, especially ondansetron (Zofran), can relieve these two side effects. Serotonin antagonists work well in nearly all patients given moderate drugs, and in most patients who take drugs that are more powerful. In one study, a combination of dexamethasone (a steroid) with ondansetron, taken within 24 hours of chemotherapy, achieved either a major or complete reduction in nausea and vomiting.
Anemia: Anemia, an abnormally low number of red blood cells, is common in lung cancer. Treatments include transfusions or injections of erythropoietin, an agent that causes more red blood cell production. Erythropoietin is available as epoetin alfa (Epogen, Procrit) and darbepoetin alfa (Aranesp), which requires fewer injections. These agents improve well-being and quality of life. Trials are in progress to determine if they may have survival benefits as well.

These side effects are nearly always temporary. Most patients are able to continue with normal activities for all but perhaps 1 or 2 days per month.

Serious complications of chemotherapy can also occur and may vary depending on the specific drugs. They include the following:

Increased chance for infection from suppression of the immune system.
Severe drops in white blood cells (neutropenia): Certain chemotherapy drugs, such as taxanes, pose a higher risk for this complication than other drugs. White blood cell count can improve with the addition of a type of drug called granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (filgrastim and lenograstim).
Liver and kidney damage: Amifostine (Ethyol) reduces the risk for kidney damage in patients taking repeated regimens of cisplatin-based therapy. It is also a radioprotector; that is, it helps prevent severe effects in the esophagus from radiotherapy, with or without chemotherapy.
Abnormal blood clotting (thrombocytopenia).
Allergic reaction, particularly to platinum-based agents: A simple skin test is under investigation that may identify people with a potential allergic response.

Second-line chemotherapy is used for patients whose cancers have recurred after first-line chemotherapy. Some experts believe that the longer survival rates for advanced lung cancer seen for the past 5 years may be due to these drugs. Because platinum-based agents are most often used first, they are not beneficial for second-line therapy. The following are commonly used second-line agents.

Docetaxel (Taxotere). Docetaxel is the drug of choice at this time for cancers that do not respond to initial chemotherapy. Studies have reported that it achieves longer survival times than supportive care alone. It is usually given every 21 days. This regimen causes more side effects than pemetrexed, the newer major second-line drug. Weekly doses of docetaxel are effective and less toxic than the 3-week schedule. It is not clear if survival rates are comparable to those of pemetrexed with that schedule, however.

Pemetrexed (Alimta). Pemetrexed, known as an anti-folate, is another promising new agent for second-line therapy and possibly for first-line treatment as well. The drug targets a number of enzymes that play a role in how cancer cells increase. Some research suggests that it is as effective as docetaxel. Pemetrexed does have some serious toxic effects, but they can be significantly reduced with folic acid and vitamin B12 supplements. It is then less toxic than docetaxel, when docetaxel is given every 21 days, but not when it is given weekly.

Gefitinib (Iressa) and Other Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors. Much research is focusing on drugs that block small molecules involved with the growth of blood vessels that feed the tumor (a process called angiogenesis). Compounds called growth factors, which may be important in cancer cell production, control the growth of these new blood vessels. Researchers, then, are interested in medications that literally turn off these growth factors or their receptors, such as epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR). In so doing, the agents may be able to cut off cancer's lifeblood. Gefitinib and erlotinib are angiogenesis inhibitors that target receptors of an epidermal growth factor called tyrosine kinase. Interestingly, studies are finding that NSCLC tumors in people who have never smoked have a much higher rate of EGFR mutations. This helps to explain why gefitinib and erlotinib are more effective in treating NSCLC in people who have never smoked.

Gefitinib (Iressa) was approved in 2003 as a second-line therapy for non-small cell lung cancer. Many patients report significant improvement in symptoms and quality of life, and the drug initially showed great promise. In one study, gefitinib reduced tumor size by 50% in about 10% of the patients. However, recent large-scale clinical trial results have failed to confirm any survival advantage for most patients. At this time, gefitinib is available only for patients who have benefited from it in the past.
Erlotinib (Tarceva) was approved as a single agent second-line therapy in November 2004. Study results show that the drug prolonged survival by several more months than placebo (6.7 versus 4.7 months). Erlotinib is administered orally and has very low toxicity (rash and diarrhea are common).

Chemotherapy Following Surgery (Adjuvant Chemotherapy). Chemotherapy is being evaluated in combination with surgery, radiation therapy, or both. Fairly strong evidence is now supporting the use of platinum-based chemotherapy as adjuvant treatment after surgery in patients with lung cancers in stages Ib-IIIa, with some research indicating a 5% improvement in five-year survival rates. Not all studies confirm survival benefits, however, and trials are ongoing.

Chemotherapy before Surgery (Induction Chemotherapy). Some researchers are testing induction chemotherapy, which is used to shrink potentially operable tumors before surgery. Studies have been mixed in reporting any survival benefits in patients with advanced lung cancer.

Combined and Multi-Modal Therapy. In stage III cancers, investigators are researching very intensive treatments that use two or more combinations of chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery.

For example, radiation plus chemotherapy may be helpful in patients whose tumors are surgically removable.

In inoperable lung cancer, combining radiation with chemotherapy is proving to extend the time to recurrence, the overall duration of survival, or both, compared to radiation alone. Evidence also suggests that giving radiation treatments at the same time as chemotherapy (instead of in separate cycles) improves 5-year survival rates, compared to a sequential approach (separate cycles following each other). Chemotherapy and radiation treatments given at the same time are more toxic, however.

Other approaches use even more intensive multi-modal therapy. For example, some trials use radiation therapy with chemotherapy, followed by surgery. Patients are then sometimes given additional chemotherapy or radiation. In other promising regimens, patents are given concurrent radiation and chemotherapy followed by chemotherapy alone. Such approaches are very toxic but appear to improve survival in selected patients.

Severe inflammation in the esophagus is the most common severe side effect of the radiation and chemotherapy combination. There is also a very high risk of serious infections, including pneumonia, herpes zoster, and cytomegalovirus. Long-term antibiotic therapy may be needed.

Although patients over 70 may suffer more from toxic effects than younger patients, studies now suggest that they can achieve survival rates with combined treatments that are equal to those in younger patients.

There are many painkilling medications available. Research shows that aggressive pain relief can help patients manage cancer treatment symptoms (in addition to pain) better. For example, a 2001 study suggested that reducing pain in elderly cancer patients markedly lowered their fatigue levels, and improved other symptoms as well.

Opioids are the most potent painkillers. The correct use of these strong medications is very important for reaching acceptable pain relief, and preventing a toxic response. For example, the long-lasting version of oxycodone (OxyContin) must be swallowed whole; chewing, inhaling, or injecting it can create a deadly overdose.

Investigative Agents

According to a 2001 article, of the nearly 500 cancer drugs currently in development, 58 of them (about 13%) are aimed at fighting lung cancer. Only the number of breast cancer drugs exceeded that percentage. Unfortunately, none to date have shown any real benefit in terms of patient survival. However, some drugs are showing promise, and at this time, these agents are the best hope for improving lung cancer survival rates.

Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) are genetically designed immune factors. MAbs mark foreign compounds called antigens for attack by the immune system. Trastuzumab (Herceptin) and cetuximab (Erbitux) are MAbs under investigation for lung cancer. Bevacizumab (Avastin) was approved in October 2006 as a first-line treatment (in combination with carboplatin and paclitaxel) for inoperable, locally advanced, metastatic, or recurrent non-squamous, non-small cell lung cancer.

All three of these MAbs block epidermal growth factor. These agents are of particular interest for patients who have cancers that produce too much of the protein called HER2. These agents show great promise in combination with chemotherapies and newer drugs, such as the tyrosine kinase inhibitors. For example, the disease-free survival time in patients with advanced NSCLC is longer when adding bevacizumab to platinum-based chemotherapy.

Antisense oligonucleotides are drugs being used to block molecules that result in too many cells that cause cancers. LY900003 (Affinitak), for example, targets an enzyme called PKC-alpha, which promotes tumor growth. Early studies with Affinitak showed some promising results. However, a 2003 study found no difference in survival when patients received Affinitak in combination with platinum-based chemotherapy, compared to patients receiving chemotherapy alone.

Genasense (G3139, oblimersen) blocks Bcl-2. Bcl-2 is a protein that is expressed in abnormally high amounts in some cancers. This antisense drug is also under investigation.

Advexin, a genetic therapy that contains the p53 tumor-suppressor gene, is showing promise. In one early study, 60% of patients experienced partial or total tumor shrinkage when the agent was used in combination with radiation therapy. A 2006 study in Japan found that out of 13 patients with advanced NSCLC receiving Advexin, 10 had stabilized. Three of the stabilized patients remained stable for over 9 months. One patient had a partial response to Advexin. The only side effect of the multiple doses given was a passing fever that disappeared within 24 hours. Advexin is in Phase II clinical trials for NSCLC.

Vaccines use inactivated genetic materials from cancer cells, such as defective p53 or ras genes, to cause a highly targeted immune response to attack the cancer.

Retinoids are vitamin A-like antioxidant chemicals that help repair cell damage and appear to support growth of lung cells. A number of retinoid-like agents (retinal palmitate, TAC-101, 23-cis-retinoic acid, N-acetyl-cysteine) are being studied for the treatment or prevention of lung cancer.

Resources

www.cancer.gov -- National Cancer Institute
www.cancer.org -- American Cancer Society
www.cancercare.org -- Cancer Care
www.lungusa.org -- The American Lung Association
www.asco.org -- American Society of Clinical Oncology
www.alcase.org -- Alliance for Lung Cancer
www.lungcancer.org -- Joint project of Cancer Care and the Oncology Nursing Society
www.nccn.org -- National Comprehensive Cancer Network
www.lungcanceronline.org -- Lung cancer information
www.epa.gov/iaq/radon -- National radon information
www.clinicaltrials.gov -- Find clinical trials
www.cancer.gov/clinicaltrials -- Find clinical trials

References

Abeloff MD, Armitage JO, Niederhuber JE, Kastan MB, McKena WG. Clinical Oncology. 3rd ed. Orlando, Fl: Churchill Livingstone; 2004:1690-1701.

American Cancer Society. Cancer Facts and Figures 2006. Atlanta, Ga: American Cancer Society; 2006.

American Cancer Society. Cancer Facts and Figures 2007. Atlanta, Ga.: American Cancer Society; 2007:34.

Janne PA. Non-small Cell Lung Cancer in Never-smokers: A Biologically and Clinically Distinct Type of Lung Cancer. In: ASCO 2007 Educational Book. Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology, Chicago, Ill.: June 1-5, 2007.

Kagawa S, Fujiwara T, Saijo Y, et al. A multicenter phase I study of adenoviral p53 (ADVEXIN) in Japanese patients with advanced non-small cell lung cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology. 2006 ASCO Annual Meeting Proceedings Part I. Vol 24, No. 18S (June 20 Supplement), 2006: 2564.

Mehra R, Moore BA, Crothers K, Tetrault J, Fiellin DA. The association between marijuana smoking and lung cancer: a systematic review. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Jul 10;166(13):1359-67.

National Cancer Institute. Lung Cancer Home Page. Bethesda, Md.: U.S. National Institutes of Health. Available online.

National Comprehensive Cancer Network. NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology: Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer. Version 1.2007. Available online.

Tarceva [Package Insert]. Melville, NY: OSI Pharmaceuticals; 2005.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The Health Consequences of Involuntary Exposure to Tobacco Smoke: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, Georgia: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Coordinating Center for Health Promotion, National Center for Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office on Smoking and Health, 2006.

U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. List of Approved Oncology Drugs with Approved Indications. In: Oncology Tools. Available online.

U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Lung cancer screening. Ann Int Med. 2004;140:738-739.

Xin M, Deng X. Nicotine Inactivation of the Proapoptotic Function of Bax through Phosphorylation. J Biol Chem. 2005 Mar 18;280(11):10781-9.

Review Date:
8/3/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Scoliosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:13 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Treatment
Managing Scoliosis
Braces
Surgery
Treatment for Adult Scolios...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Diagnosing Scoliosis

Scoliosis is diagnosed typically in children 10 - 15 years of age. However, only about 1% of cases actually require treatment. There is a large female preponderance for larger curves that do require treatment.

Defining Scoliosis

Nonstructural scoliosis is a simple side-to-side curve of the spine. Structural scoliosis adds to that simple curve a rotation of the vertebrae, resulting in a twisting of the spine.

Causes

In about 80% of scoliosis cases, the cause is unknown (idiopathic scoliosis). Research has not been able to identify any genetic abnormality that would make a person susceptible to developing scoliosis.

Treatment with Bracing

Bracing has long been the standard treatment to prevent progression of the curvature of scoliosis. However, patient compliance has been a problem, especially for younger patients. Newer braces are now more comfortable and can be worn discretely under the clothing, thus improving patient compliance and treatment results.

Introduction

Scoliosis is the abnormal curvature of the spine. While the normal spine has gentle natural curves that round the shoulders and make the lower back curve inward, scoliosis typically involves a three-dimensional deformity of the spinal column and rib cage. To varying degrees, the spine curves from side-to-side, and some of the spinal bones may rotate slightly, making the hips or shoulders appear uneven. It may develop in the following way:

As a single primary side-to-side curve (resembling the letter C), or
As two curves (a primary curve along with a compensating secondary curve that forms an S shape).

Scoliosis most commonly develops in the area between the upper back (the thoracic area) and lower back (lumbar area). It may also occur only in the upper or lower back. The doctor attempts to define scoliosis by the following characteristics:

The shape of the curve
Its location
Its direction
Its magnitude
Its causes, if possible

Click the icon to see an image of scoliosis.

The severity of scoliosis is determined by the extent of the spinal curvature and the angle of the trunk rotation (ATR) and is usually measured in degrees. Curves of less than 20 degrees are considered mild and account for 80% of scoliosis cases. Curves that progress beyond 20% require medical attention. Such attention, however, usually involves periodic monitoring to make sure the condition is not becoming worse.

Scoliosis affects about 2 - 3% of the population (about 6 million people in the United States). It can occur in adults but is more commonly diagnosed for the first time in children aged 10 - 15 years. About 10% of the adolescent population has some degree of scoliosis, but less than 1% develops scoliosis that requires treatment. The condition also tends to run in families. Among persons with relatives that have scoliosis, about 20% develop the condition.

Among adults, previous reports have indicated a prevalence of scoliosis of up to 32%. But a recent study of 75 healthy adults aged 60 years and older with no known history of scoliosis or prior spine surgery suggested a rate of 68%. However, scoliosis was not linked to physical or social impairment in this population.

Scoliosis is often categorized by the shape of the curve, usually as either structural or nonstructural.

Structural scoliosis. In addition to the spine curving from side to side, the vertebrae rotate, twisting the spine. As it twists, one side of the rib cage is pushed outward so that the spaces between the ribs widen and the shoulder blade protrudes (producing the rib-cage deformity, or hump). The other half of the rib cage is twisted inward, compressing the ribs.
Nonstructural scoliosis. The curve does not twist but is a simple side-to-side curve.

Other abnormalities of the spine that may occur alone or in combination with scoliosis include hyperkyphosis (an abnormal exaggeration in the backward rounding of the upper spine) and hyperlordosis (an exaggerated forward curving of the lower spine, also called swayback).

Click the icon to see an image of kyphosis.

The location of a structural curve is defined by the location of the apical vertebra. This is bone at the highest point (the apex) in the spinal hump. This particular vertebra also undergoes the most severe rotation during the disease process.

The direction of the curve in structural scoliosis is determined by whether the convex (rounded) side of the curve bends to the right or left. For example, a doctor will diagnose a patient as having right thoracic scoliosis if the apical vertebra is in the thoracic (upper back) region of the spine, and the curve bends to the right.

The magnitude of the curve is determined by taking measurements of the length and angle of the curve on an x-ray view.

Vertebrae. The spine is a column of small bones, or vertebrae, that support the entire upper body. The column is grouped into three sections of vertebrae:

Cervical (C) vertebrae are the 7 spinal bones that support the neck.
Thoracic (T) vertebrae are the 12 spinal bones that connect to the rib cage.
Lumbar (L) vertebrae are the 5 lowest and largest bones of the spinal column. Most of the body's weight and stress falls on the lumbar vertebrae.

Each vertebra can be designated by using a letter and number; the letter reflects the region (C=cervical, T=thoracic, and L=lumbar), and the number signifies its location within that region. For example, C4 is the fourth bone down in the cervical region, and T8 is the eighth thoracic vertebra.

Below the lumbar region is the sacrum, a shield-shaped bony structure that connects with the pelvis at the sacroiliac joints. At the end of the sacrum are 2 - 4 tiny, partially fused vertebrae known as the coccyx or "tail bone."

The Spinal Column and its Curves. Altogether, the vertebrae form the spinal column. In the upper trunk the column normally has a gentle outward curve (kyphosis) while the lower back has a reverse inward curve (lordosis).

The Disks. Vertebrae in the spinal column are separated from each other by small cushions of cartilage known as intervertebral disks. Inside each disk is a jelly-like substance called the nucleus pulposus, which is surrounded by a tough, fibrous ring called the annulus fibrosis. The disk is 80% water. This structure makes the disk both elastic and strong. The disks have no blood supply of their own, relying instead on nearby blood vessels to keep them nourished.

Processes. Each vertebra in the spine has a number of bony projections, known as processes. The spinal and transverse processes attach to the muscles in the back and act like little levers, allowing the spine to twist or bend. The particular processes form the joints between the vertebrae themselves, meeting together and interlocking at the zygapophysial joints (more commonly known as facet or z joints).

Spinal Canal. Each vertebra and its processes surround and protect an arch-shaped central opening. These arches, aligned to run down the spine, form the spinal canal, which encloses the spinal cord, the central trunk of nerves that connects the brain with the rest of the body.

Click the icon to see an image of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of the sacrum.

Click the icon to see an image of the curves of the spine.

Click the icon to see an image of an intervertebral disk.

Click the icon to see an image of the spinal canal.

Causes

In 80% of patients, the cause of scoliosis is unknown. Such cases are called idiopathic scoliosis. (Idiopathic means without a known cause.) Idiopathic scoliosis may be due to multiple, poorly understood inherited factors, most likely from the mother's side. However, the severity often varies widely among family members who have the condition, suggesting that other factors must be present.

Researchers have not been able to identify the specific genetic abnormalities that make a young person susceptible to spinal distortion. Inherited physical abnormalities, problems in coordination, abnormalities in the central nervous system, and other inherited factors may play some role either alone or in combination with other conditions to produce scoliosis.

Physical Abnormalities. Researchers are investigating possible physical abnormalities that may cause imbalances in bones or muscles that would lead to scoliosis. Among them are the following:

Imbalances in Muscles around the Vertebrae. Some research suggests that imbalances in the muscles around the vertebrae may make children susceptible to spinal distortions as they grow.
High Arches. One study showed a higher incidence of abnormally high arches in the feet in people with idiopathic scoliosis, suggesting that altered balance may be a factor in certain cases.

Problems in Coordination. Some experts are looking at inherited defects in perception or coordination that may cause asymmetrical growth in the spine of some children with scoliosis.

Genetic Abnormalities in the Central Nervous System. Genetic defects that cause altered processing in the brain may play a role in producing abnormalities in the growing spine. For example, research has implicated low levels of melatonin, a hormone secreted in the pineal gland in brain. Melatonin is involved with sleep and growth. Researchers speculate that genetic factors that cause reduced blood levels of melatonin may adversely affect muscle tone and development during sleep, perhaps contributing to scoliosis.

Other Biologic Factors. Several other biologic factors are being investigated for some contribution to scoliosis:

Abnormalities in collagen, the critical structural protein found in muscles and bones. Enzymes known as matrix metalloproteinases are involved in the repair and remodeling of collagen. Researchers have found high levels of the enzymes in the disks of patients with scoliosis, which suggests that the enzymes may contribute to curve progression. Elevated levels of the enzymes can cause abnormalities in components in the spinal disks, contributing to disk degeneration.
A possible defective gene responsible for production of fibrillin, an important component of connective tissue, which makes up bones and muscles.
Abnormalities in a protein called platelet calmodulin that binds to calcium. This protein acts like a tiny muscle and pulls clots together. Measuring levels of this protein may eventually help predict whether scoliosis will worsen.

Congenital scoliosis is caused by inborn spinal deformities that may result in the development of absent or fused vertebrae. Kidney problems, particularly having only one kidney, often coincide with congenital scoliosis. The condition usually becomes evident at either age 2 or between ages 8 and 13 as the spine begins to grow more quickly, putting additional stress on the abnormal vertebrae. It is essential to diagnose and monitor such curvatures as early as possible, since they can progress quickly. Early surgical treatment -- before age 5 -- may be important in many of these patients to prevent serious complications.

Adult scoliosis has two primary causes:

Progression of childhood scoliosis.
Degenerative lumbar scoliosis. Degenerative lumbar scoliosis is a condition that typically develops after age 50. With this condition, the lower spine is affected, usually due to disk degeneration. Osteoporosis, a serious problem in many older adults, is not a risk factor for new-onset scoliosis, but it can be a contributing factor. In most cases, however, it is not known why scoliosis occurs in adults.

Scoliosis may be a result of various conditions that affect bones and muscles associated with the spinal column. They include the following:

Muscle paralysis.
Muscle deterioration from diseases such as muscular dystrophy, polio, or cerebral palsy.
Injury to the spinal cord.
Tumors, growths, or other small abnormalities on the spinal column. For example, syringomyelia, a disorder in which cysts form along the spine, can cause scoliosis. These spinal abnormalities may play a larger role in causing some cases of scoliosis than previously thought.
Familial dysautonomia, a rare disorder in Jewish children of Ashkenazi descent. (Only about 500 cases have been reported.)
Stress fractures and hormonal abnormalities that affect bone growth in young, competitive athletes.
Birth defects, including spina bifida (an open spinal cord) and myelomeningocele (a hernia of the central nervous system).
Turner syndrome, a genetic disease in females that affects physical and reproductive development.
Other diseases that can cause scoliosis are Marfan syndrome, Aicardi syndrome, Friedreich ataxia, Albers-Schonberg disease, rheumatoid arthritis, Cushing syndrome, and osteogenesis imperfecta.

Spina bifida is a congenital disorder (birth defect) in which the backbone and spinal canal do not close before birth. In severe cases, this can result in the spinal cord and its covering membranes protruding out of an affected infant's back. Spina bifida may also be nearly inconsequential, or may be repairable through surgery.

Nonstructural scoliosis is usually not a serious problem, since the curve is side to side. It can develop from a number of physical problems, including the following:

Unequal leg length. Injury, a shortened Achilles tendon, or other structural in-born problems can cause this very common condition. Unequal leg length rarely causes any problems and in most cases requires no treatment other than a lift in one of the shoes to equalize the length.
Muscle spasms.

Risk Factors

Risk Factors for Initial Scoliosis. Idiopathic scoliosis, the most common form, occurs most often during the growth spurt right before and during adolescence. (Between 12 - 21% of idiopathic cases occur in children ages 3 - 10 years, and less than 1% in infants.) Mild curvature (under 20 degrees) occurs about equally in girls and boys, but curve progression is 10 times more likely to occur in girls. Being taller than average at earlier ages may put some girls at risk, but other factors must be present to produce scoliosis. A risk factor that affects females is a delayed onset of menstruation, which can prolong the growth spurt period, thus increasing the possibility for the development of scoliosis.

Risk Factors for Curvature Progression. Once scoliosis is diagnosed, it is very difficult to predict who is at highest risk for curve progression. About 2 - 4% of all adolescents develop curvature of 10 degrees or more, but only about 0.3 - 0.5% of teenagers have curves greater than 20 degrees, which requires some medical attention.

People with certain medical conditions that affect the joints and muscles are at higher risk for scoliosis. These conditions include rheumatoid arthritis, muscular dystrophy, polio, and cerebral palsy. Children who receive organ transplants (kidney, liver, heart) are also at increased risk.

In one study, idiopathic scoliosis occurred in about 5% of close family members of children with the condition.

Scoliosis may be evident in young athletes, with a prevalence of 2 - 24%. The highest rates are observed among dancers, gymnasts, and swimmers. The scoliosis may have been due in part to loosening of the joints, delay in puberty onset (which can lead to weakened bones), and stresses on the growing spine. There have also been other isolated reports of a higher risk for scoliosis in young athletes who engage vigorously in sports that put an uneven load on the spine. These include figure skating, dance, tennis, skiing, and javelin throwing, among other sports. In most cases, the scoliosis is minor, and everyday sports do not lead to scoliosis. Exercise has many benefits for people both young and old and may even help patients with scoliosis.

Prognosis

In general, the severity of the scoliosis depends on the degree of the curvature and whether it threatens vital organs, specifically the lungs and heart.

Mild Scoliosis (less than 20 degrees). Mild scoliosis is not serious and requires no treatment other than monitoring.
Moderate Scoliosis (between 25 and 70 degrees). It is still not clear whether untreated moderate scoliosis causes significant health problems later on. Some studies have found no difference in either back pain or survival rates in adult untreated patients versus the general population. In one study, adults with moderate scoliosis had normal lung function, although they had difficulty exercising. (This low exercise tolerance might have been because many patients with scoliosis do not engage in regular physical activity.)
Severe Scoliosis (over 70 degrees). If the curvature exceeds 70 degrees, the severe twisting of the spine that occurs in structural scoliosis can cause the ribs to press against the lungs, restrict breathing, and reduce oxygen levels. The distortions may also affect the heart and possibly cause dangerous changes.
Very Severe Scoliosis (Over 100 degrees). Eventually, if the curve reaches over 100 degrees, both the lungs and heart can be injured. Patients with this degree of severity are susceptible to lung infections and pneumonia. Curves greater than 100 degrees increase mortality rates, but this problem is very uncommon in America.

Some experts argue that simply measuring the degree of the curve may not identify patients in the moderate and severe groups who are at greatest risk for lung problems. Other factors (spinal flexibility, the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae) may be more important in predicting severity in this group.

Scoliosis is associated with osteopenia, a condition characterized by loss of bone mass. About 27 - 38% of adolescent girls who have scoliosis also have osteopenia. Some experts recommend measuring bone mineral density when a patient is diagnosed with scoliosis. The amount of bone loss may help predict how severely the spine will curve. Preventing and treating osteopenia may help limit further curve progression.

If not treated, osteopenia can later develop into osteoporosis. Osteoporosis is a more serious loss of bone density that is common among postmenopausal women. Adolescents who have scoliosis are at increased risk of developing osteoporosis later in life. [See In-Depth Report#18: Osteoporosis.]

Osteoporosis is a condition characterized by progressive loss of bone density, thinning of bone tissue, and increased vulnerability to fractures. Osteoporosis may result from disease, dietary or hormonal deficiency, or advanced age. Regular exercise and vitamin and mineral supplements can reduce and even reverse loss of bone density.

After 20 years or more, scoliosis patients who were previously treated with surgery experience small but significant physical impairment, (mainly mild back problems), compared to their peers without scoliosis. In one study, 65% of patients reported some low back pain compared to 47% of people without a history of scoliosis. In general it was mild, although 45% of patients reported having to take days off from work compared to 19% of nonscolosis patients. In another study, only 1.5% of the scoliosis group had severe debilitating back pain. In general, the quality of life was similar, however. Pain also did not play a major role in social limitations.

The following are some possible causes of later back problems in people with a history of treated scoliosis:

Spinal fusion disease. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility and may experience weakness in back muscles due to injuries during surgery.
Disk degeneration and low back pain. With disk degeneration, the disks between the vertebrae may become weakened and rupture. In some patients, years after the original surgeries, particularly with the first generation of the Harrington rods, the weight of the instrumentation can cause disk and joint degeneration severe enough to require surgery. Treatment may involve removal of the old instrumentation and extension of the fusion into the lower back. Still, most patients do not experience significant back pain from these problems.
Height loss.
Scarred regions. Pain can occur from old scars in the incision areas.
Lumbar flatback. This condition is most often the result of a scoliosis surgical procedure called the Harrington technique, which eliminated lordosis (the inward curve in the lower back). Adult patients with flatback syndrome tend to stoop forward. They may experience fatigue and back and even neck pain.
Rotational trunk shift (uneven shoulders and hips).

Evidence suggests that previous treatment with braces may also cause mild back pain and more days off, but problems appear to be less than with surgery. In one study, dysfunction was comparable to people without a history of scoliosis.

Pain in adult-onset or untreated childhood scoliosis often develops because of posture problems that cause uneven stresses on the back, hips, shoulders, necks, and legs. In one study conducted 20 years after growth had stopped, two-thirds of adults who had lived with curvatures of 20 - 55 degrees reported they experienced back pain. Other studies have reported that adults with a history of scoliosis tend to have chronic and more back pain than the general population.

Nearly all individuals with untreated scoliosis at some point develop spondylosis, an arthritic condition in the spine. The joints become inflamed, the cartilage that cushions the disks may thin, and bone spurs may develop. If the disk degenerates or the curvature progresses to the point that the spinal vertebrae begin pressing on the nerves, pain can be very severe and may require surgery. Even surgically treated patients are at risk for spondylosis if inflammation occurs in vertebrae around the fusion site.

Emotional Impact in Childhood. The emotional impact of scoliosis, particularly on young girls or boys during their most vulnerable years, should not be underestimated. Adults who have had scoliosis and its treatments often recall significant social isolation and physical pain. Follow-up studies of children who had scoliosis without having strong family and professional support often report significant behavioral problems. Fortunately, current treatments are solving many of the problems that previous generations had to deal with, including unsightly bracing and extremely painful surgeries with little pain control.

Emotional Effects in Adults. Of some concern are growing numbers of adults with scoliosis. This group experiences considerable problems in general health, social functioning, emotional and mental health, as well as pain.

Older people with a history of treated scoliosis may carry negative emotional events into adulthood that have their roots in their early experiences with scoliosis. Many studies have reported that patients who were treated for scoliosis have limited social activities and a poorer body image in adulthood. Some patients with a history of scoliosis have reported a slight negative effect on their sexual life. Pain appears to be only a minor reason for such limitation.

Women who have been successfully treated for scoliosis have only minor or no additional risks at all for complications during pregnancy and delivery. A history of scoliosis also does not endanger the child. Pregnancy itself, even multiple pregnancies, does not increase the risk for curve progression. Women who have severe scoliosis that restricts the lungs, however, should be monitored closely.

Some evidence suggests a slightly higher risk for breast cancer and leukemia in patients who had multiple x-rays. Risks are highest in patients who had the largest radiation exposure, such as those who had been surgically treated.

Patients who simply received x-ray series for untreated idiopathic scoliosis or scoliosis caused by uneven length legs or hip abnormalities have a very low risk for future complications.

Click the icon to see an image of an x-ray.

Symptoms

Scoliosis is usually painless. The curvature itself may often be too subtle to be noticed, even by observant parents. Some parents may notice abnormal posture in their growing child that includes:

A tilted head that does not line up over the hips
A protruding shoulder blade
One hip or shoulder that is higher than the other, causing an uneven hem or shirt line
An uneven neckline
Leaning more to one side than the other
In developing girls, breasts appearing to be of unequal size
One side of the upper back being higher than the other when the child bends over, knees together, with the arms dangling down

Scoliosis may be suspected when one shoulder appears to be higher than the other, there is a curvature in the spine, or the pelvis appears to be tilted. The treatment of scoliosis can involve the use of a brace or surgery. Treatment is determined by the cause of the scoliosis, the size and location of the curve, and the stage of bone growth of the patient.

With more advanced scoliosis, fatigue may occur after prolonged sitting or standing. Scoliosis caused by muscle spasms or growths on the spine can sometimes cause pain. Nearly always, however, mild scoliosis produces no symptoms, and the condition is usually detected by the pediatrician or during a school screening test.

Diagnosis

The severity of scoliosis and need for treatment is usually determined by two factors:

The extent of the spinal curvature. (Scoliosis is diagnosed when the curve measures 11 degrees or more.)
The angle of the trunk rotation (ATR).

Both are measured in degrees. These two factors are usually related. For example, a person with a spinal curve of 20 degrees will usually have a trunk rotation (ATR) of 5 degrees. These two measurements, in fact, used to be the cutoff for recommending treatment. However, the great majority of 20-degree curves do not get worse. Patients do not usually need medical attention until the curve reaches 30 degrees, and the ATR is 7 degrees.

Adam's Forward Bend Test. The screening test used most often in schools and in the offices of pediatricians and primary care doctors is called the Adam's forward bend test.

The child bends forward dangling the arms, with the feet together and knees straight. The curve of structural scoliosis is more apparent when bending over. In a child with scoliosis, the examiner may observe an imbalanced rib cage, with one side being higher than the other, or other deformities.

The forward bend test is used most often in schools and doctor's offices to screen for scoliosis. During the test, the child bends forward with the feet together and knees straight while dangling the arms. Any imbalances in the rib cage or other deformities along the back could be a sign of scoliosis.

The forward bend test, however, is not sensitive to abnormalities in the lower back, a very common site for scoliosis. Because the test misses about 15% of scoliosis cases, many experts do not recommend it as the sole method for screening for scoliosis.

Other Physical Tests.

The patient walks on the toes, then the heels, and then jumps up and down on one foot. Such activities indicate leg strength and balance.
The doctor will check leg length and look for tight tendons in the back of the leg, which may cause an uneven leg length or other back problems.
The doctor will also check for neurologic impairment by testing reflexes, nerve sensation, and muscle function.

Proper diagnosis is important. A misjudgment can lead to unnecessary x-rays and stressful treatments in children not actually at risk for progression. Unfortunately, although measurements of curves and rotation are useful, no test exists yet to determine whether a curve will progress.

Inclinometer (Scoliometer). An inclinometer, also known as a Scoliometer, measures distortions of the torso. The procedure is as follows:

The patient bends over, arms dangling and palms pressed together, until a curve can be observed in the upper back (thoracic area).
The Scoliometer is placed on the back and measures the apex (the highest point) of the upper back curve.
The patient continues bending until the curve can be seen in the lower back (lumbar area). The apex of this curve is also measured.
Measurements are repeated twice, with the patient returning to a standing position between repetitions.
If results show a deformity, x-rays probably need to be performed to determine the extent.

Some experts believe the Scoliometer would make a useful device for widespread screening. Scoliometers, however, indicate rib cage distortions in more than half of children who turn out to have very minor or no sideways curves. They are therefore not accurate enough to guide treatment.

Currently, x-rays are the most cost-effective method for diagnosing scoliosis. Experts hope that accurate, noninvasive diagnostic techniques will eventually be developed to replace some of the x-rays used to monitor the progression of scoliosis. To date, imaging techniques under investigation appear to be fairly accurate for detecting scoliosis in the upper back (the thoracic region), but not scoliosis in the lower back (the lumbar region).

X-Rays. If screening indicates scoliosis, the child may be sent to a specialist who takes an initial x-ray and monitors the child every few months using repeated x-rays. X-rays are essential for an accurate diagnosis of scoliosis in that they:

Reveal the degree and severity of scoliosis.
Identify any other spinal abnormalities, including kyphosis (hunchback) and hyperlordosis (swayback).
Help the doctor determine whether skeletal growth has reached maturity.
X-rays taken when patients are bending forward can also help differentiate between structural and nonstructural scoliosis. Structural curves persist when a person bends over, and nonstructural curves tend to disappear. (Muscle spasms or spinal growths may sometimes cause nonstructural scoliosis that shows a curve on bending.)
Children and young adolescents who have mild curves and in older adolescents who have more severe curvatures but whose growth has stopped or slowed need x-rays every few months to detect increasing severity. Young people who are diagnosed with scoliosis should keep their x-rays indefinitely in case they develop back problems later in adulthood and need to be re-examined.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is an advanced imaging procedure that does not use radiation, as x-rays do. It is expensive, however, and not generally used for an initial diagnosis. MRI can, nevertheless, identify spinal cord and brain stem abnormalities, which some studies indicate may be more prevalent than previously believed in children with idiopathic scoliosis. It also may be particularly useful before surgery for detecting defects that could lead to potential complications.

Click the icon to see an image of a MRI scan.

Because frequent x-rays may be required for young children with scoliosis, parents should be sure that x-ray technicians take all necessary protective measures. Experts are concerned about the long-term effects of radiation on sensitive young organs, particularly about a possible increase in the risk for cancer. Studies have reported an increased risk for cancer in women and men who, because of scoliosis, had been exposed to diagnostic x-rays in their childhood and adolescence.

X-ray techniques have become safer in recent years, and technicians can reduce the hazards with the following simple measures:

Directing x-ray beams through the patient from back to front, rather than the reverse.
Using x-ray filters that absorb some of the beam.
Using fast film to reduce exposure by two to six times.
Placing lead aprons or shields over parts of the body that are not being x-rayed.

There are various methods for determining and classifying the extent of the curve.

Cobb Method. The technique known as the Cobb method nearly always calculates the degree of the curve.

On an x-ray of the spine, the examiner draws two lines: One line extends out and up from the edge of the top vertebrae of the curve. The second line extends out and down from the bottom vertebrae.
The technician then draws a perpendicular line between the two lines.
Measuring the intersecting angle determines the degree of curvature.

The Cobb method is limited because it cannot fully determine the flexibility or the three-dimensional aspect of the spine. It is not as effective, then, in defining spinal rotation or kyphosis. It also tends to over-estimate the curve. Other diagnostic tools are needed then to make a more accurate diagnosis.

Classifying the Curve.Classification of the curve allows the doctor to identify patterns that can help determine treatments, particularly specific surgical techniques. The following are examples:

King Classification. The King classification classifies scoliotic curves as one of five patterns, which can help determine surgical treatments. It has limitations, however, and is not very useful for advanced surgical techniques.
Lenke Classification. Lenke classification takes more features of the curve into consideration and is proving to be more reliable. This includes six curve patterns plus additional factors that modify each of these curves.

Three-Dimensional Modeling Techniques. Advanced computer modeling techniques are able to create three dimensional images using x-rays or other two-dimensional images. They allow doctors to observe the spinal distortions and eventually could reduce the number of x-rays currently needed to monitor scoliosis and help surgeons determine optimal surgical procedures.

Even if the curve is accurately calculated, it still remains difficult to predict whether the scoliosis will progress. A recent report indicates that measuring the nerve conduction activity of the muscles supporting the spine may help predict subsequent progression in children with scoliosis. In addition, computer models are being used to better predict risk. One approach requires measuring 21 radiographic and clinical indicators and entering them into a computer program. The technique takes less than 20 minutes per patient, and studies found it to be up to 80% accurate in determining progression of curvature.

One way of predicting whether or not the curvature will progress is knowing when the child will stop growing:

If the child has years to grow, then the spine has more time to progress.
If the child will stop growing within a year, then progression should be very slight. (However, some progression continues in nearly 70% of curves even after the spine has matured.)

Knowing the child's age is, of course, the first step in estimating the end of growth. In addition, other methods can help predict the end of the growth stage. One method is called the Risser sign, which grades the amount of bone in the area at the top of the hipbone. A low grade indicates that the skeleton still has considerable growth; a high grade means that the child has nearly stopped growing and the curve is unlikely to progress much further. The Risser scale differs between genders, and, in boys, a high grade does not always signify the end of progression.

Screening programs for scoliosis, which began in the 1940s, are now mandatory in middle or high schools in many states, but there is considerable debate over whether screening should be routine.

Arguments Against Routine Screening. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force does not recommend routine screening to detect adolescent scoliosis for the following reasons:

Screening tests are not accurate and depend too much on the skill of the examiner.
Schools often refer children with minor curves who are not at any risk for a progressive or serious condition to doctors, and such over-referrals add considerably to the costs of the health system. In one major study, 94% of the children referred to a doctor by the school did not require treatment. (Over 2,000 children were screened in order to find only 5 children who did need treatment.)
A long-term study of untreated patients with late-onset scoliosis indicates that these patients are productive and functional at a high level at 50-year follow-up. Patients with scoliosis have no greater danger for significant lung problems than the general population until their curves reach 60 - 100 degrees, making early screening unnecessary.

Experts against screening argue that such programs result in early treatments that either will not prevent curve progression and surgery or are unnecessary in the first place since curvatures often do not progress at all.

Arguments for Routine Screening. The American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons recommends that girls be screened twice, at ages 10 and 12, and that boys be screened once, at 13 or 14. The American Academy of Pediatrics recommends, however, scoliosis screening at ages 10, 12, 14, and 16 years. (In one study, over 40% of high school sophomores with newly diagnosed scoliosis had shown no signs of the disorder in earlier screening tests.) Other experts make the following arguments for universal screening:

Universal screening is useful for producing information on scoliosis that may eventually lead to knowledge of its cause and ways to prevent it.
Braces have proven to be effective, and early treatment can be important.
Without screening, the chances are slim that children with scoliosis will be diagnosed at an early stage if parents rely only on examinations by a family doctor or pediatrician. Such doctors often do not even look at backs and, if they do, they tend to use only the forward bend test, which is not accurate.

Some experts argue that widespread screening would be cost effective if schools had reasonable guidelines for determining which children should see a doctor for further testing. The following are some suggested guidelines for determining the need for a doctor referral:

Children should be sent to a doctor only if they have a 30-degree curve. (A 20-degree curve with a 5-degree trunk rotation has been the criteria for recommending treatment, although up to 80% of 20-degree curves do not get worse.)
Children with curves between 20 and 30 degrees should be screened every 6 months.

Such guidelines would detect about 95% of all genuinely serious cases while referring only 3% of all children tested for follow-up, thereby cutting costs without jeopardizing children.

Treatment

The treatments for scoliosis are not always straightforward. Some young people do not need treatment at all -- only careful observation. When treatment is warranted, several options, including braces and different surgical procedures, can help.

The general rule of thumb for treating scoliosis is to monitor the condition if the curve is less than 20 degrees. Curves greater than 25 degrees, or those that progress by 10 degrees while being monitored, may require treatment. Whether scoliosis is treated immediately or simply monitored is not an easy decision, however. The percentage of cases that will progress more than 5 degrees can be as low as 5% in certain cases or as high as 50 - 90%, depending on the severity of the curve or other predisposing factors:

Age. In general, the older the child the less likely the curve will progress. Scoliosis in a child under 10, for example, is more likely to progress than scoliosis in an adolescent. Experts estimate that curves less than 19 degrees will progress 10% in girls ages 13 - 15 years and 4% in children older than 15. (In some rare, severe cases, a curve may worsen even after a child has received treatment and stopped growing because of the weight of the body pressing against the abnormal curve.)

Gender. Girls have a higher risk for progression than boys.

Location of the Curvature. Thoracic curves, those in the upper spine, are more likely to progress than thoracolumbar curves or lumbar curves, those of the middle to lower spine.

Severity of the Curvature. The higher the degree of curvature the more likely the chance of progression and the more likely the lungs will be affected. Some experts argue that the degree of the curve alone may not identify patients with moderate and severe scoliosis who are at greatest risk for complications and therefore need treatment. For example, spinal flexibility and the extent of asymmetry between the ribs and the vertebrae may be more important than the curve degree in predicting severity in this group.

Presence of Other Health Conditions. Children in poor health may suffer more from stressful scoliosis treatments than other children. On the other hand, children who have existing conditions and are predispose to lung and heart problems may warrant immediate, aggressive treatment.

For example, a young man of 18 who has a curvature of 30 degrees may require no treatment because his growth has probably almost stopped, and his gender puts him at lower risk. A young girl of 10, however, with the same curvature requires immediate treatment.

In general, the following criteria are used to determine whether a patient should receive braces and conservative therapies or surgery:

Braces tend to be used in children with curvatures between 25 - 40 degrees who still will be growing significantly.
Surgery is suggested for patients with curvatures over 50 degrees, in untreated patients, or when braces have failed. In adults, scoliosis rarely progresses beyond 40 degrees, but surgery may be required if the patient is in a great deal of pain or if the scoliosis causes neurologic problems.

The choice may not be so straightforward in certain cases, and patients should discuss all options with their doctor.

In Children and Adolescents. After a mild curve is detected, a more difficult step is required: predicting whether the curve will progress into a more serious condition. Although as many as 3 in every 100 teenagers have a condition serious enough to need at least observation, progression is highly variable and individual.

In a study of patients whose curves did progress after diagnosis, 34% progressed more than 10 degrees, 18% progressed more than 20 degrees, and 8% progressed more than 30 degrees. Doctors cannot rely on any definitive risk factors for curve progression to predict with any certainty which patients will need aggressive treatment. Some evidence suggests the following factors may help determine patients at lower or higher risk:

Being female, particularly if taller than average.
Being younger at the onset of scoliosis.
Having a greater angle of curvature. For example, at 20 degrees, only about 20% of curves progress. Young people diagnosed with a 30-degree curve, however, have a risk for progression of 60%. With a curve of 50 degrees, the risk is 90%.
Curvatures caused by congenital scoliosis (spinal problems present at birth). These may progress rapidly.
Treatment with growth hormone. (Studies are mixed on whether this treatment poses any significant risk, although strict monitoring is still essential in young patients being given growth hormone.)

Curvatures may be less likely to progress in girls whose scoliosis was low in the back and whose spine was out of balance by more than an inch. Height also comes into play. For example, a shorter-than-average girl of 14 with low-back scoliosis of 25 - 35 degrees but whose spine is imbalanced by over an inch would have almost no risk. The same degree of curvature in the chest region of a tall 10-year old girl whose spine was in balance, however, would almost certainly progress.

In Adults. In rare cases, unrecognized or untreated scoliosis in youth may progress into adulthood, with the following curvatures posing low to high risk:

Curvatures under 30 degrees almost never progress
Predicting progression at curves around 40 degrees is not clear
Curvatures over 50 degrees are at great risk for progression

Managing Scoliosis

Exercise has many health benefits and is important for maintaining strength and muscle tone and stabilizing weight. Stretching exercises may be beneficial in children whose scoliosis is due to uneven leg lengths or a shortened tendon.

Strengthening the Muscles That Turn the Torso. A promising approach focuses on training and strengthening the muscles that turn the torso. Studies using specific equipment (MedX Torso Rotation machine) are showing promise. In a 2003 study, 16 of the 20 patients experienced curve reduction, and no curves progressed. In an earlier study, patients increased strength from 12 - 40%. One girl with a severe lumbar curve required surgery, but the remaining 11 patients had no progression of curvature, and 4 of the patients experienced a reduction in their curvature. Treatment did not involve braces. Clinical trials using this approach are underway. Exercising the torso to build muscle strength is important, in any case, in conjunction with braces.

ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method. ASCO Scoliosis Treatment Method is a Russian approach that consists of isometric and stretching exercises, vibration, spinal manipulation, and electrical muscle stimulation. Some U.S. centers are reporting success in halting curve progression, but more research is needed to determine possible benefits.

Biofeedback. Researchers have investigated biofeedback on the premise that people receiving a signal to improve posture when slumping may, in some cases, reduce their spinal deformities. (Some experts believe that braces work only because the young patients self-correct their curves by retraining their posture to avoid the discomfort of the brace.)

Chiropractic Care. Several case reports suggest that chiropractic manipulation of the spine may help stop progression of mild curves. However, no rigorous studies have proved this. One small study reported no benefits from chiropractic in girls with spinal curves less than 20 degrees. (About 80% of such curves will not progress significantly without any treatment.)

Airway Ventilation at Night. Some research has focused on the use of airway systems, such as nasal continuous positive airflow pressure, for patients with severe scoliosis and reduced lung capacity. Patients use such systems during the night to force air into the upper airways and into the lungs. In one study, the use of these devices reduced hospitalization and improved lung function, shortness of breath, and fatigue. Such systems also can treat sleep apnea, a common sleep disorder.

Breathing Exercises. Breathing exercises may help improve lung function in children with scoliosis, and signs of lung problems.

When a difference in leg lengths causes secondary scoliosis, adding lifts to the heels may decrease a mild curvature. In one study, this practice reduced the curvature by an average of 5.3 to 7.5 degrees. (Curvatures were all less than 20 degrees.) Patients with the greatest curvature experienced some muscle pain, fatigue, and even nausea during the first few days they were using the lifts, but these symptoms eased within 10 days.

Braces

A brace can prevent further progression of moderate curves of (24 - 40 degrees). However, a brace will almost never reverse an existing curve and is only used to stop progression. One study reported overall success rates of around 74%, but results vary widely depending on the length of time the brace is worn, the type of brace, and the severity of the curve. The great majority of subjects in scoliosis studies are girls. Limited data suggest that in boys compliance rates are low, and braces are not effective.

Compliance with wearing a brace correlates strongly with success rate. In analysis of 34 patients, the compliance rate for the patients whose curve progressed by more than 5 degrees was 62%, while the compliance rate for the patients who did not progress was 85%.

In overweight patients with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis, braces appear to be less effective than in those who are not overweight. In one 10-year multicenter retrospective study, overweight patients were about three times more likely to have an unsuccessful result with braces than were people of normal weight.

A brace is one type of treatment for scoliosis. The brace works by exerting pressure on the back and ribs to push the spine in a straighter position. The brace usually fits snugly around the torso and can come in many styles. In a child who is still growing, bracing is usually recommended to help slow the progression of the curve. The brace is usually worn full-time until the growth of the bones has stopped.

Many experts have questioned whether a brace is any better than nature in halting curvature progress. Early studies found that braces were successful in halting progression in only half of cases (the same rate as no treatment at all). In recent years, however, braces have improved. Many now fit under the arms and can be worn under clothing, so that patients are much more likely to use them for longer periods during the day, which greatly affects their success rates.

Wearing the brace for the prescribed time is difficult but essential for any success. A team approach, with several health professionals involved, is beneficial and often necessary to support the patient through the bracing process. An orthopedic surgeon interprets the x-rays, assesses the potential progression of the scoliosis, and plans the treatment with the patient and family. If a brace is used, an orthotist measures and fits the patient with the device. A physical therapist tailors an exercise program best suited for the patient. A nurse may also coordinate the treatment plans and provide physical and emotional support.

Milwaukee Brace. A full torso brace called the Milwaukee brace was the standard treatment until a decade ago. It is still used particularly for high curves.

The device contains a wide flat bar in front and two smaller ones in back. These bars attach to a ring around the neck that has rests for the chin and back of the head. One study determined that correcting the curve occurs best if the patient lies on their chest when wearing the brace. Some researchers suggest that increasing the tension on the chest straps might add benefit. The brace is also periodically adjusted for growth.

The brace needs to be worn 23 hours a day, with relief during bathing and exercise only. Compliance is a major problem. In one study, only 15% of patients wore the Milwaukee brace as directed. It is a particularly difficult brace to endure wearing; one woman who had worn it for 7 years during adolescence remembered being invisible during her school years, ignored and shunned by other children.

The Boston and TLSO Braces. Molded braces called thoracolumbar-sacral orthoses (TLSOs), most often the Boston brace, come up to beneath the underarms and can be fitted close to the skin so they do not show beneath clothing. It appears to be effective for mid-back and lower curves. In one study, treatment was judged successful in 61% of adolescents who wore Boston braces, and success correlated with wearing the brace more than 18 hours a day. Wearing the brace for 16 hours a day may still be beneficial, although the risk for curve progression is significantly higher the less time the brace is worn. These braces have problems; they are hot, reduce lung capacity by nearly 20%, and cause mild, temporary changes in kidney function.

The Charleston Bending Brace. The Charleston Bending Brace is worn only at night. Some doctors question its value, although it appears to be suitable for small, flexible curves. In a 2002 study, it was equally effective as the Boston brace. Other studies have reported success rates of 56 - 66% in patients who wore the brace as directed. Still, more than 10% of the patients using either brace eventually needed surgery.

Additional Braces in Development. New braces are being developed in an attempt to improve compliance and results. Some examples are:

The Providence brace is a computer-fitted device that is worn only at night. It is specifically designed for the individual curvature abnormalities, and early studies are showing promise.
A bracing method called the SpineCor uses adjustable bands and a cotton vest that allows flexibility. A 2003 study reported that after 2 years, the brace corrected the curve by 5 degrees in more than half the patients, while 38% were stabilized and only 7% had curvature that worsened by more than 5 degrees. A recent trial of 24 girls with idiopathic scoliosis compared the SpineCor with a TLSO-type brace. The study indicated that the SpineCor did not halt curvature progression associated with idiopathic scoliosis during the pubertal growth spurt whereas the TLSO device did.
The custom-fitted TriaC brace exerts pressure in specific areas of the back to allow greater comfort and flexibility. It may be less conspicuous than some of the older braces.

Studies are needed to determine if these or other new braces provide any additional value.

According to a 2003 study, compliance in wearing the brace averages 65% (although it varied from 8 - 90%). Patients were apt to wear them at night but often wore them sporadically during the day. The quality of life can vary by the type of brace worn. In one study, patients who had the Milwaukee brace reported greater impairment than patients with the Boston, TSLO, or Charleston braces. The choice of brace should be one that will be the most effective for a particular patient with the lowest impact on quality of life. Young people often refuse to wear braces, even the newer models, and emotional support from the family and professionals is extremely important to help a child accept the process and sustain compliance. On a positive note, one study reported that brace treatment did not negatively affect the self images of the adolescents who had to wear them.

For children who require braces, an exercise program helps boost well being, improves compliance with treatment, and keeps muscles in tone so that the transition period after brace removal is easier.

An exercise and physical therapy program is important to maintain or achieve the following:

Chest mobility.
Proper breathing. In one study, young girls who wore the Boston brace and performed aerobic exercises for 30 minutes four times a week experienced improved lung function, whereas lung function declined in girls who did not exercise.
Muscle strength (especially in the abdominal muscles).
Flexibility in the spine. One small study showed that patients who performed exercises improving flexibility in the torso experienced less spinal twisting and had improved curvature.
Correct posture. Practicing correct posture, especially in front of a mirror, is an extremely important part of any physical therapy program. A patient who is accustomed to a curved spine may have the sensation of being crooked when first taught to properly align the spine. Practicing in front of a mirror provides a reality check.
Patients must also learn to conduct daily activities while wearing the brace. Patients tend to comply with physical therapy in the period when the brace is first being used. They typically stop exercising when they have gotten used to the brace, however, and resume exercising only near the time the brace is being removed. Patients who don't stay with the program throughout the duration of brace use experience a weakening in the back at the time of removal.

Surgery

The goals of scoliosis surgery are threefold:

Straighten the spine as much as possible in a safe manner
Balance the torso and pelvic areas
Maintain correction

It takes a two-part process to accomplish these goals:

Fusing (joining together) the vertebrae along the curve
Supporting these fused bones with instrumentation (steel rods, hooks, and other devices) attached to the spine

There are many surgical variations that use different instruments, procedures, and surgical approaches to treat scoliosis. All of the operations require meticulous skill. In most cases, success depends less on the type of operation than on the skill and experience of the surgeon. The cause of scoliosis often determines the type of procedure. Parents of patients or adult patients should not be shy in asking the surgeon and hospital about their experience with the specific procedures being considered.

Surgery is usually recommended for the following children and adolescents with idiopathic scoliosis:

All young people whose curve exceeds 50 degrees.
Growing children whose curve has gone beyond 40 degrees. (There is still some debate, however, about whether all children with curves of 40 degrees should have surgery.)
Older children who have surgery tend to experience improved well-being from the changes in their appearance, even if they have no actual improved physical functioning.

Surgery may be required for the following children at as early an age as possible.

Those whose scoliosis is due to inborn abnormalities. (The younger they are when surgery is performed the better their chances for success.)
Children with multiple physical handicaps.

Procedures will differ depending on whether a child has idiopathic scoliosis, or scoliosis due to muscle and nerve disorders (such as muscular dystrophy or cerebral palsy). In the latter cases, children also need a team approach to reduce their risks for serious complications.

Before the operation, a doctor conducts a complete physical examination to determine leg lengths, muscle strength, lung function, and any postural abnormalities. The patient receives training in deep breathing and effective coughing to avoid lung congestion after the operation. The patient should also receive training in turning over in bed in a single movement (called log-rolling) before the operation. Psychologic intervention using cognitive-behavioral methods that help young patients cope may be very helpful in reducing anxiety and pain after surgery.

Patients are encouraged to donate their own blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. The patient should have no sunburn, rashes, or sores on the back before the operation, which could increase the risk for infection.

Most scoliosis operations involve fusing the vertebrae. The instruments and devices used to support the fusion vary, however.

In the fusion procedure, the surgeon will:

Slice flaps to expose the backs of the vertebrae that lie along the curve.
Remove the bony outgrowths along the vertebrae that allow the spine to twist and bend.
Lay matchstick-sized bone grafts vertically across the exposed surface of each vertebra, being careful that they touch adjoining vertebrae.
Fold the flaps back to their original position, covering the bone grafts.
These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together.

Depending upon the severity and responsiveness to other treatment, a doctor may recommend surgery for scoliosis. Surgery involves correcting the curve (although not all the way) and fusing the bones in the curve together. The surgeon lays bone grafts across the exposed surface of each vertebra. These grafts will regenerate, grow into the bone, and fuse the vertebrae together. The bones are held in place with one or two metal rods held down with hooks and screws, helping to support the fusion of the vertebrae.

Graft Materials. A surgeon takes bone grafts from the patient's hip, ribs, spine, or other bones (called autografts). This is the best quality bone. However, because autografts are taken directly from the scoliosis patient, the operation is longer and the patient experiences more pain afterward. Researchers are investigating allografts, bone grafts taken from another person or a cadaver. This would reduce the pain and duration of the operation. Allografts, however, pose an increased risk for infection from the donor.

Some surgical centers now perform spinal fusions in adults using a biologically-manufactured human bone protein instead of bone grafts. RhBMP-2 (INFUSE Bone Graft) contains a bone morphogenetic protein (BMP) that helps the body grow its own bone. A surgeon inserts the protein into a pair of thimble-like cages, which are implanted between the spinal vertebrae. The cages help stabilize the spine, while the protein prompts new bone growth. Doctors hope that this new procedure can eliminate the pain of autografts and the risk of infection of allografts. Results from preliminary studies have been promising. BMP treatments are currently approved only for adults.

Healing. The healed fusions harden in a straightened position to prevent further curvature, leaving the rest of the spine flexible. It takes about 3 months for the vertebrae to fuse substantially, although 1 - 2 years are required before fusion is complete. Fusion stops growth in the spine, but most growth occurs in the long bones of the body (such as in the legs), anyway. Patients will most likely gain height from both growth in the legs and from the straighter spine. Patients may walk at a slightly slower pace after fusion, but balance may improve, and sports activities are not restricted after the procedure.

Harrington Procedure. Until 10 years ago, the standard instruments used in fusion procedures were those of the Harrington procedure, first developed in the 1960s:

To support the fusion of the vertebrae, the surgeon uses a steel rod, extending from the bottom to the top of the curve. (More than one rod may be used depending on the type of curve and whether outward curvature of the spine is present.)
The rod is attached by hooks that are suspended from pegs inserted into the bone.
Similar to changing a tire, the steel rod is jacked up and then locked into place to support the spine securely. The surgeon is then ready to fuse the vertebrae together.
After this operation, patients must wear a full body cast and lie in bed for 3 - 6 months until fusion is complete enough to stabilize the spine.
After 1 - 2 years, the steel rod is not really necessary, but it is almost always left in place unless infection or other complications occur.

The Harrington procedure is very difficult to undergo, particularly for young people, and although the operation can achieve a correction of the curve of over 50%, studies have reported a loss in this correction of between 10 - 25% over time. The procedure does not correct the rotation of the spine and, therefore, does not improve an existing rib hump that was caused by the rotation. The operation does not interfere with normal pregnancies and deliveries later in life.

Certain complications may occur from this procedure:

About 40% of Harrington patients have a condition called the flat back syndrome, because the procedure eliminates normal lordosis (the inward curving of the lower back). Flat back syndrome from the Harrington procedure does not cause any immediate pain. In later years, however, the disks may collapse below the fusion, making it difficult to stand erect, and the condition can cause significant pain and emotional distress.
Studies have reported that 5 - 7 years after their surgery, between a fifth and a third of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced low back pain. (In one study, only 3% had experienced back pain before surgery.) In such cases, however, the pain was not severe enough to interfere with normal activities and did not require additional surgery.
Children younger than age 11 whose skeleton is immature and who have the Harrington procedure have a fairly high risk for a specific curve progression called the crankshaft phenomenon. This condition occurs when the front of the fused spine continues to grow after the procedure. The spine cannot grow longer, so it twists and develops a curvature. In one study that followed patients for 5 - 16 years, crankshaft curve progression was moderate, however, with the Cobb angle averaging 9 degrees and rotation averaging 7 degrees.

Cotrel-Dubousset Procedure. The Cotrel-Dubousset procedure not only corrects the curve but also may help correct rotation, and it does not cause flat back syndrome.

With this procedure, a surgeon cross links parallel rods for better stability in holding the fused vertebrae. Improvement in correction averaged 66% in one study, with a later correction loss reported to be 5%. (Other studies have reported loss of curvature correction at less than 2%.) Over 95% of patients reported the results to be good or very good (only 86% of patients who had the Harrington procedure experienced the same levels of satisfaction). Patients often go home in 5 days and may be back in school in 3 weeks.

Complication rates are similar to the Harrington procedure but with some differences:

Operation time and blood loss are greater than with the Harrington procedure.
Cotrel-Dubousset and other procedures that are designed to reverse the rotation of the spine have less risk for flat back syndrome, but they have a higher risk for spinal imbalance than the Harrington procedure.
Failure rates are about 25% after 10 years, which is very high. Experts hope that the advances in current scoliosis procedures will help reduce the long-term adverse effects.

The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) Instrumentation. The Texas Scottish-Rite Hospital (TSRH) instrumentation is similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure in that it uses parallel rods and other devices that reverse rotation as well as improve curvature. TSRH, however, uses smooth rods and hooks that are designed to make removal or adjustment easier later on if complications arise. Complications are similar to the Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Additional Forms of Instrumentation. Other instrumentation procedures have refined the hardware used in the Harrington and Cotrel-Dubousset operations.

After surgeons developed Luque instrumentation to help maintain normal lordosis, experts hoped that bracing would not be needed afterward. Several studies showed, however, that without braces, correction was lost after this operation, and the procedure may have a higher risk for spinal cord injury than other standard procedures. Luque instrumentation is used primarily in people whose scoliosis is due to problems of nerves and muscles, such as in children with cerebral palsy.
Wisconsin segmental spine instrumentation (WSSI) is as safe as the Harrington rod and nearly as strong as the Luque instrumentation.
The Dorsal Dynamic Spondylodesis (DDS) system, under testing in Germany, is a semirigid system that allows for greater flexibility of the spine.

Instrumentation for Anterior Approach. The anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation by opening the chest wall, requires specific hardware. Halm-Zielke instrumentation, for example, uses TSRH instrumentation with bone grafts constructed from ribs to prop open the spaces between the disks. It allows true three-dimensional curve correction. However, it does not solve specific problems with this approach -- higher risks for kyphosis (an outward curve) and pseudoarthrosis (a false joint at the fusion site). Variants using two rod systems, fusion cages, or other instruments appear to improve this procedure.

Posterior Approach (Through the Back). Many surgeons use a posterior approach for scoliosis, which reaches the surgical area by opening the back of the patient. It has been the gold standard for decades and is generally used with Harrington instrumentation. The posterior approach has advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Surgeons are familiar with it, so fusion rates are excellent, curve correction is good, and it has few complications.
Disadvantages. Preadolescent children are at risk for the crankshaft phenomenon (a worsening of the curve) later on. (Newer posterior instrumentation, such as the Isola instrumentation, may prevent this occurrence.) The posterior approach also does not always correct hypokyphosis (the loss of normal outward curvature) in the thoracic (upper) spine. The procedure is not always effective for curves in the thoracolumbar region (where the upper and lower spine meet) and may cause spinal abnormalities there.

Anterior Approach (Through the Front). Increasingly, surgeons are using the anterior approach, in which the surgeon performs the operation through the chest wall (called a thoracotomy). With the anterior approach, the surgeon makes an incision in the chest, deflates the lung, and removes a rib in order to reach the spine. This rib can be used during the operation as a strut to support the spine. It also may be repositioned within the patient until it is used for bone grafting during fusion.

The anterior approach also has its advantages and disadvantages:

Advantages. Because the frontal approach allows the procedure to be performed higher up in the spine than with standard procedures, the patient may have a lower risk for lower-back injury later on. In addition, transfusion rates are much lower with the anterior approach. With increasing experience, the anterior approach is as effective as the posterior approach.
Disadvantages. It is a more recent procedure than the posterior approach, and, among inexperienced surgeons, carries a higher risk for complications than in the more standard posterior approach. One study noted poorer lung function 2 years after surgery than with the posterior approach, possibly because the wide chest incision impairs the chest muscles, which can affect lung function afterward. Anterior instrumentation poses a risk for hyperkyphosis (exaggerated outward curvature) and a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the fusion site. Hardware failure rates may also be higher in the anterior approach than in the posterior approach. Increasing experience and newer hardware designs are reducing many of these problems.

The Combined Anterior-Posterior Approach. The combination approach uses an anterior approach first, which allows better correction of the problems. The fusion part of the operation is done with the posterior approach. This is a very long and complex procedure. It appears to be safe, however, and is proving to be useful, even in very young patients, for preventing the crankshaft phenomenon. It also may correct large rigid curves and specific severe curves in the thoracic spine.

Researchers are evaluating new approaches to treating thoracic scoliosis in adolescents and children. Researchers in Germany are studying the effects of implanting a vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib. This implant expands the thoracic cavity, thereby correcting the curvature and allowing spinal, thoracic, and lung growth. Early experience with 15 children showed improvement of thoracic insufficiency syndrome and ability to sit, in addition to greatly improvement cosmetic appearance.

Researchers in the U.S. recently compared the radiographic and clinical outcomes and pulmonary function in patients treated with either anterior thoracoscopic or traditional posterior surgery. The anterior thoracoscopic surgery uses a video-assisted anterior approach and recently developed spinal instrumentation. There were 28 patients in the thoracoscopic group (average, 14.6 years of age) and 23 patients in the posterior fusion group (average, 14.3 years of age). The researchers found no significant differences between the groups in terms of kyphosis, coronal balance, or tilt angle. Advantages of the anterior thoracoscopic approach include the need for fewer vertebral levels fused, less blood loss, and lower transfusion rate, yet the operative time was nearly 2 times longer than for the posterior approach.

While both of these new treatments have shown some early positive results, more research will be needed to determine their true value.

Complication rates are high (nearly 10%) with any of these procedures, including the standard Harrington method and the newer Cotrel-Dubousset procedure.

Complications for all procedures include allergic reactions to anesthesia and the following:

Bleeding. Standard procedures increase the risk for major blood loss during the procedure. Patients are encouraged to donate blood before the operation for use in possible transfusions. Children sometimes require more than one transfusion following surgery. Researchers are investigating various methods for reducing the need for transfusions.

In one study, patients received erythropoietin (rhEPO) before the procedure. RhEPO is a hormone that acts in the bone marrow to increase the production of red blood cells. Patients who received this hormone, particularly those with idiopathic scoliosis, needed fewer transfusions and spent less time in the hospital than those who did not receive rhEPO.

Newer endoscopic techniques are reducing the need for transfusions.

Postoperative Pain. Some pain always follows these procedures, requiring intravenous administration of potent painkillers right after the operation (endoscopic procedures may require only mild pain relievers). Of some concern is a study suggesting that the use of NSAIDs, or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (aspirin, Motrin, Advil), for pain relief right after fusion may increase the risk for fusion failure. Until more research is conducted, these common painkillers should not be routinely used immediately after surgery.

Infection. Infection is always a risk with any operation. One study reported changes in the immune system for about 3 weeks after surgery, which indicated a greater risk for infection. Researchers recommended being very vigilant for signs of infection, including in the pancreas and urinary tract. Doctors also recommend antibiotics, given by injection for 2 - 5 days after surgery and by mouth for 1 - 2 weeks longer.

Nerve Damage. Patients often worry about neurologic injuries, but the risk is actually very low. In general, nerve injury occurs in 1% of patients, with the risk highest in adults. If neurologic damage occurs, it most often causes muscle weakness. Paralysis is very rare and can be prevented using monitoring techniques during the operation. Nearly all monitoring procedures use a so-called wake-up test, in which the patient is brought out of anesthesia during or at the end of the procedure and assessed for sensations to be sure no injury has occurred. One simple method is to wake patients up in the middle of their operations and ask them to wiggle their toes. More sophisticated methods measure the electrical activity of the spinal cord; if the monitor indicates a fall in electrical response and possible injury, the surgeon adjusts his techniques to avoid further damage to the spinal cord.

Pseudoarthrosis. If the fusion fails to heal, pseudoarthrosis, a painful condition in which a false joint develops at the site, may develop. In one study, teenagers who smoked and heavier adolescents (over 154 pounds) who had hyperkyphosis (hunchback) were at higher risk for this complication. The anterior approach may pose a higher risk for pseudoarthrosis. One study reported that pseudoarthrosis may be undiagnosed, and rates may average 20% after surgery, therefore acting as a major contributor to post-surgery pain.

Disk Degeneration and Low Back Pain. Fusion in the lumbar area produces great stress on the lower back and eventually can cause disk degeneration. Loss of trunk mobility, balance, and muscle strength from surgical treatments can also cause lower back pain and chronic problems in future years. Patients who are surgically treated with fusion techniques lose flexibility; their back muscles may be weakened if they were injured during surgery. In most cases, however, the consequences are mild to moderate.

Lung Function. Some patients may develop serious lung problems after surgery. These complications are highest in children whose scoliosis is due to neuromuscular problems, such as spina bifida, cerebral palsy, or muscular dystrophy. Lung problems can occur up to 1 week after surgery. Lung function may not become completely normal until 1 - 2 months after surgery.

Other Complications. Other problems can include, but are not limited to, the following:

Hooks dislodging or a fused vertebra fracturing
Gallstones
Pancreatitis (inflammation of the pancreas). Among adolescents, this complication tends to occur more often among those who are older or who have a lower body mass index.
Intestinal obstruction

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

Patients must perform breathing and coughing exercises shortly after the procedure and continue them through the recovery process to rid the lungs of congestion. The patient is usually able to sit up the day after the operation, and most patients can move on their own within a week. A brace may be necessary, depending on the procedure. With the anterior approach in the upper back, patients may have some trouble with activities involving the arms and hands -- such as tying shoes and cutting food. In one study, however, occupational therapy using stretching and strengthening exercises allowed for full resumption of daily activities, including dressing, bathing, and grooming, within 3 months.

Patients are often concerned that surgery will stiffen their backs, but most cases of scoliosis affect the upper back, which has only limited movement, so that patients do not notice much difference. It may take a year or more for muscle strength to return. In some cases, the operation cannot completely correct the curve, and one leg may be shorter than the other. Heel lifts may help in this case.

Patients may need a corrective procedure called revision or salvage surgery, usually for one of these reasons:

Failure of the previous procedure
Curvature progression around the fusion site
Disk degeneration
Poor posture alignment

Minimally invasive surgery is an alternative to spinal fusion. These types of surgeries use a few small incisions and cause less scarring than standard open approaches that require wide cuts. However, these surgeries are limited to certain patients and are not yet as frequently performed as spinal fusion surgeries.

Endoscopy. In endoscopy, the surgeon makes small incisions and inserts tubes that contain tiny instruments and cameras through the incisions in order to view and execute the procedure. In most cases, the procedure occurs in two stages:

First, the surgeon uses the anterior approach to remove disk material and loosen the spine.
They follow with a posterior for fusion and instrumentation.

Recovery after surgery is rapid. Most patients are out of bed 2 days after surgery. Endoscopy causes fewer and smaller scars, and an easier recovery, than more invasive surgical approaches.

However, the endoscopic procedure for scoliosis is complicated, and few surgeons are trained to perform it. The surgery is generally used only for single curves in the upper back or for patients with a curve in the upper back and a compensating curve in the lower back. Some surgeons are now able to operate on areas below the diaphragm, including the lumbar spine. The patients must still wear a brace for 3 months after surgery. Long-term studies are required to compare results to those of standard procedures.

Growing Rod Technique. This technique is used for very young children in whom bracing has not helped. Instead of doing spinal fusion, doctors surgically insert a rod into the patient’s back. Additional surgeries are performed every 6 months to extend the rod so that the spine can continue to grow. Some growing rod techniques use a single rod, while others use two rods. Studies suggest that dual rods are stronger than single rods, which may help provide better spinal stability and correction.

Vertebral Body Stapling. Vertebral body stapling is an experimental technique that may prevent curve progression in some young patients with curves less than 50 degrees. It involves stapling the convex (outer) curve of the anterior spine (the side of the spine facing the chest), which helps stabilize and reduce progression of the inner (concave) curve. The procedure uses a special metal device that is clamp-shaped at body temperature but can be straightened when subjected to cold temperatures and inserted into the spine. When warmed up, the staple returns to its clamp shape and supports the spine.

Treatment for Adult Scoliosis

Adults who were surgically treated for scoliosis in their youth are at risk for disk degeneration and spinal fusion failure. In most adults with previous scoliosis, moderate exercise is not harmful and is extremely important for maintaining healthy supportive muscles and preventing disk degeneration. However, people who have only one or two mobile lumbar vertebrae below the area that was fused during surgery should avoid activity or exercise that causes excessive twisting on the spine. Some experts believe this may accelerate spinal degeneration.

In most cases of adult scoliosis, nonsurgical care is preferred if possible. This can include patient education, exercises, and medical treatments. Braces are not useful.

One center reported that epidural steroid injections were a beneficial alternative to surgery in patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis.

Candidates for Surgery. In general, pain is the most common reason for surgery in adult scoliosis. Surgery may be recommended in the following cases:

Curvatures over 50 degrees with persistent pain.
Surgery is almost always recommended for adults with curvatures over 60 degrees.
Progressive mid and low back curve or low back curve with persistent pain.
Reduced heart and lung function. Most surgeons, however, will not operate on adults with severely impaired lung function and heart failure. Once this has occurred, surgery will not help improve lung capacity and may cause the condition to worsen, at least temporarily.
Significant deformity is present. Adults should not expect to achieve a completely straight spine, however. There is a high risk for nerve damage if the spine is over-corrected, and adult spines are less flexible than children's are. Usually, however, the correction achieves an acceptable cosmetic improvement.

Surgeons prefer to operate on adults under 50 years old, although surgery may be appropriate in some older people.

Standard Scoliosis Procedures in Adult Scoliosis. The procedures involve the following depending on whether the patient had been treated previously or not:

In patients who have not had previous treatment and who have degenerative lumbar scoliosis, the procedure is often a diskectomy (removal of the diseased disks) followed by scoliosis procedures (instrumentation and fusion).
In patients with previously treated scoliosis, the only remedy is removal of the old instrumentation, extension of the fusion, and implementation of new instrumentation and bone grafts.

Surgical procedures in adult scoliosis are complex and undertaken only after careful consideration and all nonsurgical methods have been exhausted. Adults have a much higher risk than children for complications, including pneumonia, infection, poor wound healing, and persistent pain. In addition, procedures in adults often involve fusion in lumbar and sacral areas (the low back), which can cause several complications. Some experts believe that the risks of operations in this area nearly always outweigh any benefits in adults. Most studies on adults have also reported low success rates.

Others argue that without an operation, the back will become unstable and painful. In addition, most studies on adults report on procedures using the old Harrington instrumentation techniques. Advances in instrumentation are increasing success rates in adults.

In a recent study, for example, adults who underwent anterior fusion and instrumentation had excellent results. In another study of newer generation instrumentation, 87% of adult patients reported satisfaction.

Wedge Osteotomy. Researchers are investigating wedge osteotomy in patients with mature spines, as corrective surgery and as an alternative to braces. In this procedure, a surgeon cuts wedges of bone from the concave side of the curve. The surgeon then straightens the spine by inserting a temporary rod and closing the cut sections. The patient needs to wear a brace and restrict activity for about 12 weeks or until the bone has healed. The patient can resume normal activities when a surgeon removes the rod, and the spine is mobile.

Resources

www.scoliosis.org -- National Scoliosis Foundation
www.srs.org -- Scoliosis Research Society
www.scoliosis-assoc.org - - Scoliosis Association
www.aaos.org -- American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.ispine.com -- Information on the spine

References

Akbarnia BA, Marks DS, Boachie-Adjei O, Thompson AG, Asher MA. Dual growing rod technique for the treatment of progressive early-onset scoliosis: a multicenter study. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S46-S57.

Helenius I, Jalanko H, Remes V, Sairanen H, Salminen S, Holmberg C, et al. Scoliosis after solid organ transplantation in children and adolescents. Am J Transplant. 2006;6(2):324-330.

Hell AK, Campbell RM, Hefti F. The vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib implant for the treatment of thoracic insufficiency syndrome associated with congenital and neuromuscular scoliosis in young children. J Pediatr Orthop B. 2005;14:287-293.

Hung VW, Qin L, Cheung CS, Lam TP, Ng BK, Tse YK, et al. Osteopenia: a new prognostic factor of curve progression in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2005;87(12):2709-2716.

Lee WT, Cheung CS, Tse YK, Guo X, Qin L, Lam TP, et al. Association of osteopenia with curve severity in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis: a study of 919 girls. Osteoporos Int. 2005;16(12):1924-1932.

Lonner BS, Kondrachov D, Siddiqi F, Hayes V, Charf C. Thoracoscopic spinal fusion compared with posterior spinal fusion for the treatment of thoracic adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. J Bone Joint Surg. 2006;88A:1022-1034.

Luhmann SJ, Bridwell KH, Cheng I, Imamura T, Lenke LG, Schootman M. Use of bone morphogenetic protein-2 for adult spinal deformity. Spine. 2005;30(17 Suppl):S110-S117.

Thompson GH, Akbarnia BA, Kostial P, Poe-Kochert C, Armstrong DG, Roh J, et al. Comparison of single and dual growing rod techniques followed through definitive surgery: a preliminary study. Spine. 2005;30(18):2039-2044.

Yuan N, Fraire JA, Margetis MM, Skaggs DL, Tolo VT, Keens TG. The effect of scoliosis surgery on lung function in the immediate postoperative period. Spine. 2005;30(19):2182-2185.

Review Date:
4/6/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Cirrhosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:41 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Lifestyle Changes
Abdominal Infections
Encephalopathy
Ascites
Bleeding Episodes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approval

In 2007, the Food and Drug Administration approved HepaGram B, an injectable immune globulin that can help prevent recurrence of hepatitis B following liver transplantation.

Primary Biliary Cirrhosis

Primary biliary cirrhosis is an autoimmune liver disease that increases the risk for liver cancer. According to a 2007 study, specific risk factors may help predict which patients with primary biliary cirrhosis are at particularly high risk of developing liver cancer. These risk factors include older age, being male, history of blood transfusion, and any signs of portal hypertension (high pressure of the blood in the portal vein, which leads to the liver) or cirrhosis.

Hepatitis C and Cirrhosis

Patients with cirrhosis who are infected with a particular hepatitis C genotype (1b) have a high risk of developing liver cancer, indicates a 2007 study. These patients should receive regular monitoring so that liver cancer can be detected in its earliest stages.
Interferon drug therapy can help reduce -- but not entirely eliminate -- the risk of liver cancer developing in patients with hepatitis C-related cirrhosis.

Hemochromatosis

Hemochromatosis, also called “iron overload,” is an iron disorder that increases the risk for cirrhosis. Hereditary hemochromatosis is one of the most common genetic diseases in the United States, and experts have debated whether all people should get screened for it. In 2006, the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) released updated guidelines concerning hemochromatosis screening. The USPSTF does not recommend routine screening in the general population. However, people who have family histories of hemochromatosis, or who show signs or symptoms of this disorder, should get tested.

Encephalopathy

Lactulose, a drug that helps remove ammonia from the body, can help improve cognitive function and quality of life for people with hepatic encephalopathy, suggests a 2007 study. Hepatic encephalopathy, a complication of liver disease, affects the brain and nervous system.

Introduction

Cirrhosis is an irreversible result of various disorders that damage liver cells over time. Eventually, damage becomes so extensive that the normal structure of the liver is distorted and its function is impaired.

Cirrhosis is a chronic liver disease that causes damage to liver tissue, scarring of the liver (fibrosis - nodular regeneration), progressive decrease in liver function, excessive fluid in the abdomen (ascites), bleeding disorders (coagulopathy), increased pressure in the blood vessels (portal hypertension), and brain function disorders (hepatic encephalopathy). Excessive alcohol use is the leading cause of cirrhosis.

The disease process often takes the following path:

Scarring. The main damage in cirrhosis is triggered by scarring (fibrosis) that occurs from injuries due to alcohol, viruses, or other assaults. Normal clumps and form nodules around the scarred areas. The scar tissue and regenerated nodules act like small dams and alter the flow of blood and bile in and out of the liver.

Altered Blood and Bile Flow. The changes in blood and bile flow have significant consequences, with both the liver and other organs responding to the altered flow:

The spleen overproduces nitric oxide, a gas that causes blood vessels in the spleen to relax and open.
The small blood vessels and bile ducts in the liver itself, however, narrow (constrict). (Blood vessels in other organs, including the kidney, also narrow.)
Blood flow coming from the intestine into the liver is slowed by the narrow blood vessels. It backs up through the portal vein and seeks other routes.
New, abnormally twisted and swollen veins called varices form in the stomach and lower part of the esophagus in order to compensate for the backup blood.
Bile also builds up in the bloodstream, resulting in high levels of bilirubin, which causes a yellowish cast in the skin called jaundice.
Fluid buildup also occurs in the abdomen (called ascites), and swelling in the arms and legs is common.

Changes in Liver Size. The liver enlarges in the first phases of the disease. In advanced stages, the liver sometimes shrinks, a condition called postnecrotic cirrhosis.

The liver is the largest organ in the body. In the healthy adult, it weighs about 3 pounds. The liver is wedge-shaped, with the top part wider than the bottom. It is located immediately below the diaphragm and occupies the entire upper right quadrant of the abdomen.

Vital Functions. The liver performs over 500 vital functions. Damage to the liver can impair these and many other processes. Among them are the following:

Processing Healthful Nutrients. It processes all of the nutrients the body requires, including proteins, glucose, vitamins, and fats.

Bile Production. The liver produces bile, a green-colored fluid that helps the body absorb fats and fat-soluble vitamins. Bile is formed from bilirubin, a yellow-green pigment produced from the breakdown of hemoglobin, the oxygen-carrying component in red blood cells. Bile contains bile salts, fatty acids, cholesterol, and other substances. Bile travels from the liver to the gallbladder, where it is stored until after a meal. It is then secreted into the intestines where it helps digest fat.

Eliminating Toxins. One of the liver's major functions is to render harmless potentially toxic substances, including alcohol, ammonia, nicotine, drugs, and harmful by-products of digestion.

Recycling Blood. The liver and spleen removes old red blood cells from the blood. The iron contained in them is recycled in the bone marrow to make new red blood cells.

The Liver's Architecture. The vital processes the liver performs rely on well-organized liver architecture.

The Building Blocks. The basic building blocks of the liver are the following structures:

Bile ducts
Blood vessels
Working liver tissue (called the parenchyma)
Supportive (connective) tissue

The Architecture. The liver is a built on a framework of lobes:

The lobes. The liver is divided into two major lobes, a right and a smaller left, that are separated by tough, fibrous connective tissue.
The lobules. The liver's two major lobes contain about 100,000 smaller lobes, called lobules. Each lobule contains microscopic columns of liver cells and blood vessels. Bracing the corners of each lobule column are an artery and a vein that carry blood and a bile duct that drains bile.
The arteries and veins. The arteries bring oxygen-rich blood to nourish the liver cells. The veins supply the liver cells with blood containing the nutrients and toxins that the liver cells process. A central vein runs through each column and collects the processed blood from both sources. These veins join to form the hepatic vein.
The bile ducts. The bile ducts in the column corners collect bile draining from tiny canals around the liver cells. These ducts eventually join to form the large common bile duct that leads from the liver to the gallbladder.

The Liver's Blood Supply. The liver is rich in blood. It holds about a pint, or 13% of the body's supply. It is furnished with blood from two large vessels, the hepatic artery and the portal vein, and is drained of blood by the hepatic vein. (The word "hepatic" derives from the Latin word for liver.)

The hepatic artery. This artery supplies blood from the heart directly to the liver. This blood nourishes the liver.

The portal vein. The portal vein carries to the liver blood that has been circulating through the stomach, spleen, and intestine. The liver processes this blood, extracting nutrients and toxins.

The hepatic vein. This vein carries blood from the liver and connects to the inferior vena cava, a large vein that carries blood back to the heart.

Click the icon to see an image of the liver.

Causes

Several processes can lead to cirrhosis.

Alcoholism particularly endangers the liver. Alcoholic cirrhosis (also sometimes referred to as portal, Laennec's, nutritional, or micronodular cirrhosis) is the primary cause of cirrhosis in the U.S. It is estimated to be responsible for 44% of deaths from cirrhosis in North America. Some experts believe this estimate is low. One Canadian study found alcohol to be the major contributor in 80% of all cirrhosis deaths.

The relationship between alcohol and cirrhosis is generally as follows:

Alcohol is absorbed from the small intestine, and the blood carries it directly into the liver, where it becomes the preferred energy source.
In the liver, alcohol converts to toxic chemicals, such as acetaldehyde (AcH), which trigger the production of powerful immune factors called cytokines. These molecules in large amounts can cause inflammation and tissue injury. They are proving to be major culprits in the destructive process in the liver. AcH is particularly being researched because it plays a role in most actions of alcohol, including damaging effects on the liver that may lead to cirrhosis.
The injured liver eventually is unable to break down fatty acids, compounds that make up fat. Over time, then, fat accumulates, further impairing the liver's ability to absorb oxygen and increasing its susceptibility to injury. During the initial phase, the fat-laden liver becomes greatly enlarged, but it eventually shrinks as cirrhosis develops.

Chronic hepatitis, both hepatitis B and hepatitis C, is the second leading cause of cirrhosis. Chronic hepatitis C is the more dangerous form and accounts for one-third of all cirrhosis cases. About 5 - 20% of patients with chronic hepatitis C, and 5 - 10% of patients with chronic hepatitis B, eventually develop cirrhosis over the course of several decades. The longer a patient has had chronic hepatitis, the greater the risk for eventually developing cirrhosis. A 2005 study indicated that cirrhosis develops in 70% of patients who have had hepatitis C for more than 60 years.

The hepatitis virus can produce inflammation in liver cells, causing injury or destruction. If the condition is severe enough, the cell damage becomes progressive, building a layer of scar tissue over the liver. In advanced cases, as with alcoholic cirrhosis, the liver shrivels in size, a condition called postnecrotic or posthepatic cirrhosis.

Hepatitis C is a virus-caused liver inflammation which may lead to jaundice, fever, and cirrhosis. The people most at risk for contracting and spreading hepatitis C are those who share needles for injecting drugs and health care workers or emergency workers who may be exposed to contaminated blood.

Autoimmune liver diseases include autoimmune hepatitis and primary biliary cirrhosis. Like other autoimmune disorders, these conditions most likely develop because a genetically defective immune system attacks the body's own cells and organs. People who have one of these liver diseases also often have other autoimmune conditions, including systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjögren syndrome, scleroderma, inflammatory bowel disease, glomerulonephritis, and hemolytic anemia.

Autoimmune Hepatitis. Autoimmune chronic hepatitis occurs when an abnormal immune response causes an attack on the liver cells. It accounts for about 20% of all chronic hepatitis cases. Autoimmune chronic hepatitis typically occurs in women age 20 - 40 who have other autoimmune diseases. Some research indicates that the postmenopausal period may be another peak in incidence of AIH among women. About 30% of patients are men, however, and in both genders there is often no relationship to another autoimmune disease. In general, no major risk factors have been discovered for this condition.

Suspects for triggering this hepatitis include the measles virus, a hepatitis virus, or the Epstein-Barr virus, which causes mononucleosis. It is also possible that a reaction to a drug or other toxin that affects the liver also triggers an autoimmune response in some people.

Click the icon to see an image of mononucleosis.

Primary Biliary Cirrhosis. Up to 95% of primary biliary cirrhosis (PBC) cases occur in women, usually around age 50. In people with PBC, the immune system attacks and destroys cells in the liver’s bile ducts. Like many autoimmune disorders, the causes of PBC are unknown. Recent research indicates the following risk factors:

Family history of PBC
Family history of Sjögren syndrome (another autoimmune disorder)
Individual history of urinary tract infections (UTI)
History of smoking
History of nail polish use
Hormone replacement therapy
Exposure to toxins from hazardous waste sites

This research suggests that environmental factors (chemicals, cigarette smoke) or infectious organisms (bacteria that causes UTI) may trigger PBC in patients who are genetically susceptible to the disease. Women who have never been pregnant appear less likely to develop PBC.

Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) resembles alcoholic liver disease, but it occurs in people who do not drink a lot of alcohol. Obesity and type 2 diabetes are the two main causes of a fatty liver. Some evidence suggests that insulin resistance (the primary problem in type 2 diabetes) is a major factor in development of a fatty liver. A diet high in fatty foods may also be a risk factor, as dietary fat accumulates in the liver. Due to the recent rise in childhood obesity, NAFLD is increasingly occurring in children. In fact, NAFLD is now the most common liver disease in American children.

Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease can lead to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Liver inflammation and injury, as well as a fatty liver, characterize NASH. NASH occurs in about half of people with diabetes and up to 75% of obese people.

Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease is usually benign and very slowly progressive. But, in certain patients it can lead to cirrhosis, liver failure, or liver cancer. About 8 - 20% of people with nonalcoholic steatohepatitis go on to develop cirrhosis. A 2006 study indicated that NASH-related cirrhosis causes fewer deaths than cirrhosis that is caused by chronic hepatitis C. However, many patients with NASH have coronary artery disease and heart failure and have a high risk of dying from heart disease.

Weight reduction and diabetes and cholesterol management are the primary approaches to controlling these diseases.

Hemochromatosis is a disorder of iron metabolism. This disease interferes with the way the body normally gets rid of iron. People with hemochromatosis absorb too much more iron from the food that they eat. The iron overload accumulates in organs in the body. When excess iron deposits accumulate in the liver, they can cause cirrhosis.

There are two main forms of hemochromatosis:

Primary hemochromatosis, also called hereditary hemochromatosis, is an inherited genetic disease.
Secondary hemochromatosis results from other conditions, such as anemia and alcoholism.

Hereditary hemochromatosis is one of the most common genetic diseases, especially among Caucasians. About 1 in every 200 Americans carries the gene that causes this disease. Although experts do not recommend that everyone get screened for hemochromatosis, people who have a family history of this disease, or who show symptoms (joint pain, fatigue, abdominal pain), should get tested. Left untreated, hemochromatosis can lead to serious damage of the liver, heart, and pancreas.

Hemochromatosis is treated with phlebotomy, a procedure that involves removing about a pint of blood once or twice a week. Starting phlebotomy treatment before organ damage occurs can help prevent cirrhosis. If, however, cirrhosis has already developed, patients have a high risk for developing liver cancer even if iron levels are normalized.

Inherited Diseases. Cirrhosis can be caused by several inherited diseases, including:

Cystic fibrosis
Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Galactosemia
Glycogen storage diseases
Wilson's disease

Other Rare Causes. Rare causes of cirrhosis include:

Schistosomiasis, caused by a parasite found in the Far East, Africa, and South America.
Small intestine bypass surgery (rarely, if ever, performed anymore).
Long-term or high level exposure to certain chemicals and drugs can cause cirrhosis, including arsenic, methotrexate, and toxic doses of vitamin A.

Cancers that have metastasized to the liver, blood clots in the hepatic or portal vein, or obstructions in the bile duct can cause changes that resemble cirrhosis.

Risk Factors

Cirrhosis affects about 3 million Americans a year. However, because about 2.7 - 4 million people harbor hepatitis C, the rates of cirrhosis could dramatically increase over the next few years.

Only 10% of heavy drinkers develop advanced liver disease. Not eating when drinking and consuming a variety of alcoholic beverages are factors that increase the risk for liver damage. Still, the amount of alcohol consumed and the patterns of drinking are only weak predictions of risk. Other risk factors have been identified that may increase the danger to the liver:

Obesity is a major factor for all stages of liver disease.
Women develop liver disease at lower quantities of alcohol intake than men. The reason for this may be due to women's inability to metabolize alcohol as quickly as men, so it stays in the bloodstream longer.
Genetic factors that regulate the immune responses in the intestine also play a role in increasing the risk for liver injury from alcoholism.

Risk Factors for Developing Cirrhosis from Hepatitis C. Overall, between 10 - 15% of patients with chronic hepatitis C develop cirrhosis. The risk varies widely, however. The following conditions put people with hepatitis C at higher risk for liver damage:

Overall the risk for progression is highest in men -- particularly African-Americans -- who were older at the time of infection. The risk is much lower in women and children (2 - 4%).
Moderate-to-heavy alcohol users. (Even one or two alcoholic drinks a day increase the risk for liver injury in hepatitis C patients.)
Having a specific genetic type of the virus. There are six main genetic types and more than 90 subtypes, which can differ significantly in their effects and response to treatment. Genotype 1 is the most serious and is the cause of up to three quarters of the cases in the U.S. The other common forms are types 2 (15%) and 3 (7%), which pose less danger.
Co-infection with hepatitis B. Co-infection with B significantly affects the outcome of these patients and may be more common than previously believed. This co-condition may cause superinfections with very serious consequences, reduce these patients' responses to interferon therapy, and increase their risk of liver cancer. Patients with hepatitis C should be immunized against hepatitis B.
Co-infection with HIV.
A history of transfusions. (In one report, the risk in middle-aged patients with a history of transfusions was 20 - 30%).
Being diabetic and overweight, particularly if fat is distributed in the abdomen (an apple-shape). This condition poses a higher risk for nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NASH), which in turn is apt to become scarred and cirrhotic.

Weight gain in the area of and above the waist (apple type) is more dangerous than weight gained around the hips and flank area (pear type). Fat cells in the upper body have different qualities than those found in hips and thighs.

Having large iron stores in the liver.
High exposure to toxic chemicals or environmental contaminants.

Because there are millions of Americans now infected with chronic hepatitis C, doctors have been justifiably concerned that there will be a significant number of cases of liver failure and liver cancer in the coming years. Computer analyses have suggested that mortality rates from hepatitis C-related cirrhosis or liver cancer will double or triple over the next 20 years. Fortunately, improved therapies may significantly reduce these discouraging estimates.

Researchers are working on developing a genetic test to identify patients with chronic hepatitis C who are most at risk of developing cirrhosis. In 2007, scientists announced they had made progress on a test that measures variations in seven genes to calculate a “Cirrhosis Risk Score.” The researchers hope that this experimental test may eventually help doctors decide which patients should receive early treatment with alpha-interferon and ribavirin.

Risk Factors for Developing Cirrhosis from Hepatitis B. The great majority of people with chronic persistent hepatitis B have a good long-term outlook. Between 5 - 10%, however, become carriers of the virus, and 5 - 10% of these individuals eventually develop cirrhosis. The addition of hepatitis D is a particular danger and increases the risk for cirrhosis. Seven genetic types of hepatitis B virus (designated A to G) have now been identified, which may help researchers determine the patients who may have a better outlook than others. Genotype C is the most common form and is more aggressive than genotype B, which also responds better to treatment.

Primary biliary cirrhosis accounts for only 0.6 - 2% of deaths from cirrhosis. In patients with chronic persistent autoimmune hepatitis, the outlook is very favorable, and survival rates are equal to the general population. If it becomes active, it must be treated. Left untreated, the 5-year survival rates of primary biliary cirrhosis are 50%.

Obesity increases the risk for nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), a condition that can lead to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Studies estimate that 8 - 20% of people with NASH eventually develop cirrhosis. A 2006 study found that people with NAFLD and elevated liver enzymes have a high risk of developing end-stage liver disease. People with NASH had an especially poor prognosis for survival. Losing weight is important for overweight people with NASH and may help to delay disease progression. A 2003 study of more than 11,000 patients indicated that obesity increases the risk of death from cirrhosis in people who drink little or no alcohol, but not among those who drink alcohol.

Symptoms

Many people experience few symptoms at the onset of cirrhosis.

Early symptoms include:

Fatigue and loss of energy.
Loss of appetite and nausea.
Spider angiomas may develop on the skin. These are pinhead-sized red spots from which tiny blood vessels radiate.

Patients in later stages may develop the following symptoms:

Jaundice. This yellowish cast to the skin and eyes occurs because the liver cannot process bilirubin for elimination from the body.

Jaundice is a condition produced when excess amounts of bilirubin circulating in the bloodstream dissolve in the subcutaneous fat (the layer of fat just beneath the skin), causing a yellowish appearance of the skin and the whites of the eyes. With the exception of normal newborn jaundice in the first week of life, all other jaundice indicates overload or damage to the liver, or inability to move bilirubin from the liver through the biliary tract to the gut.

The palms of the hands may be reddish and blotchy, a condition known as palmar erythema.
Loss of body hair.
Abnormalities in hormone-affected organs. In men with alcoholic cirrhosis, the testicles may atrophy, and their breasts may become swollen, sometimes painfully.
Ascites. A swollen belly is a sign of ascites, the most common major complication of cirrhosis, which occurs when fluid accumulates in the abdomen. Fever, abdominal pain, and tenderness when the belly is pressed indicate that the fluid is infected, but infection can occur without any symptoms.
Fluid buildup and swelling (edema) in legs.

People with primary biliary cirrhosis may have severe generalized itching and often develop small fatty yellow lumps called xanthomas on the eyelids, hands, and elbows. They may have an unpleasant condition called steatorrhea, in which the feces contain excessive fat, causing them to float and to be very foul smelling.

Click the icon to see an image of a xanthoma.

Complications

Cirrhosis is the eleventh leading cause of death by disease in the United States, killing more than 25,000 people each year. A damaged liver affects almost every bodily process, including the functions of the digestive, hormonal, and circulatory systems. The most serious complications are those associated with so-called decompensation, which occur when cirrhosis progresses. They include the following:

Bleeding and fluid buildup (ascites).
Infections.
Damage to the brain (encephalopathy). Impaired brain function occurs when the liver cannot detoxify harmful substances.

Liver cancer is also a long-term risk with cirrhosis.

Cirrhosis is irreversible, but the rate of progression can be very slow, depending on its cause and other factors. Five-year survival rates are about 85% and can be lower or higher depending on severity.

For example, alcoholics with cirrhosis who abstain can have a 5-year or more survival rate of as high as 85%. For those who continue drinking, the chance for living beyond 5 years is no higher than 60%.
In patients with hepatitis B or C, the 5-year survival rate after a diagnosis of cirrhosis is 71 - 85%.
About two-thirds of patients with primary biliary cirrhosis never develop symptoms and can have a normal lifespan. Once symptoms of liver damage, such as jaundice, occur, however, the average survival time declines. In one study of women diagnosed with primary biliary cirrhosis, about 36% developed symptoms over an 11-year period, and 11% either died or required liver transplantation.

Unfortunately, doctors are usually unable to determine when cirrhosis first occurred, which makes it difficult to determine prognosis.

In cirrhosis, liver cell damage slows down blood flow. This causes a backup of blood through the portal vein, a condition called portal hypertension. The effects of portal hypertension can be widespread and serious, including fluid buildup and bleeding.

Ascites and Fluid Buildup. Ascites is fluid buildup in the abdomen. It is uncomfortable and can reduce breathing function and urination. Ascites is usually caused by portal hypertension, but it can result from other conditions. Swelling can also occur in the arms, legs, and spleen. Although ascites itself is not fatal, it is a marker for severe progression. Once ascites occurs, only half of patients survive after 2 years. Some doctors refer to the phases of cirrhosis as preascitic and ascitic. Some doctors even believe that ascites signals the need for liver transplantation, particularly in alcoholic cirrhosis.

Variceal Bleeding. One of the most serious repercussions of portal hypertension is the development of varices, blood vessels that enlarge to provide an alternative pathway for blood diverted from the liver. In about two-thirds of patients, they form in esophagus. Varices pose a high risk for rupture and bleeding because of the following characteristics:

They are thin-walled.
They are often twisted.
They are subject to high pressure.
Internal bleeding from these varices (variceal bleeding) occurs in 20 - 30% of patients with cirrhosis. The risk of death from a single episode can reach 70%.

Bleeding commonly recurs within 2 weeks of the first episode, but after 6 weeks, the risk for recurrence is the same as for patients who have not had a bleeding event.

Factors that predict variceal bleeding include:

Ascites
Encephalopathy
Large veins

Factors that can increase the danger for a bleeding episode in high-risk individuals include the following:

Moderate-to-intense exercise
Bacterial infection
Certain times of the day. Eating increases portal pressure, and there is a greater risk for bleeding in the evening. A lesser but still significant risk occurs in the early morning.

It is important for patients to be screened for esophageal varices and treated with preventive beta blockers if they show signs of risk. Between 30 - 40% of patients with cirrhosis have bleeding. The risk of dying from this complication is 20 - 35%. Some doctors recommend that all newly diagnosed patients be screened using endoscopy. Screening should also be considered for all previously diagnosed patients who have not been screened but would benefit from preventive treatments.

Portal hypertension can cause several secondary complications, including kidney failure. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as naproxen, may increase the risk for kidney failure.

Gastrointestinal bleeding can occur from abnormal blood clotting, which can be a result of a combination of complications associated with cirrhosis. They include vitamin K deficiencies and thrombocytopenia -- a drop in platelets (the blood cells that normally initiate the clotting process). Some research now suggests that thrombocytopenia itself may be associated with more advanced liver failure.

Bacterial infections are very common in advanced cirrhosis, and may even increase the risk for bleeding. Most bacterial infections, including those in the urinary, respiratory, or gastrointestinal tracts, develop when patients are in the hospital. Abdominal infections are a particular problem in cirrhosis and occur in up to 25% of patients with cirrhosis within a year of diagnosis.

Mental impairment is a common event in advanced cirrhosis. In severe cases, the disease causes encephalopathy (damage to the brain), with mental symptoms that range from confusion to coma and death. A combination of conditions associated with cirrhosis causes this serious complication:

Buildup in the blood of harmful intestinal toxins, particularly ammonia.
An imbalance of amino acids that affect the central nervous system.

Encephalopathy is often triggered by certain conditions, including:

Gastrointestinal bleeding
Constipation
Excessive dietary protein
Infection
Surgery
Dehydration

Alcoholics with cirrhosis are believed to be at higher risk for this complication than are nonalcoholic cirrhosis, but one study suggested that alcoholics simply tend to have more severe cirrhosis. Even minimal hepatic encephalopathy (MHE) can have detrimental effects on functional ability. One study suggested that MHE impairs the ability to safely drive a car, and that all patients with cirrhosis be tested for MHE.

Symptoms of Encephalopathy. Early symptoms of hepatic encephalopathy include forgetfulness, unresponsiveness, and trouble concentrating. Sudden changes in the patient's mental state, including agitation or confusion, may indicate an emergency condition. Other symptoms include bad fruity-smelling breath and tremor. Late stage symptoms of encephalopathy are stupor and eventually coma.

Hepatorenal syndrome occurs if the kidneys drastically reduce their own blood flow in response to the altered blood flow in the liver. It is a life-threatening complication of late-stage liver disease that occurs in patients with ascites. Symptoms include dark colored urine and a reduction in volume, yellowish skin, abdominal swelling, mental changes (delirium, confusion), jerking or coarse muscle movement, nausea, and vomiting.

People with cirrhosis have an increased risk for liver cancer. Hepatitis B and C themselves increase the risk for liver cancer, regardless of the presence of cirrhosis. Hepatitis B infection is the leading cause of liver cancer.

For hepatitis C-related cirrhosis, a 2007 study indicated that patients with cirrhosis who are infected with genotype 1b hepatitis C have a greater risk of developing liver cancer than patients infected with other types of hepatitis C genotypes. (Genotype 1 is the most common type of hepatitis C in the United States.)

People with primary biliary cirrhosis also face a high risk of liver cancer. According to a 2007 study, several factors can indicate the increased likelihood of developing liver cancer. These factors include older age, male gender, history of blood transfusion, and signs of portal hypertension or cirrhosis.

About 30% of patients with chronic liver disease develop osteoporosis (loss of bone density), which is twice the usual incidence. Patients with primary biliary cirrhosis have a particularly high risk for osteoporosis. Treating osteoporosis in patients with cirrhosis can be complicated. One study found that calcitriol (a form of vitamin D) is especially helpful in preventing bone loss in patients with cirrhosis.

Nearly all patients with cirrhosis are insulin resistant. Insulin resistance is a primary feature in type 2 diabetes and occurs when the body is unable to use insulin. This hormone is important for delivering blood sugar and amino acids into cells and helps determine whether these nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use.

One study reported that nearly a quarter of patients with cirrhosis had gallstones.

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

They may also face a higher than average risk for certain abnormal heart rhythms. Peptic ulcers, sleep disorders, and respiratory problems are also more common in people with cirrhosis than in the general population.

Diagnosis

A physical examination may reveal the following in a patient with cirrhosis:

The cirrhotic liver is firm and often enlarged. The liver may feel rock-hard. (In advanced stages of cirrhosis, the liver may become small and shriveled.)
The left side can often be felt by the doctor when pressing on the abdomen.

If the abdomen is swollen, the doctor will check for ascites by tapping the flanks and listening for a dull thud and feeling the abdomen for a shifting wave of fluid.

Measuring Liver Enzymes (Aminotransferases). Enzymes known as aminotransferases, including aspartate (AST) and alanine (ALT), are released when the liver is damaged. Measurements of these enzymes, particularly ALT, are the least expensive and most noninvasive tests for determining severity of the underlying liver disease and monitoring treatment effectiveness. Enzyme levels vary, however, and are not always an accurate indicator of disease activity. (For example, they are not useful in detecting progression to cirrhosis.)

Radioimmunoassays. To identify a particular virus that may be causing hepatitis, blood tests called radioimmunoassays are performed. Typically, radioimmunoassays identify particular antibodies, which are molecules in the immune system that attack specific antigens. (Antigens are any molecules that the body considers threatening or dangerous, and can be targeted by antibodies.)

An antigen is a substance that can provoke an immune response. Typically antigens are substances not usually found in the body.

Some of these tests can pinpoint hepatitis antigens directly. These tests, however, have limitations:

There may not be enough antibodies for blood tests to detect for up to weeks or months after hepatitis develops. Blood tests that are taken too early, then, may miss these signs of infection.
Antibodies also persist after patients recover, so a positive antibody test can indicate a previous infection but does not necessarily determine if the infection is active.

The assays for individual hepatitis viruses may differ.

Polymerase Chain Reaction. In some cases of hepatitis C, a polymerase chain reaction (PCR), may be performed. A PCR is able to make multiple copies of the genetic material (the RNA) of the virus to the point where it is detectable.

Screening for Hepatitis C Virus. In 2004, the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF) recommended against routine screening for the hepatitis C infection in the general population due to low prevalence of the disease. In addition, it "found no evidence that screening for HCV infection in adults at high risk leads to improved long-term health outcomes" and found insufficient evidence to recommend for or against such screening. However, the USPSTF did advise testing in those with signs or symptoms of liver disease. The failure to recommend testing in the high-risk population goes against current recommendations made by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institutes of Health, and other professional organizations. In response to the study, published in the Annals of Internal Medicine, the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases issued a statement saying that halting such screening would be a "terrible mistake with grave consequences," pointing out that the study itself underscored some key infection-related data that strongly emphasizes the need for screening in high-risk populations.

A liver biopsy is the only definite method for diagnosing cirrhosis. It also helps determine its cause, treatment possibilities, the extent of damage, and the long-term outlook. For example, hepatitis C patients who show no significant liver scarring when biopsied appear to have a low risk for cirrhosis.

The biopsy may be performed using various approaches, including:

Percutaneous Liver Biopsy. This approach uses a needle inserted through the abdomen to obtain a tissue sample from the liver. Various forms of needles are used, including those that use suction or those that cut out the tissue. If cirrhosis is suspected, a cutting needle is the better tool. This approach should not be used in patients with bleeding problems, and it must be used with caution in patients with ascites or severe obesity.

Click the icon to see an image of liver biopsy.

Transjugular Liver Biopsy. This approach uses a catheter (a thin tube) that is inserted in the jugular vein in the neck and threaded through the hepatic vein (which leads to the liver). A needle is passed through the tube, and a suction device collects liver samples. This procedure is risky but may be used for patients with severe ascites.
Laparoscopy. This procedure requires a small abdominal incision through which the doctor inserts a thin tube that contains small surgical instruments and a tiny camera to view the surface of the liver. This is generally reserved for staging cancer or for ascites with unknown causes.

Biopsies can be dangerous, so they cannot be performed on patients who have test results that indicate clotting problems, on those who have had previous liver biopsies, or who have ascites.

Certain blood tests are used to determine liver function. They include the following:

Serum albumin concentration. Serum albumin measures protein in the blood (low levels indicate poor liver function).
Prothrombin time (PT). The PT test measures in seconds the time it takes for blood clots to form (the longer it takes the greater the risk for bleeding).
Bilirubin. One of the most important factors indicative of liver damage is bilirubin, a red-yellow pigment that is normally metabolized in the liver and then excreted in the urine. In patients with hepatitis, the liver cannot process bilirubin, and blood levels of this substance rise, sometimes causing jaundice.

The results of these tests along with the presence of specific complications (ascites and encephalopathy) are used for calculating the Child-Pugh Classification. This is a staging system (A to C) that helps doctors determine the severity of cirrhosis.

Very high levels of serum alkaline phosphatase, an enzyme produced in the liver, and high levels of immune factors called mitochondrial antibodies are usually present in blood tests of patients with primary biliary blood cirrhosis. Bilirubin measurements appear to be important factors in determining its severity.

Fatty liver is suspected when a patient has elevated liver enzymes. The doctor will take imaging tests of the liver using ultrasound, computed tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging. A liver biopsy is the standard test for confirming a diagnosis of fatty liver disease and for distinguishing NAFLD from nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). Several studies in 2006 and 2007 suggested that a blood test for cytokeratin-18 (CK-18), a protein found in liver cells, may be an effective noninvasive approach for diagnosing NASH. Doctors hope that this simple blood test may eventually be able to replace liver biopsy.

Several imaging tests can be used to diagnose cirrhosis and its complications.

Imaging Techniques. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), and ultrasound are all imaging techniques that are useful in detecting and defining the extent of cirrhosis. Such tests can reveal ascites, an enlarged spleen, an irregular liver surface, reversed portal vein blood flow, and liver cancer. Sometimes they can even detect abnormally large blood vessels in the liver. In some cases, images from ultrasound and CT can be misinterpreted as cancer. MRI is most useful for ruling out or confirming cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of an MRI scan.

Click the icon to see an image of a CT scan.

Liver Scans. Sometimes liver scans are performed using a small radioactive tracer and a special camera that records information provided by the tracer as it passes through the liver:

Arteriography uses dye injected into the hepatic arteries that show up on x-ray.
Splenoportography uses dye injected into the spleen, which allows the doctor to measure portal vein pressure. This procedure is risky.

Hepatic vein wedge pressure involves insertion of a catheter into the hepatic veins. The blood pressure in the veins of the liver is then measured. The result is an indicator of portal vein pressure. If pressure is high, cirrhosis is likely. A low measurement is a favorable sign.

Endoscopy. Some doctors recommend endoscopy for patients newly diagnosed with mild-to-moderate cirrhosis in order to screen for esophageal varices. (These are abnormal blood vessels in the esophagus that increase the risk for bleeding). In this test, a fiber optic tube is inserted down the throat. The tube contains tiny cameras to view the inside of the esophagus, where varices are most likely to develop. Endoscopy is the only procedure for detecting varices, but it is not clear if screening for varices in patients without severe cirrhosis is any more beneficial than simply putting them immediately on preventive drugs -- whether or not varices have been identified.

Paracentesis. If ascites is present, paracentesis is performed to determine its cause. This procedure involves using a thin needle to withdraw fluid from the abdomen. The fluid is tested for different factors to determine the cause of ascites:

Bacteria cultures and white blood cell counts. (These are used to determine the presence of infection.)
Protein levels. Low levels of protein in the fluid plus a low white blood cell count suggest that cirrhosis is the cause of the ascites.

The appearance of the fluid is helpful in determining problems:

A cloudy fluid plus a high white blood cell count means an infection is present.
Bloody fluid suggests the presence of a tumor.

Screening for Liver Cancer. Patients with cirrhosis are usually screened for liver cancer using ultrasound and tests for a substance called alpha-fetoprotein (AFP). It is not known whether such screening has much impact on survival, because it is not very sensitive and has a high rate of false positives (suggesting the presence of cancer when it is not actually present). Screening is not necessary in patients without cirrhosis.

Treatment

The only treatment for alcoholic cirrhosis is to stop drinking. Individuals with alcoholic cirrhosis are typically malnourished and require increased calories and rigorous nutritional support, which can improve survival rates.

Interferons Alone and in Combination with Ribavirin. Pegylated interferon combined with ribavirin is the gold standard treatment for chronic hepatitis C in both adults and children. It achieves response rates of up to 50% for patients infected with HCV genotype 1 (the most common genotype form in the U.S.) and up to 80% for patients infected with genotypes 2 or 3. Interferon alone is usually reserved for patients who cannot tolerate ribavarin.

A 2005 clinical trial of patients with chronic hepatitis C and cirrhosis found that interferon treatment reduced the risk of liver cancer and significantly improved chance of survival. The study emphasizes the importance and substantial benefits of interferon therapy. A 2007 study of patients with hepatitis C-related cirrhosis also indicated that interferon therapy can help reduce the risk of liver cancer and overall risk of death from liver disease.

A number of natural and synthetic interferons are available:

Natural interferons include interferon alfa-2a (Intron) and interferon alfa-2b (Roferon).
Pegylated interferons (PegINF) are long-acting formulations of interferon. They include alfa-2b (Peg-Intron) or alfa-2a (Pegasys). These drugs are used in combination with ribavarin (Copegus, Rebetol).
Alfacon-1 (Infergen), also called consensus interferon, is a genetically modified interferon. A combination of alfacon-1 with ribavirin is proving to help some patients who had been resistant to ribavirin with interferon.

A 2005 study suggested that some patients with hepatitis C genotypes 2 or 3 may be able to benefit from a shorter course of combination treatment (12 weeks) than the standard 24-week treatment duration. A shorter treatment time may reduce the risk of side effects. However, a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine found that 16 weeks of combination therapy in patients with these genotypes did not work as well as the 24-week regimen. Given the significant side effects associated with combination pegylated interferon and ribavarin treatment, particularly anemia, researchers are actively investigating how to identify which patients may be able to succeed with shorter treatment duration.

PegINF combinations are proving to slow progression of scarring, and have even achieved improvement in some patients who already have cirrhosis. Whether the combination treatment protects against future liver cancer is still unclear. (A higher total dose, rather than a longer duration of treatment, may be the critical factor for protection.)

Side Effects of Combination Treatment. The side effects of the combination include those of both interferon and ribavirin. Interferon side effects may occur more often in the combination treatment. Combination treatment side effects may include:

Anemia occurs in about 22% of patients who take combination treatment versus 1% who take interferon alone. This complication is reversible and usually stabilizes after 1 - 2 months of treatment. However, some patients may become so anemic that they have to stop the medication. Since anemia can worsen heart disease, patients with a history of significant heart problems should not be treated with ribavirin. Other nucleoside analogues are being investigated that may have a lower risk for anemia than ribavirin.
Flu-like symptoms, such as fever, headaches, and muscle aches, are the most common side effect.
Reduced white blood cell count.
Skin disorders, such as dry skin and rash.
Coughing and shortness of breath.
Gastrointestinal symptoms (nausea, indigestion, lack of appetite).
Emotional and psychological symptoms, such as severe sleep disturbances, depression, irritability, and anxiety.
Combination treatment in pregnant women poses a very high risk for birth defects.

The current drugs used for hepatitis C still do not meet the needs of all patients. They are expensive, have significant side effects, do not work in half the patients who take them, and are unsuitable in many others. Investigation is ongoing to find better solutions. Drugs showing promise include:

Albinterferon alfa-2b (Albuferon). This long-acting form of interferon-alfa may have fewer side effects and require less dosing than pegylated interferons. It is currently being tested in combination with ribavarin in Phase II trials for patients with genotype 1 chronic hepatitis C.
Thymosin Alpha 1 (Zadaxin), also called thymalfasin, is a synthetic version of a peptide derived from the thymus gland (which is responsible for maturation of immune factors called T-cells). It is being used for hepatitis B and is under investigation for hepatitis C in combination with interferon.
Celgosivir. Celgosivir is a new type of antiviral drug, which blocks alpha-glucosidase, an enzyme involved in viral replication. Celgosivir is being studied in combination with pegylated interferon alfa-2b and ribavirin. The drug is derived from the Australian chestnut tree.
Eltrombopag (Revolade). Thrombocytopenia, reduced production of blood platelets, is a condition that affects patients with hepatitis C and cirrhosis. Patients with thrombocytopenia cannot tolerate standard antiviral therapy. Researchers hope that eltrombopag, a drug that stimulates platelet production, may help normalize platelet levels so that they can start antiviral drug treatment.
Statins. Statin drugs are used for the treatment and management of cholesterol. Researchers are studying whether they may help improve liver enzyme levels in patients with hepatitis C.

Of interest are studies using phlebotomy (which is simply drawing blood) to reduce iron levels. In one study, maintenance therapy with this procedure reduced liver inflammation and possibly slowed progression of cirrhosis.

An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure, and the phrase resoundingly holds true in the case of hepatitis B. Today, a vaccine against hepatitis B is available. It can prevent hepatitis B and, therefore, also prevent liver cancer. The American Academy of Pediatrics and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently recommend that all babies born in the United States receive a hepatitis B vaccine at birth.

Six drugs are currently approved in the United States for treatment of chronic hepatitis B:

Peginterferon alfa-2a (Pegasys)
Interferon-alfa-2b (Intron)
Adefovir (Hepsera)
Lamivudine (Epivir)
Entecavir (Baraclude)
Telbivudine (Tyzeka)

These drugs block the replication of hepatitis B in the body. Some also help boost the immune system. A doctor will decide which drug to prescribe based on a patient’s age, disease severity, and other factors. Each drug has various advantages and disadvantages in terms of cost, efficacy, side effects, and likelihood of drug resistance. A combination of drugs may also be prescribed.

Peginterferon alfa-2a. Peginterferon alfa-2a (Pegasys) was approved in 2005 for treatment of chronic hepatitis B. (Peginterferon is also called pegylated interferon.) The drug was previously approved in 2002 for treatment of chronic hepatitis C. Pegasys prevents the hepatitis B virus from replicating and also helps boost the immune system. It is given as a weekly injection. Peginterferon is sometimes prescribed in combination with lamivudine (Epivir).

Interferon Alpha. For many years, interferon alfa-2b (Intron) was the standard drug for hepatitis B. The drug is usually taken by injection every day for 16 weeks. (It does not appear to help hepatitis D.) Unfortunately, even in hepatitis B, the virus recurs in almost all cases, although this recurring mutation may be weaker than the original strain. Administering the drug for longer periods may produce sustained remission in more patients while still being safe. Interferon is also effective in eligible children, although long-term effects are unclear.

Lamivudine, Entecavir, and Telbivudine. These drugs are classified as nucleoside analogs. Lamivudine (Epivir or 3TC) is an antiretroviral drug that is used to treat human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) as well as hepatitis B. Studies suggest that lamivudine reduces viral count in over half of hepatitis B patients who take it as sole therapy for about a year. It is less expensive than interferon-alfa and has fewer side effects, but may not work as well as interferon-alfa for long-term therapy. A major problem with lamivudine is the development of mutated viral strains that become resistant to the drug, particularly in areas where the virus is common. About 20% of patients who take lamivudine develop drug resistance.

In 2005, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved entecavir (Baraclude) for treatment of adults with chronic hepatitis B. In clinical trials, entecavir worked better than lamivudine for treating hepatitis B. Entecavir appears to have less risk of drug resistance than lamivudine. Studies also suggest that it may be a good alternative treatment for patients who have developed resistance to lamivudine. Questions have been raised about the drug’s possible cancer risks. Ongoing studies are evaluating this risk.

In 2006, the FDA approved telbivudine (Tyzeka), the newest nucleoside analog drug, for treatment of chronic hepatitis B.

Adefovir. Adefovir (Hepsera) belongs to a class of antiviral drugs called nucleotide analogs. (Nucleotides are related to nucleosides but have a slightly different chemical structure.) Nucleotide analogs block an enzyme involved in the replication of viruses. Adefovir costs more than lamivudine, but may be effective against lamivudine-resistant strains of hepatitis B. The drug must be taken on a long-term basis. A 2006 study indicated that when patients stopped taking adefovir after 48 weeks, the hepitatis B virus resumed replication. Patients who took the drug for a longer period (144 weeks) continued to benefit from treatment. Another 2006 study indicated that for some patients, adefovir remains effective for up to 5 years, although resistance occurs in about 20% of patients.

Drug Warnings. In 2004, the FDA issued two drug warnings for patients with hepatitis B. The HIV drug tenofovir (Viread) should not be used to treat patients with HIV who are co-infected with hepatitis Bas the drug may increase hepatitis severity. The lymphoma drug rituximab (Rituxan) may reactivate hepatitis B. Patients with lymphoma should be screened for hepatitis B. In 2007, the FDA revised the label for entecavir (Baraclude); patients who are co-infected with hepatitis Band HIV should take entecavir only if they are also taking antiviral HIV drugs.

Emtricitabine is a nucleoside analog drug used to treat HIV and AIDS. It is being investigated for chronic hepatitis B.
Pegylated interferon alfa-2b (Peg-Intron) and alfa-2a (Pegasys) are approved for treatment of chronic hepatitis C. They are being investigated alone and in combination with other drugs, such as ribavirin (Copegus, Rebetol), for treatment of hepatitis B. The combination of pegylated interferon and ribavirin is the standard treatment for hepatitis C.
Thymosin Alpha 1 (Zadaxin), also called thymalfasin, is a synthetic version of a substance derived from the thymus gland (which is responsible for maturation of immune factors called T-cells). It appears to be safe for hepatitis B patients when used alone or in combination with interferon. It is approved in many countries, but not the United States.

Ursodeoxycholic Acid (UDCA) and Drugs Used to Slow Progression. At this time no medication can cure primary biliary cirrhosis. Ursodiol, ursodeoxycholic acid (Actigall), or UDCA has been the standard drug used for primary biliary cirrhosis. Several studies have reported that it slows progression and helps prevent the need for liver transplantation.

It has no effect on symptoms, including itching and fatigue. Some drugs, such as colchicine, corticosteroids, or immunosuppressants, are being investigated for use in combination with UDCA. Long-term controlled trials are needed to determine the value of UDCA alone or with other drugs.

Drugs for Itching. Itching is a major problem with this disease. Cholestyramine, taken with meals, is the first choice for relieving itching. Several other drugs have been used or investigated, including low doses of the drug naltrexone and phototherapy.

Drugs for Impaired Fat Absorption. Because primary biliary cirrhosis affects fat absorption, patients may need high doses or injections of important fat-soluble vitamins, including K, D, A, and E.

Treatment of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease. Weight loss is the most important method for managing nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) and preventing progression to nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH) and, eventually, cirrhosis. Diabetes and cholesterol control are also important. Investigators are studying whether various drugs used to treat type 2 diabetes may help treat NAFLD and NASH.

Other research is focusing on antioxidant vitamins, such as vitamin E.

In 2005, the National Institutes of Health launched two trials to study treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease and nonalcoholic steatohepatitisin adults and children. Children with NAFLD will receive vitamin E, metformin, or placebo. In the adult trial, patients with NASH will receive vitamin E, pioglitazone, or placebo.

Secondary Biliary Cirrhosis. Secondary biliary cirrhosis caused by blockage in the bile ducts can be relieved by surgery.

Autoimmune Hepatitis. Autoimmune hepatitis is treated with the corticosteroid prednisone and also sometimes immunosuppressants, such as azathioprine (Imuran).

Hemochromatosis. For hemochromatosis, weekly bleedings (phlebotomies) may be performed until iron levels are normal, then repeated as needed. If treatment is given before cirrhosis develops, life expectancy may be normal.

Wilson's Disease. D-penicillamine is the drug most used for Wilson's disease.

There are no current safe and effective therapies for liver scarring (fibrosis). However, recent insights into the cellular and molecular mechanisms responsible for scarring have led to the development of specific, antifibrotic drugs that target the primary injury and inhibit abnormal cell mechanisms. Such drugs, now in very early testing, could one day help prevent or reduce the progression of liver scarring or the progression to liver cancer.

Liver transplantation may be indicated for the following:

Patients who have developed life-threatening cirrhosis and who have a life expectancy of more than 12 years.
Patients with liver cancer that has not spread beyond the liver.

Survival rates after transplantation are similar among those who have hepatitis B, hepatitis C, or alcoholic liver disease. Current 5-year survival rates after liver transplantation are about 75%. Patients also report improved quality of life and mental functioning after liver transplantation. Patients should seek medical centers that perform more than 50 transplants per year and produce better-than-average results.

Unfortunately, there are many more patients waiting for liver transplants than there are available organs. Fortunately, more procedures are now being performed using liver tissue from a living donor. In these cases, surgeons replace the patient’s diseased liver with a part of the liver taken from a donor. The donor’s liver regenerates to full size within a few weeks of surgery, and the recipient’s liver also regrows.

Transplantation surgery generally takes 4 - 12 hours to perform, and patients stay in the hospital for up to 3 weeks after the surgery. Most patients return to normal or near-normal activities 6 - 12 months following the transplant. For the rest of their lives, patients need to take immunosuppressive medication to prevent rejection.

Liver Transplantation in Patients with Hepatitis. One of the primary problems with many hepatitis patients is recurrence of the virus after transplantation.

One study of patients with hepatitis C reported 5-year risks of 80% for viral recurrence and 10% for cirrhosis. A 2004 study found that the hepatitis C virus recurs with more severity with liver donations from living donors than livers taken from cadavers.
Viral recurrence is also high in patients with hepatitis B. In 2007, the FDA approved HepaGram B, an immune globulin, to prevent recurrence of hepatitis B after transplantation. Patients need to receive HepaGram B injections on a lifelong basis.

Liver Transplantation in Autoimmune Liver Diseases. Patients who require transplantation for primary biliary cirrhosis are those who develop major complications of portal hypertension and liver failure or who have poor quality of life and short survival without the procedure. Survival rates after transplantation are excellent.

The outlook is also good for patients who have autoimmune hepatitis who require a transplant. Survival rates are about 90% after 1 year, and 70 - 80% after 5 years. Rejection usually occurs in those patients whose immune systems are very compromised.

Liver Transplantation in Alcoholism. There is considerable controversy over whether liver transplantation should be performed in alcoholics with cirrhosis who are unlikely to abstain. One French study reported no differences in survival, transplant rejection, and other indicators of success and failure after transplantation between alcoholics and non-alcoholics and between alcoholics who abstained and those who relapsed after the procedure.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a liver transplant.

Lifestyle Changes

A healthy lifestyle is particularly important for people with cirrhosis.

Healthy Foods. Because important antioxidant vitamins are depleted in the cirrhotic liver, patients should maintain a diet rich in fresh fruits, vegetables, and whole grains.

Coffee and Tea. Coffee appears to help lower the risk of cirrhosis, especially among heavy drinkers. A 2006 study indicated that people who drank 1 - 3 cups of coffee a day reduced their risk of alcoholic cirrhosis by 40%. Those who drank 4 or more cups reduced their risk by 80%. Researchers think that there is some ingredient in coffee (other than caffeine) that is responsible for this apparent protection. Studies on tea have been mixed. Some studies report that tea also lowers the risk of chronic liver disease, while others have found no effect.

Antioxidant Supplements. There is some preliminary laboratory evidence that various antioxidant supplements -- including vitamin E, selenium, and S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe) -- may help protect against liver damage and cirrhosis. Supplements, however, are not recommended for people with liver disease except with the advice of a doctor. Some vitamins, such as vitamins D and A, are metabolized in the liver and can be toxic.

Iron Restrictions. Elevated iron levels have been associated with cirrhosis from many causes. Patients should avoid iron-rich foods, such as red meats, liver, and iron-fortified cereals, and should avoid cooking with iron-coated cookware and utensils.

Supplemental Nutritional Products. Supplemental nutritional beverages may be helpful, particularly for patients with both alcoholism and cirrhosis. In one study, patients with both alcoholism and cirrhosis drank Ensure every day as a supplement to their regular diet. After 6 months they showed significant improvement in many signs of overall health compared to those who did not consume the beverage.

Vitamin B1 (Thiamine). Thiamine binds to iron and helps reduce iron load in the liver. One small study suggested it may be helpful for patients with chronic hepatitis B. It is not known if it has any benefit for cirrhosis. Pork is high in the vitamin, but more healthful sources include dried fortified cereals, oatmeal, corn, nuts, cauliflower, sunflower seeds and vitamin pills.

Like most vitamins, vitamin B1 may be obtained in the recommended amount with a well-balanced diet, including some enriched or fortified foods.

Omega-3 Fatty Acids. Some research suggests that supplements of omega-3 fatty acids (found in fish oil and evening primrose oil) may help protect the diseased liver.

Click the icon to see an image of omega-3 fatty acids.

Protein and Soy. High-quality dietary protein may be especially helpful for patients with ascites and for repairing muscle mass, but excessive protein loads may trigger encephalopathy. Protein solutions have been devised that provide beneficial amino acids without including those that increase this risk. There is no limit on vegetable proteins, such as those from soy.

Salt Restriction. Restricting salt consumption to less than 2,000 mg a day is particularly important for patients with ascites. The less salt the better.

Zinc. In some studies, taking zinc supplements have lowered ammonia levels in some patients who were zinc-deficient, a common problem in cirrhosis. Zinc replacement may reduce frequency and severity of muscle cramps and may even help protect against encephalopathy.

Fluid restriction is not usually necessary, but patients with severe ascites should discuss limiting fluid with their doctors.

Exercise increases the risk for portal pressure and variceal bleeding. One study reported that taking a beta-blocker may reduce this risk, although patients should discuss this with their doctor.

Infections can have a severe impact on the liver. Although most respiratory infections generally affect only the lungs, one small study suggested influenza may directly affect the liver in patients with cirrhosis and exacerbate the disease process. Researchers in the study advise annual flu shots for people with cirrhosis.

Patients should be aware that manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been several reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should always check with their doctors before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Among the natural substances being investigated for liver disease are ginseng, glycyrrhizin (a compound in licorice), catechin (found in green tea), SAMe, and silymarin (found in milk thistle).

Silymarin. Silymarin is a chemical found in the milk thistle herb. It is one of the most popular, and most studied, herbal remedies for liver disease. Some studies have indicated that silymarin may help improve liver enzyme levels. However, a 2005 review found that milk thistle did not help reduce deaths from liver disease caused by alcohol or hepatitis.

S-adenosylmethionine. S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe) is a chemical found in all parts of the body, which declines with age. It has been investigated for years in Europe for arthritis, depression, and liver disease. Some preliminary studies suggest it may provide some protection against liver damage and scarring and may improve survival rates in alcoholic patients with cirrhosis. It is very expensive, however, and as with all unregulated products, long-term side effects, drug interactions, and other factors are not fully known.

The following warnings are of particular importance for people with liver disease:

Kava kava (an herb used for anxiety and tension) can be toxic to the liver and cause severe hepatitis and even liver failure if taken excessively.

Abdominal Infections

Antibiotics are administered when fluid examination and tests for ascites indicate infection. For a first episode, the antibiotic cefotaxime is typically administered intravenously, requiring hospitalization. Treatment usually lasts 10 days, but research indicates that 5 days may be sufficient for certain patients. Some research indicates that the oral antibiotic ofloxacin may work as well with fewer complications, allowing patients to be treated at home.

In advanced cirrhosis, the risk for serious abdominal infection is high, and the antibiotic norfloxacin is often prescribed preventively against specific organisms that infect the abdominal cavity. One study reported, however, that patients who took norfloxacin became susceptible to Staphylococcal infections. Long-term treatments with norfloxacin or similar antibiotics may increase the risk for fungal infections after liver transplantation.

Encephalopathy

The first step in managing encephalopathy (damage to the brain) is to treat any precipitating cause, such as:

High ammonia levels
Bleeding
Low oxygen
Dehydration
Infection
Use of sedatives

Some studies indicate that manganese poisoning may be partially responsible for encephalopathy in cirrhosis. Studies are needed to determine if drugs that remove manganese improve this complication.

Ammonia is the leading toxin in causing encephalopathy related to cirrhosis. Mild encephalopathy is managed by directing therapy toward eliminating ammonia in the intestine:

The first step is to restrict animal protein, substituting meats and dairy products with vegetable protein, such as soy, and amino acid supplements.
Enemas, which clean out the intestine, may be effective.
Lactulose (Cephulac, Chronulac, Constulose, Duphalac, Enulose) and lactitol, known as disaccharides, help lower blood ammonia levels and have been shown to be effective in improving cognitive function and quality of life in people with mild encephalopathy.
Antibiotics, such as metronidazole, rifamycin, or neomycin, are effective in reducing levels of ammonia-producing bacteria in the intestine, although long-term use of these drugs can cause toxic side effects. Rifaximin (Xifaxan), another antibiotic, was approved in 2005 for treatment of hepatic encephalopathy.
L. acidophilus is the probiotic found in live culture yogurt. Researchers are studying whether L. acidophilus food or supplements can aid in improving liver and cognitive functions.
Researchers are investigating whether exercise can help remove ammonia from the body and improve encephalopathy.

Investigational Drugs. Certain drugs, such as rifaximin (Xifaxan) and flumazenil (Mazicon, Romazicon), are under investigation for treating encephalopathy. Flumazenil is typically administered to counteract the effects of sedatives.

Ascites

Nearly all patients with ascites (fluid accumulation in the abdomen) can benefit from the following measures:

Abstaining from alcohol. (Sometimes abstaining from alcohol is enough to improve this complication.)
Restricting salt.
Taking diuretics, usually spironolactone (Aldactone) and furosemide (Lasix). Previously, spironolactone was usually given alone, but experts now use it by itself only in patients with minimal fluid buildup. Patients should be monitored carefully for excessive and too-fluid loss, which can set off complications, including hypokalemia (dangerously low potassium levels), kidney failure, or encephalopathy. Weight loss from diuretics usually should not exceed 1 - 2 pounds per day, but there is no limit for patients with massive swelling.

Doctors often recommend bed rest for patients with ascites, but studies do not support its benefits. Restricting fluid is not usually necessary unless sodium levels in the blood are very low.

Patients with recurring ascites, or ascites that does not respond to standard diuretics after a month (refractory ascites), may require procedures to reduce fluid.

Large-Volume Paracentesis. Large-volume paracentesis is the current standard procedure and involves the following:

Large volumes of fluid are removed through a tube in the abdomen. Research indicates that 4 - 6 liters are usually effective and safe.
Albumin (protein) may be administered intravenously. This helps prevent a sudden drop in blood flow in the arteries. One study suggested that terlipressin, a drug that constricts blood vessels, may be as effective.
If the ascites does not respond to treatments, the patient may need paracentesis every 2 weeks or more frequently, and up to 10 liters may need to be removed.

Patients who need this procedure are probably not complying with dietary requirements.

Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt. Studies have been mixed on whether transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt (TIPS) improves survival without transplantation compared to large-volume paracentesis. An important 2003 study reported that although TIPS reduced the number of paracenteses, there was no improvement in survival rates. In addition, patients who were given TIPS had a higher risk for encephalopathy than those given large-volume paracentesis. In general, TIPS should be a second-line option for ascites that does not respond to diuretics.

Peritoneovenous Shunting. Peritoneovenous shunting is an older, more invasive, procedure involving insertion of a tube, or shunt, under the skin that routes the fluid from the abdomen into the jugular vein. The procedure can have serious complications, including infection, blood clots, encephalopathy, and rupture of blood vessels in the esophagus. It is now generally reserved for patients who are not candidates for repeat paracentesis or liver transplantation.

Hepatorenal syndrome can occur in patients with ascites. This is a life-threatening condition in which the kidneys fail in trying to compensate for altered blood flow in the liver. Studies suggest that terlipressin may be an effective treatment in combination with albumin for hepatorenal syndrome.

Researchers are testing certain drugs that may correct the imbalances in circulation that lead to portal hypertension and ascites. Of particular interest are drugs called nonpeptide vasopressin antagonists, also referred to as aquaretics. They may reverse the dilation in blood vessels that lead to salt and fluid retention.

The prognosis for patients with ascites is poor, even with intensive procedures. Liver transplantation should be considered for patients when ascites does not respond to treatments and when poor liver function or other complications, such as peritonitis or kidney failure, are present.

Bleeding Episodes

Preventing an Initial Bleeding Episode. About half of patients with mild-to-moderate cirrhosis have esophageal varices (enlarged veins in the esophagus). In such patients, the risk for bleeding within 2 years is as high as 35%. Bleeding is fatal in half of these patients. In general, experts recommend preventive drugs for such patients, even if they have not been screened with endoscopy -- the procedure needed to actually detect varices. Beta-blockers are the only medications to date that have some preventive effects, but others are under investigation.

Guidelines for Treating Bleeding Episodes. The doctor should first be certain that bleeding is caused by portal hypertension and ruptured varices and not by other conditions. For example, patients with cirrhosis are also at higher than average risk for bleeding peptic ulcers.

Saline or Ringers solution (a fluid and electrolyte replenisher) followed by red blood cells and plasma is administered immediately to replace lost blood.

The next step is to immediately achieve normal blood clotting (hemostasis) in order to stop the current bleeding episode and prevent early recurrence, which typically occurs 3 - 5 days after a bleeding episode.

In general it is a two-pronged approach using drugs and endoscopy procedures.

Drugs. Either octreotide or vasopressin are typically used to reduce portal pressure and blood flow.
Endoscopy. Endoscopy involves insertion of a thin tube containing a tiny camera followed by surgery to make repairs. Endoscopic sclerotherapy is the most common procedure. Emergency sclerotherapy is often used as first-line therapy for variceal bleeding, but a major 2002 analysis suggested that it is no more effective than drugs for stopping bleeding, and it has potentially serious adverse effects.

A combination of drugs and endoscopy is the best approach for stopping bleeding compared to endoscopy alone. It is not clear if there is any difference in long-term survival, however.

Prevent Bleeding Recurrence. Rebleeding is common after an episode. Beta-blocker drugs are typically used, although they are not effective for many patients.

Preventing Complications. The patient who is experiencing a bleeding episode is at high risk for other complications, including pneumonia, bacterial infections, and hepatic encephalopathy. Bacterial infections can also impair blood clotting. Preventive oral antibiotics are often problematic in these patients. One study suggested that intravenous ciprofloxacin may be helpful.

Beta-Blockers. Beta-blockers, typically propranolol (Inderal) or nadolol (Corgard), reduce the heart rate and can lower portal vein pressure in many patients and so reduce variceal bleeding. Carvedilol (Coreg), a newer drug, may be even more effective, but more research is needed. Beta-blockers are also used as a primary approach for prevention of recurring bleeding. Nevertheless, they fail to reduce portal pressure in nearly 40% of patients with cirrhosis. They may not be appropriate for patients with type 1 diabetes, asthma, emphysema, and chronic bronchitis. They must be taken for at least 2 years and most likely longer to sustain a survival advantage.

Other Drugs. Other drugs are being used or investigated, mostly in combination with beta-blockers, to reduce recurrence rates.

Isosorbide mononitrate is a nitrate, a type of drug commonly used for angina. Combinations with beta-blockers appear to prevent rebleeding more effectively than beta-blockers alone. It is not clear if the combination improves any other aspects of the disease. The nitrate may also be an alternative drug for patients who cannot tolerate beta-blockers. Studies have failed to show any survival advantage, however, when isosorbide mononitrate is used alone.
The diuretic spironolactone may be helpful in combination with a beta-blocker for reducing both ascites and rebleeding after an initial episode.
Angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including losartan (Cozaar), are being studied for lowering portal pressure.

Somatostatinand Similar Drugs. Somatostatin is a natural hormone that constricts blood vessels. This drug or synthetic derivatives (octreotide and vapreotide) may be more effective than the common procedure, endoscopic sclerotherapy, for controlling bleeding. No single drug is more effective than another. Their benefits for improving overall survival, however, are still uncertain, and a major analysis of current studies found no effects on survival rates with either octreotide or somatostatin.

Somatostatin, the natural hormone, controlled variceal bleeding in 87% of patients in one study, but it is short acting.
Octreotide (Sandostatin) is a derivative of somatostatin and is longer acting. It has largely replaced the older drug. It is very safe, even for heart patients, and has few serious side effects.
Vapreotide (Octastatin) also resembles somatostatin. One study concluded that a combination of vapreotide and endoscopic treatment is more effective than endoscopic treatment alone for controlling bleeding, but the combination therapy did not improve mortality rates at 42 days. The study suggested that these drugs should be taken for 5 days.

Vasoconstrictors. Vasoconstrictors narrow the blood vessels and reduce flow in the spleen. They are particularly effective when used with nitroglycerin.

Vasopressin (Pitressin) is the most commonly used vasoconstrictor. It poses a risk to the heart, however, and it is not clear whether it is actually helpful.
Terlipressin is a synthetic version of vasopressin that is proving to be as effective as sclerotherapy in controlling bleeding. It also lacks vasopressin's side effects and may prove to prolong survival and serve as a bridge for patients waiting for liver transplantation.

Endoscopic procedures use a tube inserted down through the esophagus, containing microcameras and tiny instruments. Endoscopy is used both to diagnose the disease and stop bleeding. The two standard procedures are band ligation and sclerotherapy. In general, a combination of drug therapies and an endoscopic procedure is the usual approach for preventing a bleeding recurrence.

Endoscopic Band Ligation. In endoscopic band ligation, latex bands are wrapped around the bleeding varices, shutting off the blood supply. It is the method of choice to control of bleeding and, in weekly sessions, to prevent rebleeding, because it has a lower risk for complications than sclerotherapy. Recurrence rates are higher with band ligation, however. Studies are mixed on whether weekly treatments with band ligation are any more effective in preventing rebleeding than beta-blockers plus isosorbide mononitrate. A combination of medications plus band ligation is under investigation.

Investigators are studying argon plasma coagulation (APC) after band ligation to prevent variceal recurrence and rebleeding. This procedure uses argon gas to deliver electric currents that coagulate and stop bleeding.

Endoscopic Sclerotherapy. Endoscopic sclerotherapy is only effective against bleeding in the esophagus. The endoscopic tube is inserted through the mouth. A sclerosant (a solution that toughens the tissue around the variceal blood vessels) is injected to stop the bleeding. The procedure is repeated over a period of 2 - 3 months. Repeat treatments appear to reduce rebleeding and death. Minor complications (usually ulcers in the mucus membranes) are common, and serious complications can occur (narrowing or perforation of the esophagus and leakage at the injection site.)

Balloon tamponade has been available for years, but it is now used only for bleeding that cannot be controlled by drugs or endoscopy. It uses a tube inserted through the nose and down through the esophagus until it reaches the upper part of the stomach. A balloon at the tube's end is inflated and positioned tightly against the esophageal wall. It is usually deflated in about 24 hours. Serious complications can occur, the most dangerous being rupture of the esophagus. Recurrence of bleeding is common.

Shunts are used for patients who are still bleeding in the esophagus after endoscopic sclerotherapy or who are bleeding in the stomach. Choices include the following:

Transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt (TIPS)
A surgical shunt

Shunt operations usually eliminate variceal bleeding, but encephalopathy and shunt failure are frequent complications. Doctors do not recommend shunts as elective surgery for high-risk patients who are candidates for liver transplantation, since shunts make this operation more difficult.

Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt.A transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic (or portal-systemic) shunt (TIPS) involves the following:

The patient only requires a local anesthetic and a sedative.
A long needle is inserted into the jugular vein in the neck and passed down through the vena cava, a large vein that conducts blood back to the heart. This serves to widen the vein.
The surgeon makes an incision in the hepatic vein in the liver and creates a connection to the portal vein.
A cylindrical wire-mesh stent is inserted into this connecting vein.
The stent now acts as a shunt, which reroutes blood around the scarred liver.

TIPS is a good choice for bleeding that is not controlled by endoscopy, particularly when it is performed shortly after a bleeding episode. It also reduces ascites.

It is not useful as the first choice for stopping an initial bleeding episode or for preventing rebleeding, however, since it poses a high risk for encephalopathy. This complication outweighs its benefits compared to endoscopy for initial treatment and to beta-blockers for preventing recurrence. Blockage or closure of the shunt can develop over time.

TIPS is generally recommended for only patients who:

Cannot tolerate sclerotherapy
Are unlikely or unable to comply with the repeated procedures necessary for sclerotherapy
Have poor blood circulation

Surgical Shunts. There are two types of surgical shunts:

A portal shunt, or portal systemic shunt. It was introduced in 1945 and was the first significant treatment for bleeding varices. It relieves pressure in the portal vein by surgically joining it to the inferior vena cava, a large vein that conducts blood back to the heart. It poses a high risk for encephalopathy and does not appear to improve survival, so is not used often.
A variation called the H-graft portacaval shunt is a partial shunt that is proving to be effective for treating bleeding. It controls bleeding in 90% of patients and has a lower encephalopathy rate than the complete portal shunt or TIPS. In fact, early studies report that it may have lower rates for transplantation and death than TIPS.
A distal splenorenal shunt (DSRS) preserves blood flow through the portal vein while relieving pressure on the varices by joining the left kidney vein to the splenic vein. (The splenic vein returns blood from the spleen and is one of two veins that form the portal vein.) Studies show that DSRS has similar mortality rates compared to the portal shunt but lower rates of encephalopathy afterwards. Patients with alcoholic cirrhosis fare worse with DSRS than nonalcoholic patients. It is probably best used as an elective operation in patients with good liver function who continue to bleed in spite of endoscopy.

Resources

www2.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.aasld.org -- American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases
www.liverfoundation.org -- American Liver Foundation
www.gastro.org -- American Gastrointestinal Association
www.cdc.gov/ncidod/diseases/hepatitis -- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Hepatitis
www.hepfi.org -- Hepatitis Foundation International
www.pbcers.org -- Primary Biliary Cirrhosis Organization
www.organdonor.org -- National Transplant Society
www.unos.org -- United Network for Organ Sharing
www.organdonor.gov -- US government organ donor site

References

Bruno S, Crosignani A, Maisonneuve P, Rossi S, Silini E, Mondelli MU. Hepatitis C virus genotype 1b as a major risk factor associated with hepatocellular carcinoma in patients with cirrhosis: A seventeen-year prospective cohort study. Hepatology. 2007 Aug 6; [Epub ahead of print]

Bruno S, Stroffolini T, Colombo M, Bollani S, Benvegnu L, Mazzella G, et al. Sustained virological response to interferon-alpha is associated with improved outcome in HCV-related cirrhosis: a retrospective study. Hepatology. 2007 Mar;45(3):579-87.

Ekstedt M, Franzen LE, Mathiesen UL, Thorelius L, Holmqvist M, Bodemar G, et al. Long-term follow-up of patients with NAFLD and elevated liver enzymes. Hepatology. 2006 Oct;44(4):865-73.

Huang H, Shiffman ML, Friedman S, Venkatesh R, Bzowej N, Abar OT, et al. A 7 gene signature identifies the risk of developing cirrhosis in patients with chronic hepatitis C. Hepatology. 2007 Aug;46(2):297-306.

Prasad S, Dhiman RK, Duseja A, Chawla YK, Sharma A, Agarwal R. Lactulose improves cognitive functions and health-related quality of life inpatients with cirrhosis who have minimal hepatic encephalopathy. Hepatology. 2007 Mar;45(3):549-59.

Suzuki A, Lymp J, Donlinger J, Mendes F, Angulo P, Lindor K. Clinical predictors for hepatocellular carcinoma in patients with primary biliary cirrhosis. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2007 Feb;5(2):259-64. Epub 2006 Dec 15.

U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Screening for hemochromatosis: recommendation statement. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Aug 1;145(3):204-8.

Whitlock EP, Garlitz BA, Harris EL, Beil TL, Smith PR. Screening for hereditary hemochromatosis: a systematic review for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Aug 1;145(3):209-23.

Review Date:
8/31/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Osteoarthritis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:56 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Conditions with Similar Sym...
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Prognosis
Lifestyle Changes
Medications
Alternative and Complementa...
Surgery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Pain Medications

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and COX-2 inhibitors work equally well for pain management, but both types of drugs increase the risk for heart attacks, according to an important report from the U.S. Agency for Healthcare Quality and Research.
The prescription NSAID diclofenac (Voltaren, Cataflam) may present a higher risk for heart attack than other NSAIDs, suggests a 2006 Journal of the American Medical Association study.
Standard osteoarthritis medications provide moderate pain relief for only 2 - 3 weeks, suggests a 2007 review in the European Journal of Pain.

Acupuncture

Acupuncture may be helpful for people with knee and hip osteoarthritis, according to several 2006 studies:

An Annals of Internal Medicine study of 1,007 people with chronic osteoarthritis knee pain indicated that patients who received acupuncture plus standard care had greater improvement than those who received only physical therapy and anti-inflammatory drugs.
An Arthritis and Rheumatism study of 3,663 patients with chronic osteoarthritis knee or hip pain suggested that acupuncture plus routine care can provide significant improvements in pain relief and quality of life. In both studies, the benefits of acupuncture were sustained for up to 6 months after treatment completion.

Exercise and Knee Osteoarthritis

Weight-bearing exercise (walking, jogging) neither prevents nor increases the risk of knee osteoarthritis in healthy middle-aged and elderly people, suggests a 2007 study in Arthritis and Rheumatism.

Risk of Hip Osteoarthritis

About 1 in 4 Americans can expect to develop osteoarthritis of the hip at some point in life, according to research presented at the 2006 American College of Rheumatology annual meeting. Body weight is a factor. People who are normal weight have a 20% risk, compared to those who are overweight (25%) or obese (39%).

Introduction

Osteoarthritis, also known as degenerative joint disease, is the most common form of arthritis. Scientists now believe osteoarthritis results from a combination of genetic abnormalities and joint injuries. In this disorder, an affected joint experiences a progressive loss of cartilage, the slippery material that cushions the ends of bones.

Osteoarthritis is a chronic disease of the joint cartilage and bone, often thought to result from "wear and tear" on a joint, although there are other causes such as congenital defects, trauma, and metabolic disorders. Joints appear larger, are stiff and painful, and usually feel worse with increased use throughout the day.

As a result, the bone beneath the cartilage undergoes changes that lead to bony overgrowth. The tissue that lines the joint can become inflamed, the ligaments can loosen, and the associated muscles can weaken. The patient experiences pain when using the joint. In addition to humans, nearly all vertebrates suffer from osteoarthritis, including porpoises and whales, as did long-extinct terrestrial travelers such as dinosaurs.

Click the icon to see an animation about osteoarthritis.

Joints are designed to provide flexibility, support, stability, and protection. These functions, essential for normal and painless movement, are primarily supplied by specific parts of the joint: the synovium and cartilage.

Synovium. The synovium is a membrane that surrounds the entire joint. It is filled with synovial fluid, a lubricating liquid that supplies nutrients and oxygen to cartilage.

Cartilage. The cartilage is a slippery tissue that coats the ends of the bones. Cartilage is one of the few tissues in the body that does not have its own blood supply. It has a number of essential components:

Click the icon to see an image of the synovial membrane and cartilage in the knee joint.

Chondrocytes. Chondrocytes, the basic cartilage cells, are critical for balance and function.
Water. Cartilage contains a high percentage of water, although it decreases with age. About 85% of cartilage is water in young people, and about 70% is water in older individuals.
Proteoglycans. These are large molecules that help make up cartilage. Their important value is their capacity to bond to water, which ensures the high-fluid content in cartilage.
Collagen. This is the critical protein in cartilage. It forms a mesh to give support and flexibility to the joint. Collagen is the main protein found in all the connective tissues of the body, including the muscles, ligaments, and tendons.

The combination of the collagen meshwork and the high water content, tightly bound by proteoglycans, creates a resilient and slippery pad in the joint, which resists the compression between bones during muscle movement. The synovial fluid lubricates and provides oxygen and nutrients to the bloodless cartilage.

Deterioration of Cartilage. Osteoarthritis develops when cartilage in a joint deteriorates. The process is usually slow.

In the early stages of the disease the surface of the cartilage, or even the synovium in some people, becomes inflamed and swollen. There is a loss of proteoglycan molecules and other tissue components that cause water loss. Fissures and pits appear in the cartilage.
As the disease progresses and more tissue is lost, the cartilage loses elasticity and fluid. It becomes increasingly prone to damage due to repetitive use and injury.
Eventually large amounts of cartilage are destroyed, leaving the ends of the bone within the joint unprotected.

To compound the process, bone around arthritic joints is not structurally normal. As the body tries to repair damage to the cartilage, problems can develop:

Clusters of damaged cells or fluid-filled cysts may form around the bony areas or near the fissures.
Fluid pockets may also form within the bone marrow itself, causing swelling. The marrow, which runs up through the center of bone, is rich in nerve fibers, and such injuries may be an important source of pain in many patients with osteoarthritis.
Bone cells may respond to damage by multiplying, growing, and forming dense, misshapen plates around exposed areas.
At the margins of the joint, the bone may produce outcroppings, on which new cartilage cells (chondrocytes) proliferate and grow abnormally.

Unlike some other types of arthritis, such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis does not spread through the entire body. (In other words, it is not systemic.) Rather, it affects one or several joints. Osteoarthritis affects joints differently depending on their location in the body.

Osteoarthritis is commonly found in joints of the fingers, feet, knees, hips, and spine.
It sometimes occurs in the wrist, elbows, shoulders, and jaw, but is not common in these locations.

Causes

The biologic factors leading to the deterioration of cartilage in osteoarthritis are not entirely understood. Many experts believe that osteoarthritis results from a genetic susceptibility that causes some biologic response to injuries to the joint, which in turn leads to progressive deterioration of cartilage. In addition, the ability to make repairs becomes progressively limited as cartilage cells age.

Although osteoarthritis generally accompanies aging, osteoarthritic cartilage is chemically different from normal aged cartilage. As chondrocytes (the cells that make up cartilage) age, they lose their ability to make repairs and produce more cartilage. This process may play an important role in the development and progression of osteoarthritis.

Researchers report a high correlation of osteoarthritis between parents and children or between siblings. Genetic factors are thought to be involved in about half of osteoarthritis cases in the hands and hips and a somewhat lower percentage of cases in the knee. A number of genes are under investigation that might contribute to an inherited risk.

For example, mutations in the ank gene may be important in some cases. The ank gene regulates pyrophosphate, a chemical that inhibits the formation of mineral deposits, and may protect the cartilage in joints. Mutations in the ank gene then may result in lower pyrophosphate levels in the joint, leading to accumulation of mineral deposits and arthritis. (About 60% of people with osteoarthritis have mineral deposits in their cartilage.)

Another gene, called the osteoprotegerin gene, is important in regulating bone and cartilage formation. Mutations in this gene may play a role in osteoarthritis.

The inflammatory response is an overreaction of the immune system to an injury or other assault in the body, such as an infection. This response causes specific immune factors, called cytokines, to gather in injured areas and cause inflammation and damage to body tissue and cells. The inflammatory response plays an important role in rheumatoid arthritis and other muscle and joint problems associated with autoimmune diseases. It has generally been believed that inflammation plays at most a minor role in osteoarthritis and is more likely to be a result -- not a cause -- of the disease.

However, recent studies suggest that inflammation may play an important role in the progression of osteoarthritis and its chronic nature. For example, a 2003 study found evidence of severe inflammation in the lining of the joints in 30% of patients with osteoarthritis. Still, the effects of the inflammatory response in osteoarthritis are likely to be different from those in rheumatoid arthritis and less severe.

Some theories on how this response may contribute to osteoarthritis involve overproduction of enzymes called matrix metalloproteinases or MMPs (also called collagenases). In large amounts they break down collagen, the building blocks of cartilage. Some studies suggest that immune factors called vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) are overproduced during the inflammatory response and in turn increase production of MMPs.

Another theory suggests that the inflammatory response is triggered by the changes and injuries in the bone that occur during osteoarthritis. According to this theory, immune factors released in this process diffuse into the cartilage, where they suppress cartilage cell growth and activate MMPs.

Joint injuries are the starting point in the disease process. Osteoarthritis sometimes develops years after a single traumatic injury to or near a joint. One large study found that by age 65, osteoarthritis developed in almost 14% of those who had joint injuries as young adults, compared to just 6% in those without earlier injuries. Patients with knee injuries were five times more likely to have osteoarthritis in the injured knee than those without injuries, and patients with hip injuries were more than three times more likely to develop arthritis in the injured hip. Proper treatment of injuries, such as surgical repair of ligament tears in the knee with a strong rehabilitation approach, may help to prevent the development of osteoarthritis.

Other causes of osteoarthritis include:

Bleeding disorders such as hemophilia that cause bleeding to occur in the joint
Disorders such as avascular necrosis that block the blood supply near the joint
Complications of persistent, inflammatory arthritic conditions, particularly chronic gout, pseudogout, or rheumatoid arthritis
Conditions that cause iron build-up in the joints such as hemochromatosis

Symptoms

The pain of osteoarthritis typically begins gradually and progresses slowly over many years. People under age 40 may have the condition with no symptoms at all. Osteoarthritis is commonly identified by the following symptoms:

The most common symptom of osteoarthritis in any joint is pain that worsens during activity and gets better during rest. As the disease advances, the pain may occur even when the joint is at rest.
Pain is generally described as aching, stiffness, and loss of mobility.
The pain may behave like a roller coaster, with bad spells followed by periods of relative relief.
Pain seems to increase in humid weather.
Some people experience muscle spasm and contractions in the tendons.
Osteoarthritis in the knee may cause a crackling-like noise (called crepitus) when moved.

Hand. Osteoarthritis of the hand occurs most often in older women and may be inherited within families. The following joints are most frequently affected:

Distal interphalangeal (DIP) joint. The first joint below the fingertips is the most common location of osteoarthritis of the hand. These joints can develop bony growths known as Heberden's nodes.
Carpometacarpal (CMC) joint. The joint at the base of the thumb, where the thumb joint connects with the wrist, is the second most common location.
Proximal interphalangeal (PIP) joint. The middle joints of the fingers can also develop osteoarthritis. These joints may develop small, solid lumps (nodules) known as Bouchard's nodes.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoarthritis.

Recent studies suggest that osteoarthritis of the hand may predict the later development of osteoarthritis in the hip or knee. A 2005 study found that patients with hand osteoarthritis were three times more likely to develop hip arthritis. Osteoarthritis of the hand also slightly increased the risk for knee osteoarthritis.

Knee. Osteoarthritis is particularly debilitating in the weight-bearing joints of the knees. The joint is usually stable until the disease reaches an advanced stage when the knee becomes enlarged and swollen. Although painful, the arthritic knee usually retains reasonable flexibility.

Osteoarthritis can cause loss of cartilage in the knee. The meniscus, the cartilage pad between the joint formed by the thighbone and the shinbone, plays an important role in protecting the joint. It acts as a shock absorber. In knee surgery called meniscectomy, the doctor removes the damaged cartilage. However, a 2006 study suggested that preserving the meniscus, even if it is damaged, is better than removing it. Researchers showed that even a small amount of meniscus helps protect the joint and prevent osteoarthritis from worsening. Experts recommend that patients try lifestyle changes (exercise and weight loss), braces, and medication before undergoing knee surgery.

Click the icon to see an image of the knee joint.

Hips. About 1 in 4 people will develop hip arthritis over the course of their lifetime. Being obese increases the risk. Osteoarthritis frequently strikes the weight-bearing joints in one or both hips. Pain develops slowly, usually in the groin and on the outside of the hips, or sometimes in the buttocks. The pain also may radiate to the knee, confusing the diagnosis. Those with osteoarthritis of the hip often have a restricted range of motion (particularly when trying to rotate the hip) and walk with a limp, because they slightly turn the affected leg to avoid pain.

Click the icon to see an image of the hip joint.

Spine. Osteoarthritis may affect the cartilage in the disks that form cushions between the bones of the spine, the moving joints of the spine itself, or both. Osteoarthritis in any of these locations can cause pain, muscle spasms, and diminished mobility. In some cases, the nerves may become pinched, which also produces pain. Advanced disease may result in numbness and muscle weakness. Osteoarthritis of the spine is most troublesome when it occurs in the lower back or in the neck, where it can cause difficulty in swallowing.

Click the icon to see an image of the spine.

Shoulder. Osteoarthritis is less common in the shoulder area than in other joints, but it may develop in the shoulder joint (the glenohumeral joint). In such cases, it is most often associated with a previous injury, and patients gradually develop pain and stiffness in the back of the shoulder. Osteoarthritis also can develop in the acromioclavicular (AC) joint, which is between the shoulder blade and the collarbone. However, it rarely causes symptoms in this location.

Conditions with Similar Symptoms

Numerous conditions have symptoms of joint aches and pains. Something as benign as sleeping on a bad mattress to the serious afflictions associated with cancer can mirror symptoms of osteoarthritis. Other problems that can cause aches and pains in the joints include physical injuries, infections, tendinitis, and poor circulation. A number of rare genetic diseases attack the joints.

Osteoarthritis can generally be distinguished from other joint diseases by considering several factors together:

Osteoarthritis usually occurs in older people and is located in only one or a few joints
The joints are less inflamed than in other arthritic conditions
Progression of pain is usually gradual.

A few of the most common disorders that can be confused with, or may even accompany, osteoarthritis are discussed below.

Osteoarthritis may be confused with rheumatoid arthritis, particularly when osteoarthritis affects multiple joints in the body. Rheumatoid arthritis begins in the synovial membrane rather than the cartilage. It normally occurs earlier in life than osteoarthritis, often striking people in their 30s and 40s. Rheumatoid arthritis affects many joints, and often occurs symmetrically on both sides of the body. People generally have morning stiffness that lasts for at least an hour. (Stiffness from osteoarthritis usually clears up within half an hour.)

X-rays show changes in the bones that differ from those occurring in osteoarthritis. In rheumatoid arthritis, blood tests often show a specific antibody, known as rheumatoid factor, which is not present with osteoarthritis. In another blood test, levels of a factor called erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) are often elevated in rheumatoid arthritis, but they are generally normal in osteoarthritis. Rheumatoid arthritis also does not usually show up in the fingertips where osteoarthritis is common.

Rheumatoid arthritis is a body-wide (systemic) autoimmune disease that initially attacks the synovium, a connective tissue membrane that lines the cavity between joints and secretes a lubricating fluid.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoarthritis vs. rheumatoid arthritis.

Chondrocalcinosis is a disease in which certain calcium crystals known as CPPD (calcium pyrophosphate dihydrate) are deposited in the joints. It affects about 25% of the population and can accompany and even worsen osteoarthritis. The problem has been called pseudogout or pseudo-osteoarthritis, in the latter case particularly when it affects the knees. A doctor can usually differentiate between the two disorders, however, because chondrocalcinosis usually damages other joints (such as wrists, elbows, and shoulders) that are not usually affected by osteoarthritis. The condition may explain why some patients with osteoarthritis receive benefit from colchicine, a drug used for gout and other crystal-induced joint diseases.

Charcot's joint occurs when an underlying disease, usually diabetes, causes nerve damage in the joint, which leads to swelling, bleeding, increased temperature, and changes in bone. There may be a loss of sensation that leads to an increased risk for injury from overuse.

Risk Factors

Osteoarthritis is the most common type of arthritis. In the U.S., about 12.1% of Americans (21 million people) age 25 and older have osteoarthritis. The prevalence in osteoarthritis increases as people age. Experts estimate that by 2030, 20% of Americans (72 million people) age 65 years and older will be at risk for developing osteoarthritis.

Before age 45, osteoarthritis occurs more frequently in males (although it is not common in younger adults). After age 55, it develops more often in females. In a 2000 study, 33% of women had osteoarthritis compared to 25% of men. Some research suggests that women may also experience greater muscle and joint pain, in general, than men. And, women also tend to be undertreated for pain compared to men. The causes of such differences in pain sensitivity and treatment are largely unknown and most likely are due to a complicated mix of biologic, psychologic, and social factors.

The incidence is highest in lower educational levels. In a 2000 study, 41% of adults with less than a high school education had arthritis compared to 21% of college graduates.

Although the average rate of osteoarthritis among older adults in the U.S. is 60%, it can vary widely in certain geographical regions. In the U.S., the rates in older adults are lowest (34%) in Hawaii and highest (70%) in Alabama. In general, the highest prevalence of arthritis in America occurs in the central and northwestern states.

The rate of osteoarthritis varies by ethnic group. In the U.S., Caucasians and African-Americans have higher rates of arthritis than Hispanics or other ethnic groups. Osteoarthritis also tends to favor specific joints over others in certain ethnic groups. The following are some examples:

Older African-American men are about 33% more likely than Caucasian men to have hip osteoarthritis. In one study, although men in both groups had equal risks for arthritic knees, African-American men were more likely to have arthritis in both knees and to have more severe cases. Although comparable disparities in knee arthritis were observed between African-American and Caucasian women, they might be explained by greater average weight among African-American women. The study could not account for the differences among men, however.
Asians appear to have a higher incidence of osteoarthritis in the knee, an equal risk for osteoarthritis in the spine, and a lower risk for osteoarthritis in the hips than Caucasians.

Genes that determine the angles, amount of force, and other structural factors in the hip joints, or genes that regulate the chemistry in the joints, may account for ethnic differences.

Some researchers suggest that a number of people have anatomical abnormalities, such as mismatched surfaces on the joints, which could be damaged over time by abnormal stress. Legs of unequal length or skewed feet can cause jerky movement and may cause osteoarthritis. One study reported that those whose knees bent inward ("knock-kneed") or outward ("bow-legged"), for example, were more likely to have progressive osteoarthritis of the knee.

Obesity, defined as being 20% over one's healthy weight, places people (particularly women) at increased risk for osteoarthritis. It also worsens osteoarthritis once deterioration begins. This higher risk is due to increased weight on the joints. However, being obese also increases the risk for osteoarthritis in the fingers as well as the knees and hips, suggesting that being overweight may contribute to osteoarthritis in other ways. Some research indicates that obesity may produce an inflammatory response, which is now a major suspect in age-related diseases -- not only osteoarthritis but also heart disease. [See In-Depth Report #53: Weight control and diet.]

Because injuries can trigger the disease process, people whose work or leisure activities place them at risk for muscle and joint injuries may face a higher risk for osteoarthritis later on.

Workers at Higher Risk. Certain occupations that require repeated stressful motions (such as squatting or kneeling with heavy lifting) can contribute to deterioration of cartilage. One study suggested that workers whose jobs require kneeling or squatting for more than an hour a day are at high risk for knee osteoarthritis. (In the study, jobs that involved heaving lifting, climbing stairs, or walking also posed some, but not as high, a risk. Being heavier compounded the chances for osteoarthritis.)

Exercise. There has been some question about the role of strenuous exercise in osteoarthritis. Sports that definitely pose a higher risk for osteoarthritis are those that require repetitive or direct joint impact (such as football), twisting, or both (baseball pitching, soccer).

Marathon runners, however, have a relatively low rate of osteoarthritis. Some scientists speculate that running enhances cartilage health because the rhythmical compression of cartilage expels wastes and promotes absorption of nutrients.

In any case, regular and moderate exercise is important for everyone and does not increase the risk for osteoarthritis. In fact, a 2006 study of middle-aged and elderly people found that recreational weight-bearing exercise (walking, jogging) neither protects against nor increases the risk for osteoarthritis. Furthermore, many factors associated with a sedentary life (muscle weakness, obesity) are associated with a higher risk for osteoarthritis.

Diagnosis

Osteoarthritis is often visible in x-rays. Cartilage loss is indicated by certain images:

If the normal space between the bones in a joint is narrowed.
If there is an abnormal increase in bone density.
If bony projections, cysts, or erosions are evident.
X-rays can also reveal any cysts that might develop in osteoarthritic joints. If other conditions are suspected or if the diagnosis is uncertain, additional tests are necessary.
An MRI may show evidence of osteoarthritis that x-rays miss.

X-rays are a form of electromagnetic radiation (like light); they are of higher energy, however, and can penetrate the body to form an image on film. Structures that are dense (such as bone) will appear white, air will be black, and other structures will be shades of gray depending on density. X-rays can provide information about obstructions, tumors, and other diseases, especially when coupled with the use of barium and air contrast within the bowel.

Blood test results may help diagnose or rule out osteoarthritis. Some examples include:

Elevated levels of rheumatoid factor (specific antibodies in the synovium) and so-called erythrocyte sedimentation rates (ESR or sed rate) indicate rheumatoid arthritis.
Hyaluronic acid (HA), a joint lubricant, is being tested as a potential biomarker for osteoarthritis. High levels of HA may indicate increased risk for osteoarthritis.
Elevated levels of a factor called C-reactive protein, which is produced by the liver in response to inflammation, are proving to be good predictors of osteoarthritic progression in the knee.

If the diagnosis is uncertain or infection is suspected, a doctor may attempt to withdraw synovial fluid from the joint using a needle. There will not be enough fluid to withdraw if the joint is normal. If the doctor can withdraw fluid, problems are likely, and the fluid will be tested for factors that might confirm or rule out osteoarthritis:

Cartilage cells in the fluid are signs of osteoarthritis.
A high white blood cell count is a sign of infection.
High uric acid in the fluid is an indication of gout.

Click the icon to see an animation on gout.

Other factors may be present that suggest different arthritic conditions, including Lyme disease and rheumatoid arthritis.
In people with known osteoarthritis, researchers may look for certain factors in synovial fluid (sulfated glycosaminoglycan, keratin sulfate, and link protein) that can suggest a more or less severe condition.

Prognosis

Osteoarthritis itself is not life-threatening, but a person's quality of life can significantly deteriorate from pain and loss of mobility. The negative effects on activities and physical and mental health are significant regardless of age, educational level, or gender. Only heart disease has a greater impact on work. Five percent of those who leave the work force do so because of osteoarthritis. Unless alleviated by medication or corrected by surgery, advanced osteoarthritis can force the patient to forgo even relatively low-impact activities, such as walking. No treatment can cure osteoarthritis, and none can alter its progression with certainty, but many available therapies can relieve symptoms and significantly improve the quality of life.

Lifestyle Changes

Many doctors suggest first trying lifestyle changes to reduce stress on affected joints. Physical therapy and supportive devices can be helpful. Intensive education on how to protect and care for an osteoarthritic joint may help patients avoid multiple visits to their doctor.

Once osteoarthritis has been diagnosed, patients should reduce shock to the affected joint. Hammering away at deteriorating cartilage is likely to speed up the degeneration. People in occupations requiring repetitive and stressful movement should explore ways to reduce trauma. Adjusting the work area or substituting tasks that produce less stress on joints helps reduce shock.

Joints require motion to stay healthy. Long periods of inactivity cause the arthritic joint to stiffen and the adjoining tissue to atrophy. A moderate exercise program that includes low-impact aerobics and power and strength training has benefits for osteoarthritic patients, even if exercise does not slow down the disease progression. Exercise helps:

Reduce stiffness and increase flexibility. It may also help improve the strength and elasticity of knee cartilage.
Promote weight loss.
Improve strength, which in turn improves balance and endurance.
Reduce stress and improve feelings of well being, which helps patients cope with the emotional burden of pain.

Exercise especially helps patients with mild-to-moderate osteoarthritis in the hip or in the knee. Many patients who begin an aerobic or resistance exercise program report less disability and pain. They are better able to perform daily chores and remain more independent than their inactive peers. Older patients and those with medical problems should always check with their doctor before embarking on an exercise program.

Three types of exercise are best for people with osteoarthritis:

Strengthening exercise
Range-of-motion exercise
Aerobic, or endurance, exercise

Strengthening Exercise. Strengthening exercises include isometric exercises (pushing or pulling against static resistance). Isometric training builds muscle strength while burning fat, helps maintain bone density, and improves digestion.

Some experts encourage patients to emphasize strengthening leg muscles as a first treatment step, before using pain relievers. Patients who rely on painkilling drugs may overuse knees, which do not have muscle tissue sufficiently strong enough to protect the joints from further damage. However, some studies suggest that building up thigh muscles may worsen osteoarthritis in people whose knees are misaligned (for instance those who are "bow-legged" or "knock-kneed"). Such individuals should check with a physical therapist for the best options. Strengthening the thigh muscles is certainly protective for people who have not yet developed osteoarthritis.

Exercise, such as weightlifting, helps build muscle that is usually lost with age and puts stress on bones, helping keep them strong and healthy.

Range-of-Motion Exercise. These exercises increase the amount of movement in a joint and muscle. In general, they are stretching exercises. The best examples are yoga and tai chi, which focus on flexibility, balance, and proper breathing. In one study, older adults who practiced the gentle movement, breathing, and meditation exercises of tai chi for 10 weeks reported less pain than their peers who did not learn the technique.

Click the icon to see an image of cholesterol.

Aerobic (Endurance) Exercise. These exercises help control weight and may reduce inflammation in some joints. Low-impact workouts also help stabilize and support the joint. Cycling and walking are beneficial, and swimming or exercising in water is highly recommended for people with arthritis. (Patients with osteoarthritis should avoid high-impact sports, such as jogging, tennis, and racquetball.)

Click the icon to see an image of exercise.

In addition to exercise, manipulation of muscles and joints by a trained therapist may be helpful. In one study, patients who had a combination of physical therapy and an exercise program reported 30 - 40% improvement after only two to four visits.

Overweight patients with osteoarthritis can lessen the shock on their joints by losing weight. Knees, for example, sustain an impact three to five times the body weight when descending stairs. Losing 5 pounds of weight can eliminate 20 pounds of stress on the knee. The greater the weight loss, the greater the benefit. [See In-Depth Report #53:Weight loss and diet.]

Plant Chemicals. A large study reported significant improvement in symptoms when patients took extracts from avocados and soybeans called saponins. Another study noted that although these substances did not relieve hip pain, they did slow progression of joint deterioration. Soy has chemicals called isoflavones that may have additional benefits, such as preventing bone loss.

Fish Oil and Omega-3 Fatty Acids. Omega-3 fatty acids, which are found in fish oil, canola oil, black currant or primrose seed oils, and flax seeds, have anti-inflammatory properties and may help protect against cartilage deterioration. Supplements of omega-3 fatty acids, such as docosahexaenoic (DHA) and eicosapentaneoic (EPA) acids that are found in fish oil, are available.

Vitamin B3 (Niacin). Some research suggests that vitamin B3 may have some benefits for people with osteoarthritis.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of vitamin B3.

Click the icon to see an image of the sources of vitamin B3.

Calcium and Vitamin D. Calcium and vitamin D are important for strong bones. Although osteoarthritis is primarily a disease of joints, bone strength is also important, particularly in older people.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoporosis.

Many experts now recommend 1,000 mg of calcium a day for most adults and 1,200 - 1,500 mg for adolescents. Pregnant women, postmenopausal women not on estrogen therapy, and those on corticosteroids should get 1,500 mg per day; breast feeding women should get 2,000 mg/day. Because calcium supplements increase the risk for kidney stones, an upper limit of 2,500 mg is recommended.

Current guidelines recommend 400 IU of vitamin D per day and 600 IU per day after age 60. Lack of sunlight and unhealthy diets contribute to deficiencies in vitamin D. Good dietary sources include fortified milk, sardines, herring, salmon, tuna, liver, dairy products, and egg yolks. Although supplements are often necessary, vitamin D can be toxic in high doses, and no one should take more than 1,200 IU per day.

Selenium. Selenium is a trace mineral found in grains, nuts, vegetables, and some meats and seafood. Preliminary research suggests that people who do not get enough selenium in their diet may be more likely to develop knee osteoarthritis. Researchers are investigating whether selenium supplements may help protect against osteoarthritis and prevent it from worsening.

Ice. When a joint is inflamed (particularly in the knee) applying ice for 20 - 30 minutes can be effective. If an ice pack is not available, a package of frozen vegetables works just as well.

Heat Treatments. Patients afflicted with osteoarthritis of the hands can relieve pain with hot soaks and warm paraffin application. Osteoarthritis of the hip can be treated with heating pads.

Interestingly, moving to a warm climate does not seem to make much difference. According to one study, people who live in warmer places are actually more sensitive to small shifts in temperature than people who live in cold damp climates, and they experience pain as readily as their northern peers do in response to larger temperature shifts.

A wide variety of devices are available to help support and protect joints:

Splints or braces, worn while the joint is at rest or in use, help align joints and properly distribute weight. They are used most frequently to treat arthritic hands, wrists, knees, ankles, and feet. Many of these devices allow some movement within the affected joint and do not restrict nearby joints. They are usually made from lightweight metal, leather, elastic, foam, and moldable plastic with easy-to-use Velcro straps. Any brace, splint, or other device for joint protection should be custom-fitted by a physical or occupational therapist, or an orthotist. Poorly fitting or improperly used orthoses can cause more harm than good.
Using elastic supports on affected joints may benefit some people. For example, in one study, wearing insoles plus elastic straps supporting the ankle joint helped overweight women with osteoarthritis in the knee. It is important to consult with a doctor about how to use elastic supports.
Wrapping the knee with special therapeutic tape that provides support to specific parts of the joint may be effective. In one trial, patients experienced a 40% reduction in pain within a few days. They wore the tape for 3 weeks, and pain relief continued for 3 more weeks following treatment. The tape should be applied by physical therapists or other trained health professionals. Longer-term studies are needed to determine any continuous benefits.
Wearing shock-absorbing soles in shoes or orthopedic shoes can help in daily activities and during gentle exercise. Heel wedges in the shoes can sometimes help patients avoid knee replacement surgery.
A neck brace or corset may relieve back pain.
A firm mattress also often proves beneficial.
In extreme cases of back pain, lying in traction might be necessary.
Canes, crutches, or walkers offer benefits to patients with advanced arthritis.
Specially designed hip protectors, worn under the clothes, can also protect against hip fractures in elderly patients with impaired mobility who are apt to fall.

Medications

Many medications are available for relieving the symptoms of osteoarthritis. A major analysis indicated that drug therapy is generally more effective than non-drug treatments (surgery, acupuncture). However, a 2006 review of knee osteoarthritis studies found that pain-relief medications generally help only for the first 2 - 3 weeks of treatment. The following are some of the medications used in mild-to-severe cases:

Acetaminophen
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) or COX-2 inhibitors
Capsaicin
Tramadol
Narcotic pain relievers (oxycodone, oxymorphone, or morphine)
Glucosamine and chondroitin (see Alternative and Complementary Medicine section)

Acetaminophen (Tylenol, Anacin-3, Panadal, Phenaphen, Valadol, and others) is currently the first choice for treating osteoarthritis. However, several major analyses report that acetaminophen is less effective than NSAIDs in reducing moderate-to-severe pain. Because acetaminophen has fewer side effects, most experts suggest trying this drug first, then switching to an NSAID if acetaminophen does not provide sufficient pain relief.

Side Effects. Acetaminophen is inexpensive and generally safe. It poses far less of a risk for gastrointestinal problems than NSAIDs and does not appear to increase the risk for miscarriage (as NSAIDs do), even when used regularly.

It does have some adverse effects, however, and the daily dose should not exceed 4 grams (4,000 mg). Patients who take high doses of this drug for long periods are at risk for liver damage, particularly if they drink alcohol and do not eat regularly.

The kidneys are responsible for removing wastes from the body, regulating electrolyte balance and blood pressure, and the stimulation of red blood cell production.

Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) block prostaglandins, the substances that dilate blood vessels and cause inflammation and pain. There are dozens of NSAIDs:

Over-the-counter NSAIDs include aspirin, ibuprofen (Advil, Nuprin, Motrin IB, Rufen), naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn), ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis KT).
Prescription NSAIDs include ibuprofen (Motrin), naproxen (Naprosyn, Anaprox), flurbiprofen (Ansaid), diclofenac (Voltaren, Cataflam), tolmetin (Tolectin), ketoprofen (Orudis, Oruvail), nabumetone (Relafen), dexibuprofen (Seractil), indomethacin (Indocin), meloxicam (Mobic, generic).
Topical NSAIDs delivered in gels, creams, or patches do not appear to provide any long-term benefits in reducing arthritic pain. A review of clinical trial data, published in 2004, suggested that guidelines that recommend topical NSAIDs for treatment of osteoarthritis should be revised.

Many experts now recommend that patients use oral NSAIDs for only a short period of time. A 2004 review, published in the British Medical Journal, suggested that long-term use of NSAIDs does not actually reduce osteoarthritis pain and may increase patients’ risk of experiencing side effects. High dosages of NSAIDs can cause heart problems (such as increased blood pressure), kidney problems, and stomach bleeding.

In April 2005, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) asked drug manufacturers of prescription NSAIDs to include with their products the same boxed warning used for the COX-2 inhibitor celecoxib (Celebrex). This boxed warning emphasizes an increased risk for cardiovascular events and gastrointestinal bleeding in people taking these drugs. The FDA also requested manufacturers of over-the-counter NSAIDs to revise their labels to include more specific language concerning potential cardiovascular and gastrointestinal risks. Due to its proven heart benefits, aspirin was excluded from these labeling revisions.

A 2006 comprehensive report from the U.S. Agency for Healthcare Quality and Research indicated that both NSAIDs and COX-2 inhibitors are equally effective for pain relief and pose similar risks for heart attacks. The report found that one particular NSAID, naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn), presents less risk of heart attack for some patients. A 2006 Journal of the American Medical Association study suggested that diclofenac (Voltaren, Cataflam) may pose a higher risk for heart attack than other NSAIDs. All patients should talk to their doctors before switching any medications.

Long-term use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) is the second most common cause of ulcers, and the rate of NSAID-caused ulcers is increasing. Such ulcers are also more likely to bleed than those caused by the bacteria H. pylori. NSAID-related bleeding and stomach problems may be responsible for 107,000 hospital admissions and 16,500 deaths each year. Because there are usually no gastrointestinal symptoms from NSAIDs until bleeding begins, doctors cannot predict which patients taking these drugs will develop bleeding.

Among the groups at high risk for bleeding are elderly people, anyone with a history of ulcers of GI bleeding, patients with serious heart conditions, alcohol abusers, and those on certain medications, such anticoagulants ("blood thinners"), corticosteroids, or bisphosphonates (drugs used for osteoporosis). Proton-pump inhibitors may help to prevent and heal ulcers caused by NSAIDs. Proton-pump inhibitors include omeprazole (Prilosec), esomeprazole (Nexium), and lansoprazole (Prevacid)

Click the icon to see an image of a gastric ulcer.

Drugs for Prevention NSAID-Induced Ulcers. If you have NSAID-induced ulcers, follow these steps:

Switch to alternative pain relievers. This is the first step in preventing or healing ulcers caused by NSAIDs. If people cannot change drugs, they should use the lowest NSAID dose possible.
Try proton-pump inhibitors (PPIs). These drugs help reduce NSAID-ulcer rates by as much as 80% compared with no treatment. Brands include omeprazole (Prilosec), esomeprazole (Nexium), lansoprazole (Prevacid), rabeprazole (Aciphex), and pantoprazole (Protonix).
Try misoprostol or Arthrotec. If other drugs are inappropriate, misoprostol protects against the major intestinal toxicity of NSAIDs. It was the first drug approved for preventing NSAID-induced ulcers. It is equally, or even more, effective than some of the PPIs, but it does not heal existing ulcers and has more side effects than PPIs. Patients tend to stop using it. Arthrotec is a combination of an ulcer protective drug called misoprostol and the NSAID diclofenac. One study found that patients taking Arthrotec had 65 - 80% fewer ulcers than those who took NSAIDs alone.

Healing Existing Ulcers. A number of drugs are available to heal NSAID-induced ulcers. Treatment takes about 2 - 6 weeks. Proton-pump inhibitors are the most effective drugs. Others that may be beneficial include sucralfate or H2 blockers, such as famotidine (Pepcid AC), cimetidine (Tagamet), ranitidine (Zantac).

Coxibs inhibit an inflammation-promoting enzyme called COX-2. This drug class was initially thought to provide benefits equal to NSAIDs but cause less gastrointestinal distress. However, following numerous reports of cardiovascular events, as well as skin rashes and other adverse effects, the FDA has been re-evaluating the relative risks and benefits of this drug class. Rofecoxib (Vioxx) and valdecoxib (Bextra) have been withdrawn from the United States market. Celecoxib (Celebrex) is still available, but patients should discuss with their doctors whether this drug is appropriate and safe for them.

A newer COX-2 inhibitor, etoricoxib (Arcoxia) is approved in 60 countries but not the United States. A 2006 Lancet study indicated that etoricoxib is similar to the NSAID diclofenac in risks for heart attack and stroke. (However, diclofenac has already been shown to have a higher risk of heart attack than any other NSAID, so some experts do not find this study result reassuring.) Etoricoxib caused more high blood pressure and fluid retention (edema) than diclofenac. Etoricoxib appeared to pose a lower risk than diclofenac for uncomplicated upper gastrointestinal problems, (obstruction, perforation, bleeding, ulcers), but there was little difference between the two drugs for more serious gastrointestinal complications. In 2007, the FDA rejected an application to market etoricoxib in the U.S.

Capsaicin is a component of hot red peppers and may bring pain relief when used as a skin cream (Zostrix). This is the only skin preparation that does more than just mask pain or reduce it temporarily. Capsaicin seems to reduce a substance in the body, known as substance P, which contributes both to inflammation and the delivery of pain impulses from the central nervous system. A small amount of capsaicin must be applied to the area of inflammation about four times a day. During the first few days of use, the patient will experience a warm, stinging sensation when the cream is applied. This sensation goes away, and pain relief usually begins within 1 - 2 weeks.

Tramadol (Ultram) is a pain reliever that has been used as an alternative to opioids. It has opioid-like properties but is not as addictive. (Dependence and abuse have been reported, however.) It can cause nausea but does not cause severe gastrointestinal problems, as NSAIDs can. Some patients experience severe itching. A combination of tramadol and acetaminophen (Ultracet) is now available and provides more rapid pain relief than tramadol alone with more long-lasting benefits than acetaminophen. Side effects are the same as for each of these drugs.

Narcotics, pain-relieving and sleep-inducing drugs that act on the central nervous system, are the most powerful medications available for the management of moderate to severe pain. There are two types of narcotics:

Opiates, which are derived from natural opium (morphine and codeine).
Opioids, which are synthetic drugs. They include oxycodone (Percodan, Percocet, Roxicodone, Oxycontin), hydrocodone (Vicodin), oxymorphone (Numorphan), and fentanyl (Duragesic).

Although the use of narcotics for arthritic pain is controversial, many studies have suggested that they are rarely addictive for pain sufferers except among patients with a history of substance abuse. Some experts believe that opioids have a place in osteoarthritis treatment when milder drugs are not effective or appropriate. For example, a 2006 study suggested that a fentanyl skin patch may offer pain relief and improved function to some patients with severe knee or hip osteoarthritis who have not been helped by, or who cannot tolerate, NSAIDs or weaker opioids.

The use of such drugs may be beneficial when included as part of a comprehensive pain management program. Such a program involves screening prospective patients for possible drug abuse and then regularly monitoring those who are taking it, adjusting the dose as necessary to achieve an acceptable balance between pain relief and side effects. Common side effects include anxiety, constipation, nausea and vomiting, dizziness, drowsiness, paranoia, urinary retention, restlessness, and labored or slow breathing. Unfortunately, opioid abuse among young people is a major concern.

When pain becomes a major problem and less potent pain relievers are ineffective, doctors may resort to corticosteroid (steroid) injections, usually by administering a shot into the affected joint every 3 months. Corticosteroid shots are useful only if inflammation is present in the joint. Relief from pain and inflammation is of short duration, and this treatment is rarely used for chronic osteoarthritis. These drugs may not be as effective for women as for men.

Corticosteroids mask pain, and the patient must be very careful to avoid over-use of the affected joints. Patients are usually advised not to have more than two or three injections a year, since there is some concern that repeated injections over the long term may be harmful. A reassuring study found no greater disease progression in people who had injections every 3 months for 2 years compared to those who were given sham injections on the same schedule. Because long-term use of corticosteroids has many potentially serious side effects, steroid medications are never given orally or systemically for the treatment of osteoarthritis.

Injections of hyaluronic acid (Hyalgan, Synvisc, Artzal, Nuflexxa) into the joint -- a procedure called viscosupplementation -- is now recommended as one of the treatments for osteoarthritis. Hyaluronic acid is a naturally occurring substance in joints that acts as a lubricant for slow movements and a shock absorber for fast motions. In high amounts, it also may have anti-inflammatory effects.

Patients receive a series of three to five injections once a week.
The drug is injected into the joint.
A health care worker will apply local anesthetic because these viscous (sticky) injections require a large needle.
Patients need to avoid weight-bearing activities for about 48 hours after each shot.

Hyaluronic injections appear to be about as effective as NSAIDs and corticosteroid injections for relieving pain, at least in men, and they have no adverse effects in the stomach or intestines. One study reported that between 39 - 56% of patients were at least nearly free of weight-bearing pain up to 24 weeks after the final injection. In another study, response was judged better or much better for 87% of knees after a second course, which was administered about 8 months later. Nevertheless, a number of studies on viscosupplementation have shown little or no benefits, particularly in women, and more research is needed to determine if they are useful. Injections are also expensive. Accurate placement of the needle directly into the knee joint space is important and may be difficult, even for experienced doctors, if there is no fluid build-up in the joint. Best success rates are with a specific approach into the kneecap called the lateral midpatellar.

Side Effects. Serious adverse reactions are rare. The most common side effects, pain at the injection site and knee pain and swelling, are usually mild and temporary. More research is needed to confirm benefits and long-term risks.

Researchers are studying various drugs that may provide pain relief or stop the disease process itself:

Bisphosphonates such as alendronate (Fosamax) and risedronate (Actonel) help prevent bone loss in people with osteoporosis. They are currently being investigated for osteoarthritis as well. A 2005 study reported that risedronate may delay joint destruction in patients with knee osteoarthritis.
Lidocaine, a local anesthetic, is available in patch form (Lidoderm) and has been used specifically for herpes zoster pain. Early studies indicate that it may provide significant pain relief for osteoarthritis.
Tetracycline antibiotics, such as doxycycline, may have a role to play in treating osteoarthritis. At low concentrations, the drug reduces the production of collagenases, which are enzymes critical to disease development and progression. Initial results from clinical trials suggest that doxycycline may help delay joint space narrowing.
Licofelone is a drug that inhibits both the COX enzyme plus an inflammatory substance called lipoxygenase 5. Early trials indicate it may be effective and safer than either NSAIDs or COX-2 inhibitors.
Diacerein inhibits an inflammatory substance in arthritic joints called interleukin-1b. It has shown promise in clinical trials. A 2006 review indicated that diacerein may be slightly better than NSAIDs for pain relief.
Botulinum toxin type A (Botox) injections may provide sustained pain relief for patients with knee osteoarthritis according to research presented at the 2006 American College of Rheumatology annual meeting.
Nitric oxide increases blood flow in the mucous lining and secretions of mucus and bicarbonate. Combining nitric oxide with NSAIDs may reduce the adverse effects on the gastrointestinal tract.
Trials of gene therapies that either fight joint degradation or strengthen cartilage are in very early stages.

Alternative and Complementary Medicine

Glucosamine hydrochloride and chondroitin sulfate are natural substances that are part of the building blocks found in and around cartilage. Extracts have been used in Europe for more than a decade to reduce pain and improve mobility in patients with osteoarthritis. For many years, researchers in the U.S. have been studying whether these dietary supplements really work for relieving osteoarthritis pain.

In 2006, the New England Journal of Medicine published the results from a major trial sponsored by the U.S. National Institutes of Health. Researchers compared the effects of glucosamine and chondroitin, alone and in combination, with the COX-2 inhibitor celecoxib (Celebrex) in nearly 1,600 patients with knee osteoarthritis. The dietary supplements were also compared with placebo (an inactive substance). Patients took the assigned substance once a day for 6 months.

The results indicated that, for most patients, neither glucosamine nor chondroitin were better than placebo in relieving knee pain. However, for patients with moderate-to-severe pain, a combination of glucosamine and chondroitin was significantly more effective than the other remedies. Celebrex worked best for patients with mild pain.

The next stage of the study will evaluate whether glucosamine and chondroitin, alone and in combination, can halt the progression of knee osteoarthritis.

Research presented at the 2006 American College of Rheumatology annual meeting suggested that chondroitin may prevent joint narrowing in patients with knee osteoarthritis.

Dosage. There are no current standard recommended dosages. Patients in the GAIT trial took 1,500 mg of glucosamine and 1,200 mg of chondroitin.

Side Effects. The safety records of both substances appear excellent. Long-term effects are still unknown, but studies of up to 3 years have reported no significant side effects. However, there are some concerns that glucosamine may affect insulin and blood sugar (glucose) metabolism. Patients with diabetes should not take glucosamine without first talking to their doctors.

Oral Enzymes. People in Europe have used natural enzymes -- including bromelain, trypsin, papain, and rutin -- to treat arthritic pain. Such enzymes have been marketed alone and in combinations (Wobenzym, Phlogenzym). They are not painkillers, and any benefits derived from them may take several weeks.

Ginger (Zingiberaceae). A 2001 study of patients with knee arthritis found that an extract of ginger reduced pain while standing and after walking. By using ginger, patients were able to reduce their pain medications after 6 weeks. Side effects included mild digestive upset.

S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe). S-adenosylmethionine (SAMe, pronounced "Sammy") is a synthetic form of a natural byproduct of the amino acid methionine. It has been marketed as a remedy for both depression and arthritis. Some research suggests that it may work as well as NSAIDs for short-term treatment of osteoarthritis. Other studies suggest that it may help rebuild damaged cartilage.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been several reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Acupuncture is being increasingly used to reduce osteoarthritis pain. The technique is painless and involves the insertion of small fine needles at select points in the body. Several study reviews have found that acupuncture provides at least short-term pain relief for osteoarthritis of the knee. Other studies have suggested that acupuncture’s benefits are mainly due to a strong placebo effect, or to the psychologically beneficial effects of close contact with health care providers.

In 2004, researchers published results from an important clinical trial that studied the effects of acupuncture on nearly 600 people with osteoarthritis of the knee. The results indicated that acupuncture can relieve pain and improve function. Several 2006 studies of thousands of patients with chronic osteoarthritis pain compared acupuncture to conventional treatment (physical therapy, anti-inflammatory drugs). These studies showed positive results and suggested that acupuncture’s benefits may be sustained for up to 6 months after treatment. In any case, acupuncture appears to be a safe and beneficial addition to standard therapy for certain patients, such as pregnant women, who cannot take most pain medications.

Acupuncture, hypnosis, and biofeedback are all alternative ways to control pain. Acupuncture involves the insertion of tiny sterile needles, slightly thicker than a human hair, at specific points on the body.

Transcutaneous electric nerve stimulation (TENS) uses low-level electrical pulses to suppress pain. Patients are barely aware of the sensation. According to one study, the optimal treatment length is 40 minutes. A variant (sometimes called percutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, or PENS) applies these pulses through a small needle to acupuncture points. A review of trials reported that both methods were better than placebo (sham treatments) in treating osteoarthritis of the knee, although additional well-designed studies are needed.

Low-level laser therapy (LLLT) generates extremely pure light in a single wavelength. It does not produce heat and is painless. Some researchers are combining LLLT with transcutaneous electric nerve stimulation (TENS). Studies report widely varying results, with some showing significant reductions in pain and others reporting no effect. The differences may be due to different approaches, and standardized methods are needed to determine any benefits.

Hydrotherapy, also called spa therapy or balneotherapy, is an ancient therapy that uses bathing in mineral baths for soothing pain. Although many studies report positive results, including improved quality of life, very few have been rigorously conducted. A major analysis reported weak evidence on any real effect on pain or quality of life, but some patients may find comfort from this pleasant therapy.

Surgery

Different surgical procedures are available as a final measure to relieve pain and increase function in patients with osteoarthritis. Certain surgical procedures can help relieve pain if medications fail. Even with these procedures, however, joint replacement may still be needed later on.

Arthroscopy is performed to clean out bone and cartilage fragments that, in theory at least, may cause pain and inflammation. More than 650,000 of these procedures are done on arthritic knees each year in the U.S., and about half of patients report less pain after the procedure.

A rigorous 2002 trial, however, found that arthroscopic knee surgery was no more effective than sham surgery, (in which surgeons only pretended to operate on the knee), for relief of osteoarthritic pain or stiffness. The study, which followed patients at a Veterans Affairs hospital for 2 years, has called into serious question whether the popular procedure has any real benefits for osteoarthritis beyond what might be achieved by a placebo response. Research and debate continues on whether arthroscopy provides true benefits for those with osteoarthritis and, if so, which patients it may most help.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing knee arthroscopy surgery.

When osteoarthritis becomes so severe that pain and immobility make normal functioning impossible, many people become candidates for artificial (prosthetic) joint implants using a procedure called arthroplasty. Hip replacement is the most established and successful replacement procedure, followed by knee replacement. Knee replacement, in fact, has a slightly better long-term success rate than hip replacement. Other joint surgeries (shoulders, elbows, wrists, fingers) are less common, and some arthritic joints (in the spine, for instance) cannot yet be treated in this manner. When two joints, such as both knees, need to be replaced, having the operations done sequentially rather than at the same time may result in fewer complications.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing knee joint replacement surgery.

Candidates. The primary indications for surgery are pain and significant limitations of movement, including walking, that cannot be treated by less invasive therapies. Some experts suggest, however, that joint replacement should be considered earlier rather than as a last resort. They argue that patients who wait until they are severely disabled do not recover as completely as those who have the procedure earlier.

Patients who may not be good candidates are those with the following conditions:

Severe neurologic, emotional, or mental disorders
Severe osteoporosis
Other chronic medical conditions
Obesity

Surgeons often prefer to delay prosthetic implantation in younger patients, because implants wear out and they will require at least one revision procedure later on. Newer, more long-lasting materials, however, may help reduce the rate of re-operations.

Procedure Description. Although the following is mostly a description of hip replacement surgery, the principles are similar for other arthroplasties.

The surgeon removes the ball and socket joint that joins the pelvis and thigh bone (femur) and replaces it with an artificial joint (a prosthesis). It is composed of two pieces:

A cup-like device fits in the hip socket (called the acetabula), which has been hollowed out. This ball-and-socket cup is positioned to form the new joint.
A metal shaft, or stem, with a polished metal ball at the top, is inserted into the narrow center of the femur.

The prosthesis is usually made of a metal alloy and plastic. A ceramic implant may prove to last longer than other materials and be a safe option for younger patients.

There are different options available for attaching it to the adjoining bones:

A cement made of polymethylmethacrylate (usually preferred for older patients who generally have thinner bones).
So-called cementless implants, in which the prosthesis is coated with a porous material that allows bone to grow into and eventually adhere to the device. These implants are usually used for patients younger than age 65, who are likely to need repeat surgery in their lifetime.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing hip joint replacement surgery.

Complications. Complications can occur, and, although uncommon, some can be life-threatening. There is a 1% chance of death within 3 months of an initial procedure and a 2.6% risk after a repeat procedure. The risks are highest in the first 3 months. Those at highest risks for complications are elderly adults, men (compared to women), African-Americans, and those with serious medical conditions.

Specific complications include the following:

Deep blood clots (known as deep vein thrombosis) and pulmonary embolism. Deep blood clots can develop in the legs after this surgery. This poses a very small risk (0.9%) for pulmonary embolism -- a dangerous condition in which the clot travels to the lungs. Anticoagulants (blood thinners) are important for preventing blood clots. These drugs include warfarin and low-molecular weight heparin. Anticoagulant therapy is given during the hospital stay and continued for several weeks at home. The patient also wears specially fitted elastic stockings to help prevent clots. Patients who are overweight are at higher than average risk for post-operative blood clots
Infection. Wound infection occurs in about 0.2% of joint replacements and requires prompt removal of the implant to treat the infection. A new prosthesis must be re-implanted at a later time. Any pre-existing infection must be treated and cured before surgery is performed. (Older women should be aware of urinary tract infections, which may require postponing surgery.) After surgery, patients should take certain precautions. For example, they should take antibiotics before invasive dental procedures or other surgery because bacteria can be introduced into the bloodstream and infect the areas around the artificial joints.
Hip dislocation. Occurs in about 3.1% of first hip procedures. The rate is much higher (14.4%) in revision operations.

Click the icon to see an image of a dislocated hip.

Pain. Thigh pain can occur after hip replacement. Porous hip prostheses are more likely to produce thigh pain than cement implants, although advanced techniques using a tapered shaft are reducing this complication.
Failure. The primary reason for implant failure is osteolysis (bone destruction) caused by long-term wear. The main source of wear is from tiny particles released from the prosthesis.
Other complications. These include uneven leg lengths, nerve damage that can cause numbness or weakness, urinary tract infections, delayed healing, and allergic reactions to the metal. Long-term, there have been rare reports of a possible autoimmune response, in which loose particles released from the prosthetic device trick certain immune system factors into attacking healthy cells. Any incidence of unexplained weight loss and fatigue may be symptoms of this uncommon event.

Rehabilitation. Aside from the surgeon's skill and the patient's underlying condition, the success rate depends on the kind and degree of activity the joint receives following replacement surgery.

The patient is urged and aided into getting out of bed and walking the day after surgery. Most hip replacement patients leave the hospital within a week and can walk with crutches within 2 - 4 weeks, recovering fully in about 3 months.

Physical therapy takes about 6 weeks to rebuild adjoining muscle and strengthen surrounding ligaments. Studies suggest that an exercise program started before surgery and resumed afterward can improve recovery. Continuous passive motion (CPM) is an effective regimen for knee replacement patients. It uses a mechanical device that slowly moves the joint through an arc of motion for an extended period of time. It is used to prevent scar tissue from developing. In one review, a combination of physical therapy and CPM were more beneficial than physical therapy alone.

Limitations After Surgery. While many patients find that joint replacement provides remarkable pain relief and restores some mobility, they need time to adjust to the artificial joint.

Limitations after hip surgery include:

Usually patients with new hips are able to walk several miles a day and climb stairs, but they cannot run.
Prosthetic hips should not be flexed beyond 90 degrees, so patients must learn new ways to perform activities requiring bending down (like tying a shoe).

Limitations after knee surgery include:

Walking distance improves in 80% of patients after knee replacement surgery, but patients still cannot run.
Only slightly more than half of patients report improvement in stair climbing. (Artificial knee joints generally have a range of motion of just 110 degrees.)

Failure Rates. Infection is a major cause of early failure and always requires revision. Improper balancing of the ligaments and other tissues surrounding the joint and resulting poor joint stability is also a common reason for failure of arthroplasties. Surgical expertise is important for avoiding this complication.

Older cement prostheses have a particularly high rate of bone loss and loosening due to cement deterioration. In general, studies report reoperation rates of over 30% after 10 years. Fortunately, advances in cement and prosthetic implants are improving the implant survival rates and reducing the need for revision procedures.

Uncemented arthroplasty using porous material has shown good results for the hip, although it may be less successful for knee replacement. In spite of short-term success, longer experience with this method suggests it may not be superior to cement prostheses. Failure of bone to grow into the porous material is a relatively common event, a problem that does not occur with cement prostheses. Some experts recommend cement implants over cementless ones for total knee arthroplasty.

A repair procedure called arthroplasty revision may be used in cases where the original transplant fails. The specific procedure depends on whether the bone defects that occurred are contained or uncontained.

Contained defects can be repaired with small bone grafts, the use of cement, or oversized cementless implants as required.
Uncontained defects are more severe and may require a large bone graft or specially constructed implants to restore bone.

If a second arthroplasty is required, the potential for complications is magnified: more bone is cut, more blood is lost, and the operation takes longer. Patients are also generally older and more vulnerable to complications.

Resection Arthroplasty. In resection arthroplasty, a false joint of scar tissue is created. This procedure is used most often in treating arthritis of the foot.

Osteotomy. If only a certain section (the medial compartment) of the knee is damaged and deformed by osteoarthritis, the surgeon may choose to perform osteotomy:

A surgeon opens the knee.
The surgeon performs a debridement (removal of damaged tissue) in the joint to eliminate the loose or torn fragments that are causing pain and inflammation.
The bone is then reshaped to remove the deformity.
The procedure may ease symptoms and slow disease progression. It is best used in heavier adults who are under 60 years old.

Hemicallotasis. Hemicallotasis is a procedure for the knee that may be a less invasive alternative to osteotomy. The surgeon attaches the knee with pins to an external frame-like device that lengthens the deformed part of the knee over several weeks. The patient is mobile during this period. Infections at the pin site are the most common complications.

Arthrodesis. If the affected joint cannot be replaced, surgeons can perform a procedure called arthrodesis that eliminates pain by fusing the bones together. The patient must understand, however, that fusing the bones makes movement of the joint impossible. Bone fusion is most often done in the spine and in the small joints of the hands and feet.

Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty. Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty (also called unicondylar knee arthroplasty) may be a useful procedure in cases of limited knee damage. It is recommended for relatively sedentary patients who are 60 years or older and not obese. It may relieve pain and delay the need for a total knee replacement. The procedure involves a small incision and insertion of small implants. It retains important knee ligaments, which preserve more movement than a total knee replacement.

Cartilage Transplants. Autologous chondrocyte implantation, also called chondroplasty or the Carticel approach, is used for knees damaged by injuries. In this procedure, arthroscopy is used to first remove cartilage in eroded areas. The results have been good to excellent, although long-term benefits are questionable. Whether it has any benefit for older patients with osteoarthritis is not yet known. Other cartilage transplant procedures are also under study.

Hip Resurfacing. Hip resurfacing is a surgical alternative to total hip replacement. It involves scraping the surfaces of the hip joint and femur and placing a metal cap over the bone. The procedure preserves much of the bone, so that a standard hip replacement can be done years later if needed. It may provide more stability, a faster recovery, and greater range of motion, making it a potentially good option for young, physically active patients.

Resources

www.rheumatology.org -- American College of Rheumatology
www.arthritis.org -- Arthritis Foundation
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.aaos.org -- American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons
www.fda.gov/cder/drug/infopage/cox2 -- FDA NSAID and COX-2 Inhibitor Information

References

Bjordal JM, Klovning A, Ljunggren AE, Slordal L. Short-term efficacy of pharmacotherapeutic interventions in osteoarthritic knee pain: A meta-analysis of randomised placebo-controlled trials. Eur J Pain. 2007 Feb;11(2):125-38.

Cannon CP, Curtis SP, FitzGerald GA, Krum H, Kaur A, Bolognese JA, et al. Cardiovascular outcomes with etoricoxib and diclofenac in patients with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis in the Multinational Etoricoxib and Diclofenac Arthritis Long-term (MEDAL) programme: a randomised comparison. Lancet. 2006 Nov 18;368(9549):1771-81.

Chou R, Helfland M, Peterson K, Dana T, Roberts C. Comparative Effectiveness and Safety of Analgesics for Osteoarthritis. Comparative Effectiveness Review No. 4. (Prepared by the Oregon Evidence-based Practice Center under Contract No. 290-02-0024.) Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Quality and Research. September 2006.

Felson DT, Niu J, Clancy M, Sack B, Aliabadi P, Zhang Y. Effect of recreational physical activities on the development of knee osteoarthritis in older adults of different weights: the Framingham Study. Arthritis Rheum. 2007 Feb 15;57(1):6-12.

Laine L, Curtis SP, Cryer B, Kaur A, Cannon CP; MEDAL Steering Committee. Assessment of upper gastrointestinal safety of etoricoxib and diclofenac in patients with osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis in the Multinational Etoricoxib and Diclofenac Arthritis Long-term (MEDAL) programme: a randomized comparison. Lancet. 2007 Feb 10;369(9560):465-73.

Langford R, McKenna F, Ratcliffe S, Vojtassak J, Richarz U. Transdermal fentanyl for improvement of pain and functioning in osteoarthritis: a randomized, placebo-controlled trial. Arthritis Rheum. 2006 Jun;54(6):1829-37.

McGettigan P, Henry D. Cardiovascular risk and inhibition of cyclooxygenase: a systematic review of the observational studies of selective and nonselective inhibitors of cyclooxygenase2. JAMA. 2006 Oct 4;296(13):1633-44.

Rintelen B, Neumann K, Leeb BF. A meta-analysis of controlled clinical studies with diacerein in the treatment of osteoarthritis. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Sep 25;166(17):1899-906.

Scharf HP, Mansmann U, Streitberger K, Witte S, Kramer J, Maier C, et al. Acupuncture and knee osteoarthritis: a three-armed randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jul 4;145(1):12-20.

Witt CM, Jena S, Brinkhaus B, Liecker B, Wegscheider K, Willich SN. Acupuncture in patients with osteoarthritis of the knee or hip: a randomized, controlled trial with an additional nonrandomized arm. Arthritis Rheum. 2006 Nov;54(11):3485-93.

Review Date:
3/19/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Stroke

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:08 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Prognosis
Prevention
Diagnosis
Managing a Stroke
Medications
Surgery
Recovery
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Statin Drug Approved for Stroke Prevention

In 2007, the FDA approved the cholesterol drug atorvastatin (Lipitor) to reduce the risk of stroke in patients with heart disease.
High-dose atorvastatin may help reduce the risk of recurrent stroke in patients who have had a recent stroke or transient ischemic attack, according to a New England Journal of Medicine study.

Drug Warnings

In 2006, the FDA strengthened the warning label for the anticoagulant drug warfarin (Coumadin) to emphasize its bleeding risks. However, warfarin is still the gold standard treatment for most patients with atrial fibrillation.
Evidence suggests that people at risk for stroke should avoid taking non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) such as ibuprofen (Advil) and diclofenac (Cataflam). COX-2 inhibitors should only be used as a last resort for pain relief. Try non-drug treatments (physical therapy, hot/cold compresses) first.

Aspirin

In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued new heart disease prevention guidelines for women. The AHA recommends low-dose aspirin therapy for women over age 65 who are at risk for stroke.
The combination of aspirin and dipyridamole (Aggrenox) may be better than aspirin alone in preventing major stroke in patients who have had a minor stroke, suggests a Lancet study.

Diagnosis

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is better than computed tomography (CT) in detecting whether stroke (especially ischemic stroke) has occurred, indicates an important Lancet study.

Surgery

Carotid endarterectomy appears to be superior to and safer than carotid angioplasty and stenting (CAS) for most patients with artery stenosis (narrowing) of over 60%, suggest several recent studies. Most experts recommend CAS only for patients who have severe stenosis (greater than 70%) and high surgical risk.

Rehabilitation

Constraint-induced movement therapy (CIMT) may help patients who have recently had a stroke regain use of a paralyzed arm. The technique involves repetitive motion exercises while restraining the less functional arm.

Introduction

Blood Flow Blockage. The brain receives about 25% of the body's oxygen, but it cannot store it. Brain cells require a constant supply of oxygen to stay healthy and function properly. Therefore, blood needs to be supplied continuously to the brain through two main arterial systems:

The carotid arteries come up through either side of the front of the neck. (To feel the pulse of a carotid artery, place your fingertips gently against either side of your neck, right under the jaw.)
The basilar artery forms at the base of the skull from the vertebral arteries, which run up along the spine, join, and come up through the rear of the neck.

The Circle of Willis is the joining area of several arteries at the bottom (inferior) side of the brain. At the Circle of Willis, the internal carotid arteries branch into smaller arteries that supply oxygenated blood to over 80% of the cerebrum.

A reduction of, or disruption in, blood flow to the brain is the primary cause of a stroke. Blockage for even a short period of time can be disastrous and cause brain damage or even death.

Click the icon to see an image of the brain.

A stroke is usually defined as two types:

Ischemic (caused by a blockage in an artery)
Hemorrhagic (caused by a tear in the artery's wall that produces bleeding in the brain)

The consequences of a stroke, the type of functions affected, and the severity, depend on where in the brain it has occurred and the extent of the damage.

Ischemic strokes are by far the more common type, causing over 80% of all strokes. Ischemia means the deficiency of oxygen in vital tissues. Ischemic strokes are caused by blood clots that are usually one of three types:

Thrombotic stroke
Embolic stroke
Lacunar stroke

Thrombotic or Large-Artery Stroke and Atherosclerosis. The thrombotic stroke accounts for about 60% of all strokes. It usually occurs when an artery to the brain is blocked by a thrombus (blood clot) that forms as the result of atherosclerosis (commonly known as hardening of the arteries). These strokes are also sometimes referred to as large-artery strokes. The process leading to thrombotic stroke is complex and occurs over time:

The arterial walls slowly thicken, harden, and narrow until blood flow is reduced, a condition known as stenosis.
These now abnormal arteries become vulnerable to injury. Such injuries signal the immune system to release white blood cells (particularly those called neutrophils and macrophages) at the site. This process is the first step in the inflammatory response, which may play a significant role in the stroke.
Macrophages literally "eat" foreign debris and become foamy cells that attach to smooth muscle cells of blood vessels, causing them to build up.
The immune system, sensing further harm, releases other factors called cytokines, which attract more white blood cells and perpetuate the whole cycle.

As these processes continue, blood flow slows. In addition, other events contribute to the coming stroke:

The injured inner walls fail to produce enough nitric oxide, a substance critical for maintaining blood vessel elasticity. The arteries become calcified and lose elasticity.
The arteries, now hardened and rigid, become susceptible to tearing. In this event, the thrombus (blood clot) forms.
The blood clot then blocks the already narrowed artery and shuts off oxygen to part of the brain. A stroke occurs.

Embolic Strokes and Atrial Fibrillation. An embolic stroke is usually caused by a dislodged blood clot that has traveled through the blood vessels (an embolus) until it becomes wedged in an artery. Embolic strokes account for about 25% of all strokes and may be due to various conditions:

In about 15% of embolic strokes, the blood clots originally form as a result of a rhythm disorder known as atrial fibrillation. This abnormal rhythm is a rapid quivering beat in the upper chambers of the heart (the atria). Because of the irregular pumping, some blood may remain in the heart chamber where it forms clots, which can then break off and travel to the brain as emboli.
Emboli can originate from blood clots that form at the site of artificial heart valves or as a result of heart valve disorders.
Emboli can also occur after a heart attack or in association with heart failure.
Rarely, emboli are formed from fat particles, tumor cells, or air bubbles that travel through the bloodstream.

Lacunar Strokes. Lacunar infarcts are a series of very tiny, ischemic strokes, which cause clumsiness, weakness, and emotional variability. They are actually a subtype of thrombotic stroke and constitute about 38% of this major group. In some populations, such as among Japanese, they are the most common stroke subtypes. They can also sometimes serve as warning signs for a major stroke.

Silent Brain Infarctions. Many elderly people have silent brain infarctions, small strokes that cause no apparent symptoms. They are detected in between 10 - 38% of elderly patients who undergo imaging tests for problems other than stroke. A 2002 study suggested that they double the risk for future stroke. They also may be major contributors to mental impairment in the elderly. Smokers and people with hypertension are at particular risk.

Transient ischemic attacks (TIAs) are mini-ischemic strokes, usually caused by tiny emboli (clots often formed of pieces of calcium and fatty plaque) that lodge in an artery to the brain. They typically break up quickly and dissolve but they do temporarily block the supply of blood to the brain. The mental or physical disturbances resulting from TIAs generally clear up in less than a day, with nearly all symptoms resolving in less than an hour.

However, experts now advise that a TIA should be taken very seriously and treated as aggressively as a stroke. Both stroke and TIA increase the risk for a subsequent stroke. Moreover, the risk for having another stroke can be as high as 40% within 5 years. The American Heart Association/American Stroke Association recommends these guidelines to prevent a second stroke after TIA:

Lifestyle changes.

Stop smoking
Limit alcohol
Increase exercise (30 minutes a day of moderate physical activity)
Lose excess weight (waist measurements should be no more than 35 inches for women and 40 inches for men; body mass index should be 18.5 - 24.9)

Drug treatments.

Drugs to control cholesterol, high blood pressure, and (for people with diabetes) high blood sugar levels
Antiplatelet therapy such aspirin, dipyridamole, or clopidogrel)

Surgery.

Carotid endarterectomy surgery or carotid artery stenting is recommended for patients with severe (70% or more) carotid stenosis (narrowing or blockage of one or both arteries in the neck)
Endarterectomy or stenting may also be appropriate for some patients with moderate stenosis (50 - 69%)
Endarterectomy and stents are not needed for patients with mild stenosis (less than 50%)

Over 15% of strokes occur from hemorrhage (sudden bleeding) in the brain. In a healthy brain, brain cells called neurons are protected from exposure to blood by the blood-brain barrier, a wall of tiny vessels and structural cells. In a hemorrhagic stroke, however, this barrier is broken.

Hemorrhagic strokes may be categorized by how and where they occur.

Parenchymal, or cerebral, hemorrhage strokes. These strokes occur within the brain and account for about 10% of all strokes. They are most often the result of hypertension exerting excessive pressure on arterial walls already damaged by atherosclerosis. Heart attack patients who have been given drugs to break up blood clots or blood-thinning drugs have a slightly elevated risk of this type of stroke.
Subarachnoid hemorrhagic strokes. This other major hemorrhagic stroke accounts for about 5% of all strokes. This kind of stroke occurs when a blood vessel on the surface of the brain bursts, leakign blood into the subarachnoid space, an area between the brain and the skull. They are usually caused by the rupture of an aneurysm, a weakening in the blood vessel wall, which is often an inherited trait.
Arteriovenous malformation (AVM) is an abnormal connection between arteries and veins. If it occurs in the brain and ruptures, it can also cause a hemorrhagic stroke.

Symptoms

People at risk and partners or caretakers of people at risk for stroke should be aware of the general symptoms. The stroke victim should get to the hospital as soon as possible after these warning signs appear. It is particularly important for people with migraines or frequent severe headaches to understand how to distinguish between their usual headaches and symptoms of stroke.

The American Stroke Association lists the following five warning signs of stroke. PEOPLE SHOULD IMMEDIATELY CALL FOR EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE IF THEY EXPERIENCE ANY OF THESE SYMPTOMS:

Sudden numbness or weakness of the face, arm or leg, especially on one side of the body
Sudden confusion, trouble speaking or understanding
Sudden trouble seeing in one or both eyes
Sudden trouble walking, dizziness, loss of balance or coordination
Sudden, severe headache with no known cause

Research indicates that patients receive faster treatment for stroke if they arrive by ambulance rather than coming to the emergency room on their own.

An easy way to remember the signs of stroke, and what to do, is by the acronym "F.A.S.T." If you think you or someone else is having a stroke, the National Stroke Association's F.A.S.T. test advises:

(F)ACE. Ask the person to smile. Check to see if one side of the face droops.
(A)RMS. Ask the person to raise both arms. See if one arm drifts downward.
(S)PEECH. Ask the person to repeat a simple sentence. Check to see if words are slurred and if the sentence is repeated correctly.
(T)IME. If a person shows any of these symptoms, time is essential. It is important to get to the hospital as quickly as possible. Call 9-1-1. Act FAST.

The symptoms of a transient ischemic attack (TIA) and early ischemic stroke are similar. In the case of a TIA, however, the symptoms should resolve within 24 hours. Symptoms depend on where the injury in the brain occurs. The origin of the stroke is usually either the carotid or basilar arteries.

The build-up of plaque in the internal carotid artery may lead to narrowing and irregularity of the artery's lumen, preventing proper blood flow to the brain. More commonly, as the narrowing worsens, pieces of plaque in the internal carotid artery can break free, travel to the brain, and block blood vessels that supply blood to the brain. This leads to stroke, with possible paralysis or other deficits.

Symptoms From Blockage in the Carotid Arteries. The carotid arteries stem off of the aorta (the primary artery leading from the heart) and lead up through the neck around the windpipe and on into the brain. When TIAs or stroke occur from blockage in the carotid artery, which they often do, symptoms may occur in either the retina of the eye or the cerebral hemisphere (the large top part of the brain).

Symptoms include the following:

When oxygen to the eye is reduced, people describe the visual effect as a shade being pulled down. People may develop poor night vision. About 35% of TIAs are associated with temporary lost vision in one eye. Although such events are risk factors for future stroke, they pose a lower risk for a stroke and its complications than more widespread TIA symptoms.
When the cerebral hemisphere is affected, a person can experience problems with speech and partial and temporary paralysis, drooping eyelid, tingling, and numbness, usually on one side of the body. The stroke victim may be unable to express thoughts verbally or to understand spoken words. If the stroke injuries are on the right side of the brain, the symptoms will develop on the left side of the body and vice versa.
Uncommonly, patients may experience seizures.

Symptoms From Blockage in the Basilar Artery. The other major site of trouble, the basilar artery, is formed at the base of the skull from the vertebral arteries, which run up along the spine and join at the back of the head. When stroke or TIAs occur here, both hemispheres of the brain may be affected so that symptoms occur on both sides of the body. The following symptoms may develop:

Temporarily dim, gray, blurry, or lost vision
Tingling or numbness in the mouth, cheeks, or gums
Headache, usually in the back of the head
Dizziness
Nausea and vomiting
Difficulty swallowing
Weakness in the arms and legs, sometimes causing a sudden fall

Such strokes usually occur in the brain stem, which can have profound affects on breathing, blood pressure, heart rate, and other vital functions, but does not affect thinking or language.

Speed of Symptom Onset. The speed of symptom onset of a major ischemic stroke may indicate its source:

If the stroke is caused by a large embolus (a clot that has traveled to an artery in the brain), the onset is sudden. Headache and seizures can occur within seconds of the blockage.
When thrombosis (a blood clot that has formed within the brain) causes the stroke, the onset usually occurs more gradually, over minutes to hours. On rare occasions it progresses over days to weeks.

Click the icon to see an image of carotid dissection.

Click the icon to see an image of stroke.

Cerebral Hemorrhage Symptoms. Symptoms of a cerebral, or parenchymal, hemorrhage typically begin very suddenly and evolve over several hours and include:

Headache
Nausea and vomiting
Altered mental states
Seizures

Subarachnoid Hemorrhage. When the hemorrhage is a subarachnoid type, warning signs may occur from the leaky blood vessel a few days to a month before the aneurysm fully develops and ruptures. Warning signs may include:

Abrupt headaches
Nausea and vomiting
Sensitivity to light
Various neurologic abnormalities. Seizures, for example, occur in about 8% of patients.

When the aneurysm ruptures, the stroke victim may experience:

A terrible headache
Neck stiffness
Vomiting
Altered states of consciousness
Eyes may become fixed in one direction or lose vision
Stupor, rigidity, and coma

Risk Factors

New or recurrent strokes affect about 700,000 Americans every year. Although incidence of stroke has increased, more people are surviving stroke, and the death rate is declining. While age is the major risk factor, people with stroke are likely to have more than one risk factor.

Older Adults. People most at risk for stroke are older adults, particularly those with high blood pressure, who are sedentary, overweight, smoke, or have diabetes. Older age is also linked with higher rates of post-stroke dementia.

Younger Adults. Younger people are not immune, however. About 28% of stroke victims are under age 65.

In most age groups except older adults, stroke is more common in men than in women. However, it kills more women than men, regardless of ethnic groups. It is not clear why women have a higher mortality rate from stroke. The arteries that lead to the brain may be more vulnerable to the effects of plaque build-up in women than in men.

In 2007, the American Heart Association released new heart disease prevention guidelines for women. The new guidelines recommend daily aspirin therapy (75 - 325 mg/day) to help prevent stroke in high-risk women over the age of 65. For older women with a lower stroke risk, the AHA recommends 81 mg of aspirin a day or 100 mg of aspirin every other day. Aspirin does not appear to provide much stroke protection benefit for women under the age of 65.

All minority groups, including Native Americans, Hispanics, and African-Americans, face a significantly higher risk for stroke and stroke death than Caucasians. The risk is also higher in Asian Americans, although stroke rates appear to be declining in this group. The differences in risk among all groups diminish as people age.

The greatest disparity in risk occurs in young adults. Younger African-Americans are two to three times more likely to experience a stroke than their Caucasian peers and four times more likely to die from one. They also face a higher risk for death from heart disease. African-Americans have a higher prevalence of diabetes and hypertension than other groups. However, studies suggest that socioeconomic factors also affect these differences.

People in the southeastern U.S. have had the highest risk for stroke in the country for some years; those at particular risk live in North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia. This risk may be shifting westward. High stroke rates are also occurring in the lower Mississippi valley and in Southern California. Socioeconomic differences do not fully explain these higher-risk areas.

Heart disease and stroke are closely tied for many reasons:

Patients with one condition often have risk factors for the other, such as high blood pressure, atherosclerosis (hardening of the arteries), and diabetes.
The risk of stroke increases during surgical procedures involving the coronary arteries, including coronary bypass operations and angioplasty. Coronary bypass poses the greater risk -- about 2 - 5%.
Anti-clotting drugs used for treatment of heart disease and heart attacks slightly increase the risk for hemorrhagic stroke.
A heart attack itself poses a high risk for stroke, which, according to a major 2002 study, is 2.5% in the first 6 months and 5% per year thereafter. In the study, patients with a higher risk (about 4%) for stroke within 6 months of a heart attack tended to be older (over age 75), African-American, or to have a history of a previous stroke, atrial fibrillation, hypertension, diabetes, or peripheral artery disease. Most people at high risk have more than one of these problems.

High Blood Pressure (Hypertension). High blood pressure (known medically as hypertension ) contributes to 70% of all strokes. Researchers have estimated that controlling blood pressure can prevent nearly 40% of strokes.

Two numbers are used to describe blood pressure phases and may affect stroke risk separately:

The systolic pressure (the higher and first number) is measured as the heart contracts to pump out the blood. Evidence suggests that elevated systolic pressure poses a significant danger for heart and stroke emergencies when diastolic is normal, a condition called isolated systolic hypertension. The wider the spread between the systolic and diastolic measurements, the greater the danger.
The diastolic pressure (the lower and second number) is measured as the heart relaxes to allow blood to refill the heart between beats. Abnormally higher diastolic pressure is a strong predictor of heart attack and stroke in most people with hypertension.
Stroke from Low Blood Pressure (Hypotension). Uncommonly, blood pressure that is too low can reduce oxygen supply to the brain and cause a stroke. This can occur from a heart attack, a major bleeding episode, an overwhelming infection, or rarely, from surgical anesthesia or from over-treatment of high blood pressure.

Hypertension is a disorder characterized by chronically high blood pressure. It must be monitored, treated, and controlled by medication, lifestyle changes, or a combination of both.

Click the icon to see an image of the risks of untreated hypertension.

Atrial Fibrillation. About one in six strokes are due to atrial fibrillation. This is a heart rhythm disorder in which the atria (the upper chambers in the heart) beat very quickly and nonrhythmically. The blood pools instead of being pumped out, increasing the risk for formation of blood clots that break loose and travel toward the brain. Atrial fibrillation poses a six-fold increased risk for stroke and may also pose a higher risk for complications after a stroke.

Atrial fibrillation is uncommon in people under 60 years old, but about 6% of adults over age 80 have this heart rhythm disorder. In this patient group, the risk for stroke may be higher or lower with the presence of other risk factors, including having heart failure, high blood pressure, diabetes, and a previous history of stroke, TIA, or rheumatic heart disease. More women than men have AF, but risk for stroke is higher in women with this condition than in men.

Patent Foramen Ovale. Patent foramen ovale (PFO) is a flap-like opening between chambers of the heart. The foramen ovale is always open during fetal development to enhance blood flow to the fetus. It then typically closes after birth when the lungs take over. However, evidence suggests that it remains open in up to 30% of adults. In such cases, blood moves backward (right to left) through this opening when pressure in the right chamber exceeds the left. Large PFOs are a major cause of stroke, particularly in younger adults. Treatments include anti-clotting drugs and procedures for closing the opening.

Atrial Septal Aneurysm. Atrial septal aneurysm is an inborn condition in which part of the atrium (one of the heart chambers) bulges out. Studies indicate that this may pose a slight risk for stroke in young people.

People who smoke a pack a day have almost two and a half times the risk for stroke as nonsmokers. Smoking increases both hemorrhagic and ischemic stroke risk. The risk for stroke may remain elevated for as long as 14 years after quitting, so the earlier one quits the better.

Heart disease and stroke are the leading causes of death in people with diabetes. Diabetes is a strong risk factor for ischemic stroke, perhaps because of accompanying risk factors, such as obesity and high blood pressure. Diabetes does not appear to increase the risk for hemorrhagic stroke. Diabetes is second only to high blood pressure as the main risk factor for stroke. The risk is highest for adults newly diagnosed with type 2 diabetes and patients with diabetes who are younger than age 55. African-Americans with diabetes are at even higher risk for stroke at a younger age.

Studies have also implicated insulin resistance, an important disease mechanism in type 2 diabetes, as an independent factor in the development of atherosclerosis and stroke. With this condition, insulin levels are normal to high, but the body is unable to use the insulin normally to metabolize blood sugar. The body compensates by raising the level of insulin, which in turn increases the risk for blood clots and reduces HDL levels (the beneficial form of cholesterol). Some studies have also reported a worse outcome in patients whose blood sugar levels are high at the time of a stroke.

Obesity may increase the risk for both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke independently of other risk factors that often co-exist with excess weight, including insulin resistance and diabetes, high blood pressure, and unhealthy cholesterol level. Weight that is centered around the abdomen (the so-called apple shape) has a particularly high association with stroke, as it does for heart disease, in comparison to weight distributed around hips (pear-shape).

Obesity is particularly hazardous when it is one of the components of metabolic syndrome. This syndrome is diagnosed when three of the following conditions are present: abdominal obesity, low HDL cholesterol, high triglyceride levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. Because metabolic syndrome is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease, people with this syndrome are at increased risk for stroke even before diabetes develops.

Although an unhealthy balance of cholesterol and other lipids (fatty compounds) plays a major role in heart disease, its role in stroke is less clear. Different lipids may have different effects:

Ischemic Stroke. The effects of high total cholesterol and LDL levels on stroke are not clear. One study suggested that the risk for ischemic stroke increases when total cholesterol is above 280 mg/dL. HDL (the so-called good cholesterol) may protect against ischemic stroke (although statins have little effect on HDL).

Hemorrhagic Stroke. HDL may reduce the risk for hemorrhagic stroke (bleeding in the brain). People with overall cholesterol levels below 180 mg/dL, however, may be at risk for hemorrhagic stroke, particularly if they also have high blood pressure. This is a far less common stroke, however, than ischemic stroke.

In any case, reducing cholesterol is extremely important in anyone with heart disease and abnormal lipid levels.

Genetics may be responsible for many of the causes of stroke. Studies indicate that a family history of stroke, particularly in one's father, is a strong risk factor for stroke.

Genetics and Subarachnoid Hemorrhage. Genetic factors account for between 7 - 20% of cases of subarachnoid hemorrhage. Ruptured aneurysms that occur in such patients tend to happen at an earlier age, are usually smaller, and are more apt to recur than in those without an inherited condition. A study of people who had suffered subarachnoid hemorrhages found that first-degree relatives of these stroke victims had a high lifetime risk of between 2 - 5%. Some experts recommend screening for aneurysms in people with more than one close relative who suffered a hemorrhagic stroke.

Inherited Disorders that Contribute to Stroke. Some cases of atrial fibrillation may be inherited. Genetic disorders that cause connective tissue disorders are also associated with stroke from hemorrhage; they include polycystic kidney disease, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome type IV, neurofibromatosis type 1, Marfan's syndrome, and moyamoya disease.

Specific Genetic Factors Under Investigation. Specific genetic factors are under investigation. They include:

Inherited deficiencies in protein factors C and S, which inhibit blood clotting, may be responsible for certain cases of stroke in young adults.
A genetic mutation in a factor V Leiden may be related to blood clotting risks.
People who have inherited a gene called apolipoprotein (Apo) E-4 may be at increased risk of stroke. This gene is also associated with Alzheimer's disease.

Stress. One survey revealed that men who had a more intense response to stressful situations, such as waiting in line or problems at work, were more likely to have strokes than those who did not report such distress. In some people, prolonged or frequent mental stress causes an exaggerated increase in blood pressure, which in turn can increase the risk for stroke.

Depression. Depression has also been linked to higher risk for stroke and lower stroke survival rates. In one study, patients with severe depression had a 73% higher risk for stroke, and those with moderate depression had a 25% higher risk than average. The risk for stroke in African-Americans with depression was 160% higher than average.

Studies indicate that migraine or severe headache may be a risk factor for stroke in both men and women, especially before age 50. Overall, between 2 - 3% of ischemic strokes occur in people with a history of migraine. However, in patients under age 45, about 15% of all strokes (and 30 - 60% of strokes in young women) are associated with a history of migraines, particularly migraine with aura. Some evidence suggests that some strokes in these cases may be due to excessive activation of the nervous system and the dehydration from vomiting that occurs during a severe migraine with aura.

The actual risk itself for migraineurs is low, however. In one study, women with migraines had a 2.7% risk of stroke, with the greatest risk between the ages of 45 - 65. Studies suggest specific risk factors for younger women with migraines, particularly those with auras, include taking high-estrogen oral contraceptives (OCs). (Whether progesterone-alone contraceptives carry any risk is unknown.) In migraineurs who take OCs, the risk increases with high blood pressure, smoking, or both.

Inflammation that occurs with various infections has been associated with stroke. One study found that patients hospitalized for stroke were three times more likely than patients without strokes to have recently been exposed to infections, usually mild ones in the respiratory tract.

Varicella Virus. Varicella zoster virus (the virus that causes chicken pox and shingles) has been associated with cerebral vasculitis, a condition in which blood vessels in the brain become inflamed. It is a very rare cause of stroke in children. The virus has also been associated with some cases of stroke in young adults.

Chlamydia Pneumonia. Some investigators suspect that some infections may produce inflammation in the arteries that can lead to stroke over time. (Similar work is underway in heart disease.) Researchers are particularly interested in Chlamydia pneumoniae, a non-bacterial organism that causes mild pneumonia in adults. Chronic infection has been linked with a higher risk for stroke, and evidence of the organism has been observed in thickened inner vessel walls of the carotid arteries in some studies. Chlamydia has also been linked to heart disease.

Periodontal Disease. A number of studies now strongly support an association between periodontal disease and cardiovascular disorders. According to a major analysis, periodontal (gum) disease is associated with a 20% higher risk for ischemic stroke and heart disease. The added risk may be even greater in adults under 65. Recent evidence points to the inflammatory response as the common element.

Peripheral artery disease (PAD) occurs when atherosclerosis affects the extremities, particularly the feet and legs. The major risk factors for heart disease and stroke are also the most important risk factors for PAD. The occurrence of such conditions in combination with PAD often signals more severe forms of heart or circulatory disease.

In 2007, the American Heart Association (AHA) issued a scientific statement encouraging doctors to change the way they prescribe pain relief medication for patients at risk for heart disease or stroke. The AHA recommends that at-risk patients first try non-drug methods of pain relief (physical therapy, exercise, weight loss to reduce stress on joints, and heat or cold therapy). If these methods don’t work, patients should take the lowest possible dose of acetaminophen (Tylenol) or aspirin. COX-2 inhibitors, such as celecoxib (Celebrex), should be the last resort.

In 2005, the FDA warned that all NSAIDs -- with the exception of aspirin -- carry heart risks. In particular, the NSAIDs ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and diclofenac (Cataflam, Voltaren) appear to carry increased risks for heart attack and stroke.

A number of medical or physical conditions may contribute to the risk for stroke:

Sleep apnea. This common disorder, in which the throat becomes obstructed during sleep, may contribute to the narrowing of the carotid artery, appearing to increase the risk for stroke three- to six-fold.
Pregnancy. Pregnancy carries a very small risk for stroke, mostly in women with pregnancy related high blood pressure and in those with cesarean delivery. The risk appears to be higher in the postpartum (post-delivery) period, perhaps because of the sudden change in circulation and hormone levels.
Anti-phospholipid antibodies. Nearly 40% of young people with strokes and 10% of all stroke patients have components of the immune system known as anti-phospholipid antibodies that increase the chance for blood clots.
Sickle-cell anemia. People with sickle-cell anemia are at risk for stroke at a young age.
Drug abuse, particularly with cocaine and, increasingly, methamphetamine, is a major factor in the incidence of stroke in young adults. Anabolic steroids, used for body-building and sports enhancement, also increase risk.

Timing. Like heart attack and sudden cardiac death, stroke appears to be more common in the morning hours, perhaps due to a temporary rise in blood pressure at that time. Various studies point to a higher risk for stroke on weekends, Mondays, and holidays. The risk for hemorrhagic stroke may also be higher in the winter, particularly in older people with high blood pressure.

Homocysteine and Vitamin B Deficiencies. Abnormally high blood levels of the amino acid homocysteine, which occur with deficiencies of vitamin B6, B12, and folic acid, may be linked to an increased risk of coronary artery disease and stroke.

Neck Manipulation. Some studies have reported a higher risk for stroke from injury to the carotid artery after neck manipulation by a chiropractor.

Prognosis

A stroke, the third leading cause of death in the U.S., is always serious. In 2004, over 150,000 Americans died of stroke with women accounting for 61% of these stroke deaths. The mortality rates are declining, however. Over 75% of patients survive a first stroke during the first year, and over half survive beyond 5 years.

People who suffer ischemic strokes have a much better chance for survival than those who experience hemorrhagic strokes. Among the ischemic stroke categories, the greatest dangers are posed by embolic strokes, followed by thrombotic and lacunar strokes. Hemorrhagic stroke not only destroys brain cells but also poses other complications, including increased pressure on the brain or spasms in the blood vessels, both of which can be very dangerous. Studies suggest, however, that survivors of hemorrhagic stroke have a greater chance for recovering function than those who suffer ischemic stroke.

Between 50 - 70% of people recover functional independence after a stroke. However, between 15 - 30% of those who survive either an ischemic or hemorrhage stroke suffer some permanent disability. On the encouraging side, one study reported that people who survived for many years after a stroke had a chance for independent living that was about the same as for their peers who had not suffered strokes. The stroke patients even appeared to be less depressed than the comparison group.

The National Institutes of Health (NIH) have devised a scoring system that helps predict the severity and outcome of the stroke by scoring 11 factors (levels of consciousness, gaze, visual fields, facial movement, motor functions in the arm and leg, coordination, sensory loss, problems with language, inability to articulate, and attention). Up to 70% of patients with ischemic strokes who score less than 10 have a favorable outlook after a year, while only 4 - 16% of patients do well if their score is more than 20.

The risk for recurring stroke is highest within the first few weeks and months. The risk is about 14% in the first year and about 5% thereafter, so preventive measures should be instituted as soon as possible. Some specific risk factors for early recurrence include:

Older age
Evidence of blocked arteries (a history of coronary artery disease, peripheral artery disease, ischemic stroke, or TIA)
Hemorrhagic or embolic stroke
Diabetes
Alcoholism
Valvular heart disease
Atrial fibrillation

Prevention

Forty percent of patients who have had a stroke or TIA will suffer a subsequent stroke within 5 years. In 2006, the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association released guidelines for preventing a second stroke. These guidelines recommend:

Quit Smoking. Also avoid exposure to second-hand smoke.

Maintain Weight. People should aim for a BMI index of 18.5 - 24.9. In people who are obese, reducing weight to this level can reduce the risk for stroke by 15% in men and 22% in women. Waist measurements should be no more than 35 inches for women and 40 inches for men.

Exercise. Everyone in normal health should engage in at least moderate physical activity for a minimum of 30 minutes on most -- if not all -- days of the week.

Limit alcohol. No more than 2 drinks a day for men and 1 drink a day for nonpregnant women.

Healthy Diet. Everyone should aim for a diet that contains a healthy balance of fruits, vegetables, grains, fish, nuts, legumes, poultry, lean meat, and low-fat dairy items. Avoid saturated fats and trans fatty acids.

Improve Cholesterol. People with at least two risk factors and a 10-year risk for heart disease or stroke of more than 20% should aim for LDL levels of less than 100 mg/dl. Raising HDL levels is important for people at risk for stroke. Statins are now used in most cases.

Keep Blood Pressure Low. People in normal health should aim for 139/89 mm Hg or less. Patients with certain health problems, such as diabetes, should aim lower.

Control Diabetes. People with diabetes should aim for fasting blood glucose levels of less than 110 mg/dl and hemoglobin A1C of less than 7%. Blood pressure goals should be 130/80 mm Hg or less.

Take Aspirin or Other Antiplatelet Therapy. People at high risk for heart disease should take a low-dose aspirin every day, unless they have medical reasons to avoid aspirin. (As an alternative to aspirin alone, your doctor may prescribe clopidogrel alone or aspirin plus extended release dipyridamole.) Aspirin may help to prevent strokes caused by blockage in the artery (ischemic stroke), but it may slightly increase the risk of strokes caused by bleeding in the brain (hemorrhagic stroke). The American Heart Association recommends aspirin therapy for women over age 65 who are at risk for stroke.

Control Atrial Fibrillation. People with atrial fibrillation should use anticoagulants to reduce their risk of blood clots. Carotid Endarterectomy Surgery or Stenting: Recommended for most symptomatic patients with neck artery stenosis (narrowing or blockage) of more than 70% and some patients with stenosis of 50 - 69%.

A healthy diet rich in fruits and vegetables and low in salt and saturated fats may significantly lower the risk for both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke. For diet plans, the Mediterranean diet may be a particularly good choice for reducing the risk of stroke. [See In-Depth Report #43: Heart-healthy diet.]

Fruits and Vegetables. Studies suggest that people can protect their heart and circulation by eating plenty of fruits and vegetables. Eating at least five servings a day reduces blood pressure and protects against both heart attack and stroke. Important foods include most fruits (especially potassium-rich fruits including bananas, oranges, prunes, and cantaloupes) and vegetables (especially carrots, spinach, celery, alfalfa, mushrooms, lima beans, potatoes, avocados, broccoli). Vegetables, such as broccoli and kale, may be specifically protective against a first ischemic and possibly hemorrhagic stroke. Foods such as apples and tea, which are high in food chemicals called flavonoids, may also be very beneficial.

Whole Grains and Nuts. A 2000 study reported a lower incidence in stroke in women who had a high intake of whole-grain foods. Nuts may also be protective.

Calcium, Potassium, and Magnesium. Calcium, magnesium, and potassium serve as electrolytes in the body. They are important in controlling blood pressure and may also have protective effects against stroke:

Some evidence suggests that diets rich in potassium may protect against stroke by 22 - 40%, mostly by reducing blood pressure but also possibly because of other mechanisms. Low potassium levels may increase the risk for stroke in certain people.

A major study reported that calcium intake is associated with a lower risk for stroke in women, which supports an earlier study reporting a lower risk for stroke in men who drank more milk.

Magnesium deficiencies may increase the risk for atrial fibrillation. No evidence yet exists, however, that taking magnesium supplements is protective.

Salt Restriction. Although the effects of salt restriction are not entirely clear, a 2002 study indicated that even a modest reduction in salt intake for more than a month might reduce the risk of death from stroke by 14% in people with high blood pressure and 6% in people with normal blood pressure.

Fats and Oils. The effects of fats and oils on stroke are complex. One study indicated that middle-aged men without heart disease who had the highest intake of monounsaturated or saturated fat (but not polyunsaturated oils) also had the lowest risk for stroke. Monounsaturated oils, obtained in olive and canola oils, may have protective benefits against both heart disease and stroke. Saturated fats, found in animal products, are known risk factors for heart disease. Some studies suggest, however, that low intake of animal protein and saturated fat increases the risk of hemorrhagic stroke.

Other fat compounds that may be stroke protective are omega-3 fatty acids:

Alpha-linolenic acid is found in canola oil, soybeans, and walnuts. One particular benefit against stroke is its ability to help prevent the formation of blood clots.
Omega-3 fatty acids are categorized as docosahexaenoic (DHA) or eicosapentaneoic acids (EPA). They are found in oily fish and nutritional supplements. These compounds have anti-inflammatory and anti-blood clotting effects and may be significantly beneficial to the heart and reduce the risk for stroke. However, people who have implantable defibrillators should not take fish oil supplements because they may worsen heart rhythm problems.

In any case, consuming fish two or three times a week helps the heart.

Folic Acid and B Vitamins. Deficiencies in the B vitamins folate (known also as folic acid), B6, and B12 have been associated with a higher risk for heart disease in some studies. Such deficiencies produce higher blood levels of homocysteine, an amino acid that has been associated with a higher risk for heart disease, stroke, and heart failure. Researchers have been studying whether vitamin B supplements can reduce homocysteine levels and, consequently, heart disease risks.

Several major 2006 studies indicated that while B vitamin supplements help lower homocysteine levels, they have no effect on heart disease outcomes. The studies, published in the New England Journal of Medicine, examined patients who had either recently had a heart attack or suffered from diabetes or heart disease. Results showed a similar number of heart attacks and strokes among patients who took folic acid and B6 and B12 vitamins and those who received placebo. And, the vitamins seemed to increase risks for patients who had undergone stenting. Some experts think that homocysteine may be a marker for heart disease rather than a cause of it.

Antioxidant Vitamins. The effects of antioxidant vitamins and carotenoids on stroke have been studied extensively. Most studies have found that these vitamins do not help protect against stroke. An important 2001 study reported no protection from stroke with vitamins A or E or beta carotene. A 2005 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association found that vitamin E definitely does not protect women from stroke or heart attack.

Smoking. Everyone should quit smoking.

Alcohol. Mild-to-moderate alcohol use (one to seven drinks a week) is associated with a significantly lower risk for ischemic stroke, although not hemorrhagic stroke. Heavy alcohol use, particularly a recent history of drinking, is associated with a higher risk of both ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke.

Coffee. In healthy people with normal blood pressure, drinking a couple of cups of coffee a day is unlikely to do any harm. Caffeine may actually have nerve-protecting properties that may help stroke survivors. Caffeine drinkers, however, might do better to choose tea, which may have beneficial nutrients, and people with existing hypertension should avoid caffeine altogether (since caffeine may increase the risk for stroke in this group).

Exercise helps reduce the risk of atherosclerosis, which can help reduce the risk of stroke. Experts recommend at least 30 minutes of exercise on most, if not all, days of the week.

Hypertension is a disorder characterized by chronically high blood pressure. It must be monitored, treated, and controlled by medication, lifestyle changes, or a combination of both.

Reducing blood pressure is essential in stroke prevention. Lifestyle measures such as exercise, weight loss, and healthy diets are important for everyone. Drug therapy is recommended for people with hypertension who cannot control their blood pressure through lifestyle changes. Many different types of drugs are used to control blood pressure. They include ACE inhibitors, angiotensin-receptor blockers, beta-blockers, calcium channel blockers, and diuretics. Some drugs, such as Hyzaar, combine an angiotensin receptor blocker with a diuretic to both treat high blood pressure and prevent stroke. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

In 2004, the National Cholesterol Education Program issued updated recommendations on how to control cholesterol levels. These guidelines emphasize that patients should lower their LDL (“bad”) cholesterol and recommend that more people take LDL-lowering medication. Lowering LDL cholesterol and raising HDL (“good”) cholesterol can significantly reduce the risks of heart disease, including stroke.

Statins have become the most important LDL-lowering drugs. Brands include lovastatin (Mevacor), pravastatin (Pravachol), simvastatin (Zocor), fluvastatin (Lescol), atorvastatin (Lipitor), and rosuvastatin (Crestor). Research increasingly suggests that lowering LDL levels as much as possible is critical for preventing stroke and other heart disease problems. A major analysis of over 200 studies found that statins reduced the risk for heart problems by 60% and stroke by 17%. Another study of over 20,000 people with cerebrovascular disease found that patients who took statin therapy for 2 years reduced their risk of ischemic stroke by 25%.

Statins are proven to reduce the risk of stroke in people at increased risk for heart disease. Research suggests that they may also prevent stroke in patients without heart disease. However, current guidelines recommend that statins should be prescribed to patients without heart disease and with normal LDL levels only if diabetes and several heart disease risk factors are also present.

Researchers are also investigating whether statins might be beneficial in preventing a second stroke in patients who have suffered a stroke or transient ischemic attack (TIA). A study published in 2006 in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that high-dose atorvastatin (Lipitor) therapy may help reduce the risk of stroke recurrence and other heart events for patients who have had a prior stroke or TIA. In 2006, the FDA expanded atorvastatin’s indications to include reducing the risk of fatal and non-fatal strokes in patients with heart disease

[See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Influenza vaccinations may protect patients with a history of heart attack or heart events. A 2002 study further suggested that flu shots might protect against stroke, although possibly not in patients older than age 75.

Treatment for atrial fibrillation always includes drugs (aspirin or warfarin) to prevent clots from forming. In addition to anticoagulants (blood thinners), other approaches may include:

Restoring or maintaining normal heart rhythm. This is accomplished with anti-arrhythmic drug, cardioversion procedures, or surgery to remove the defective area.
Controlling heart rate. Specific drugs are used for this approach.

Important studies report that controlling heart rate may be the preferable approach. In several studies, rhythm control offered no survival advantages and did not protect against ischemic stroke. Therapies aimed at controlling heart rate, furthermore, had fewer complications.

Drugs to Prevent Blood Clots

After a diagnosis of atrial fibrillation, warfarin (an anticoagulant) or aspirin (an antiplatelet) are essential to prevent blood clots. These drugs can reduce the risk for stroke by over 60% in patients with atrial fibrillation.

Warfarin (Coumadin) is the main anticoagulant (“blood thinner”) drug used to prevent strokes in high-risk patients with atrial fibrillation. Warfarin carries a risk for bleeding, but for most patients, warfarin’s benefits far outweigh its risks. The risk for bleeding is highest when warfarin therapy is first started, with higher doses, and with long periods of treatment. Patients at risk for bleeding are usually older and have a history of stomach bleeding and high blood pressure. It is important that patients who take warfarin have their blood checked regularly to make sure that it does not become “too thin.” Blood that is too thin increases the risk for bleeding, while blood that is “too thick” increases the risk for blood clots and stroke. Prothrombin time (PT) and international normalized ratio (INR) tests are used to monitor blood coagulation.
Aspirin is less effective than warfarin, but has a lower risk for bleeding. It is the preferred treatment for younger people with atrial fibrillation and for people who do not have other risk factors for stroke, such as high blood pressure or diabetes. Aspirin is also prescribed for higher risk patients who cannot tolerate anticoagulation therapy.
Researchers are investigating other drugs for preventing stroke and heart problems in patients with atrial fibrillation. These drugs include the antiplatelet medication clopidogrel (Plavix) and the angiotensin receptor blocker irbesartan (Avapro). Recent research indicates that anticoagulants such as warfarin (Coumadin) work better for atrial fibrillation patients than the combination of clopidogrel plus aspirin. Clinical trials are continuing to investigate whether clopidogrel alone is better than aspirin alone.

Restoring and Controlling Heart Rhythm

To initially restore heart rhythm, anti-arrhythmic drugs are usually tried first. If they fail to restore normal rhythm, cardioversion is often effective. (Some experts suggest trying cardioversion first to avoid side effects of the drugs.) Long-term maintenance therapy using anti-arrhythmic drugs may be required.

Electrical Cardioversion. Electrical cardioversion is mild shock therapy and is the current standard treatment used to restore normal heart rhythm. It is conducted as follows:

Anticoagulants (drugs used to prevent blood clotting) should be administered, if possible, at least 3 weeks before the procedure.
During the procedure, the patient must be conscious and, although sedated, can experience some pain from the procedure.

Although the stabilizing effect is usually only temporary, some evidence suggests that a series of cardioversion may succeed in maintaining normal rhythm in young healthy patients without the need for antiarrhythmic medications.

Low-energy implanted cardioverters (Atrioverter, Jewel AF) are being investigated for maintenance. Studies are promising.

Drugs Used for Maintaining Normal Heart Rhythm. For maintaining a stable rhythm, the following drugs may be used. The specific choices typically depend on whether or not the patient has existing heart disease:

For patients with no heart disease, the first choices include sotalol, flecainide, or propafenone, which are often used sequentially. If these fail, then amiodarone or a newer drug dofetilide (Tikosyn) may be tried. Others include ibutilide (Covert) and azimilide. If these drugs are not effective, other drugs tried include quinidine, procainamide, and disopyramide.
In patients with heart disease, amiodarone, dofetilide, or sotalol are commonly used depending on the cause of heart disease.

Amiodarone is more effective than most others and has been thought to be safer than many other similar drugs. Even in low doses, however, there is a high incidence of side effects, including thyroid disorders, neurologic, skin, and eye problems, and abnormally slow heart beats. Many of these drugs carry a small but significant increased risk, however, for a life-threatening arrhythmia called torsades de pointes. People with certain heart conditions should avoid these drugs.

Surgical Procedures for Complex AF. In some difficult cases, surgery may be recommended. The options and candidates depend on other complicating factors. The following are some examples:

AV node ablation involves severing the communication between the atria (the two upper chambers of the heart) and the ventricles (the two lower chambers). A pacemaker is then implanted just under the skin with electrodes leading to the ventricles. This approach is very effective, but it is irreversible and lifelong. Radiofrequency ablation may be an option in some patients.
A more aggressive procedure uses open chest surgery, in which a maze of cuts is made in the atria. As they heal, the scar tissue prevents the heart circuitry from misfiring. This technique controls atrial fibrillation in more than 90% of appropriate candidates. A new procedure is similar but less invasive.

Controlling Heart Rate

Drugs Used to Control Heart Rate. Beta-blockers or calcium channel blockers are used to control heart rate at the onset of atrial fibrillation. Digitalis, an older drug, is not used as often but can be effective in combination with the other drugs.

Diagnosis

Preventing a major stroke in people who experience transient ischemic attacks or small strokes requires determining the source of such attacks. A complete blood count, chest x-ray, and electrocardiogram are usually performed. Discouragingly, a 2001 study reported that over 30% of patients with TIA who called their primary care doctor were neither evaluated nor sent to the hospital within the month after a first event.

Examining the Carotid Artery. The doctor examines the carotid artery to determine if it is severely narrowed. If so, the patient is in danger of a major stroke. (The thickness of the carotid artery is also an important indicator for long-term risks for stroke, as well as heart disease and mortality rates in general.)

The doctor may use a number of approaches to determine the thickness of the artery:

An important clue to a blocked carotid artery is a bruit. This is a whooshing sound caused by blood flow turbulence in the narrowed artery. A doctor may be able to hear a bruit using a stethoscope. Occasionally, even a patient can hear the sound. The presence of a bruit, however, is not necessarily a sign of an impending stroke, nor does the absence of a bruit indicate an unblocked artery.
Carotid ultrasound is a very valuable tool for measuring the width of the artery. At this time, ultrasound is most useful in people between the ages of 40 and 60 years. Severely blocked carotid arteries may distort some measurements, so other tests may be required to confirm the results.
Measuring blood pressure to the eye may also be important in identifying problems in the carotid artery. If blood flow to the eye is reduced, it is likely that the carotid artery is severely narrowed.

Carotid duplex is an ultrasound procedure performed to assess blood flow through the carotid artery to the brain. High-frequency sound waves are directed from a hand-held transducer probe to the area. These waves "echo" off the arterial structures and produce a two-dimensional image on a monitor, which will make obstructions or narrowing of the arteries visible.

Imaging Techniques for TIAs. Several imaging techniques may identify small clots or other indicators of risk in the brain.

Identifying a Stroke Quickly. To save a patient's life, a fast diagnosis of both the presence and type of stroke is critical. Health professionals have devised different tests to help emergency workers quickly identify a person with stroke even before they reach the hospital. For example, an assessment tool called Face, Arms, Speech, Time (FAST) is highly accurate. It involves watching for the following signs:

(F)ACE. Ask the person to smile. Check to see if one side of the face droops.
(A)RMS. Ask the person to raise both arms. See if one arm drifts downward.
(S)PEECH. Ask the person to repeat a simple sentence. Check to see if words are slurred and if the sentence is repeated correctly.
(T)IME. If a person shows any of these symptoms, time is essential. It is important to get to the hospital as quickly as possible. Call 9-1-1. Act FAST.

Determining Ischemia Versus Hemorrhagic Stroke. Once a stroke has been identified, the next important step is to determine as quickly as possible whether it is hemorrhagic or ischemic. Clot-busting drug therapies can be life-saving for ischemic stroke patients, but they are effective only in the first 3 hours. In addition, they cause bleeding and can be lethal if the stroke is caused by a hemorrhage.

A computed tomography (CT) scan is essential for identifying or ruling out hemorrhagic strokes. The goal is to complete the CT examination and obtain and interpret the results within 45 minutes of arrival at the hospital. (An ultrasound technique called transcranial duplex sonography may be sensitive enough to differentiate between hemorrhagic and ischemic strokes if CT scans are not available.)

Certain factors suggest a hemorrhagic rather than ischemic stroke. They include specific symptoms (coma, vomiting, and severe headache), taking anticoagulants, very high systolic blood pressure, or high blood sugar levels in nondiabetics. However, such findings are not conclusive, and a CT scan or MRI is always needed.

Ruling Out Other Disorders. In most cases of stroke, the diagnosis is evident although a number of conditions may cause similar symptoms. These include seizures, infections that cause mental confusion, syncope (fainting), hypoglycemia, and brain tumors.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). MRI uses a magnetic field to provide 3-dimensional images of the brain. In 2007, an important Lancet study of emergency room patients clearly indicated that MRI is superior to computed tomography (CT) in assessing whether a stroke has occurred. The MRI appears to work especially well for detecting ischemic stroke (stroke caused by blood clot). In the study, MRI accurately detected presence or absence of acute stroke in 80% of patients compared to 58% for CT. (Acute stroke included both ischemic and hemorrhagic types.) MRI detected acute ischemic stroke in 40% of patients compared to 10% for CT. In addition, MRI detected ischemic stroke within 3 hours of symptom onset (an important timeframe for delivering clotbuster drugs) in 46% of patients compared to only 7% for CT. Both MRI and CT performed similarly for detecting hemorrhagic stroke.

Computed Tomography. A computed tomography (CT) test uses x-ray images to take pictures of the skull and brain. Sometimes a dye is injected into a patient’s veins to enhance image contrast. Although research indicates that MRI is better in determining ischemic stroke, CT still may be useful in diagnosing hemorrhagic strokes.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound may be used in different circumstances. This imaging technique is painless and noninvasive.

Carotid ultrasound (also called Doppler or duplex sonography) can determine blockage in the carotid arteries that could lead to or be causing a stroke.
Transcranial duplex sonography can identify blockage in large arteries in stroke patients and to monitor the effects of thrombolytic therapy.

Cerebral Angiography. Cerebral angiography is an invasive procedure that may be used for patients with TIAs who require surgery. It can also detect aneurysms and monitor thrombolytic therapy. It requires the insertion of a catheter into the groin, which is then threaded up through the arteries to the base of the carotid artery. At this point a dye is injected, and x-rays, CTs, or MRI scans determine the location and extent of the narrowing, or stenosis, of the artery. In people with TIAs the risk of stroke itself increases using this technique, particularly in elderly people with diabetes.

Other Techniques. Other imaging tests, including positron-emission tomography (PET) and single photon-emission computed tomography (SPECT), may also help the doctor identify injuries caused by the stroke.

Electrocardiogram (ECG). A heart evaluation using an electrocardiogram (ECG) is important in any patient with a stroke or suspected stroke. An ECG records the electrical current in the heart muscle.

Echocardiogram. An echocardiogram uses ultrasound to view the chambers and valves of the heart. It is generally useful for stroke patients to identify blood clots or risk factors for blood clots that can travel to the brain and cause stroke. There two are types:

Transthoracic echocardiograms (TTE) view the heart through the chest. It is noninvasive and is the standard approach.
Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) examines the heart using an ultrasound tube that the patient literally swallows and passes down the throat. It is uncomfortable and requires sedation. It is typically used to obtain more accurate images of the heart if a TTE has suggested abnormalities, such as atrial fibrillation or patent foramen ovale (PFO).

Patients who have a TIA are at increased risk for a major stroke in the days and weeks that follow. The ABCD² score is a tool that helps doctors predict short-term stroke risk following a TIA. The ABCD² score assigns points for various factors:

Age (over 60 years)
Blood pressure (greater or equal to 140/90 mm Hg)
Clinical features (weakness on one side of the body; speech impairment without weakness
Duration of TIA symptoms (at least 60 minutes)
Diabetes

Based on the number of points, a doctor can identify whether a patient is at low, moderate, or high risk of having a subsequent stroke within 2 days after a TIA. Several 2006 and 2007 studies indicated that the ABCD² score works well in predicting stroke, and can help doctors better decide which patients require hospitalization and emergency care.

Blood Tests. Several blood tests may help predict the risk for a stroke and determine the severity and complications of an existing stroke.

Specific blood tests are important to determine clotting times, to check electrolytes (potassium, calcium, sodium), and to measure factors indicating liver or kidney problems. Kidney tests measure blood proteins that are filtered through the kidneys. These proteins include creatinine and blood urea nitrogen (BUN). A more recent type of kidney test measures the protein cystatin C. Recent research suggests that the cystatin C kidney test may be better at predicting cardiovascular risks in elderly patients.
Blood sugar (glucose) levels are measured. Hyperglycemia (high levels) may indicate a worse outcome for some strokes (although not hemorrhagic or lacunar strokes). Hypoglycemia (low levels) is a common complication of diabetes treatments, and its symptoms may mimic those of a stroke.
A new blood test, the PLAC test, was approved in 2005 to help diagnose people at increased risk for ischemic stroke. The PLAC test measures an enzyme called lipoprotein-associated phospholipase A2 (Lp-PLA2). Patients with high levels of this protein have twice the risk for ischemic stroke as patients with normal levels.

Examination of Spinal Fluid. If the CT scan is negative but the doctor still suspects a subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke, a spinal tap may be performed. Spinal fluid containing significant amounts of blood will usually confirm a hemorrhagic stroke.

Managing a Stroke

Until recently, the treatment of stroke was restricted to basic life support at the time of the stroke and rehabilitation later. Now, however, treatments can be dramatically beneficial when administered as soon as possible after the onset of the stroke. It is critical to get to the hospital and be diagnosed as soon as possible. There are several steps in the initial assessment and management of a person with a stroke.

If significant symptoms appear in people at risk for stroke, calling 911 is critical (as opposed to calling the family doctor or trying to get the patient to the hospital by car). One study reported that patients who went to the emergency room in an ambulance had a much shorter delay in getting treatment than those who went on their own. Receiving treatment early is critical in reducing the damage from a stroke.

Important diagnostic and evaluation steps are needed for the optimal treatment of a stroke patient:

Determine Whether the Stroke Is Ischemic or Hemorrhagic. As soon as the patient enters the hospital, diagnostic tests, particularly a CT scan, should occur to determine whether the stroke is ischemic or hemorrhagic.

Determine The Need for Thrombolytic Drugs. If the stroke is ischemic, the next step is to determine if the patient would benefit from blood clot-busting drugs (called thrombolytics). The following factors can assist in making this decision:

Estimate the time of onset of the stroke. Time is critical in the decision-making process. Clot-buster drugs do not generally help if given more than 3 hours after stroke onset. Onset is when the patient first experiences any symptoms, even minor impairment. If the patient had a previous TIA that completely resolved before the stroke, however, onset is dated from when the more recent symptoms developed.
Tell the doctor if the patient has been taking any blood-thinning drugs.
Give the doctor a thorough history of any accompanying medical or physical condition and any recent event, such as surgery or injury, which might contribute to the condition.
CT scans will indicate if there are extensive early injuries, which might affect the decision to use these drugs.

The patient should receive treatment to support basic life functions and to reduce stress, pain, and agitation. The following steps are also very important:

Maintain Adequate Delivery of Oxygen. It is very important to maintain oxygen levels. In some cases, airway ventilation may be required. Supplemental oxygen may also be necessary for patients when tests suggest low blood levels of oxygen. Hyperbaric oxygen (which is oxygen administered under pressure) may help specific stroke patients, although it is not recommended for most patients, since there is some risk of significant adverse effects using this approach.

Managing Fever and Lowering Body Temperature (Hypothermia). Fever should be aggressively treated, since strong evidence suggests that its presence predicts a poorer outlook. Some evidence suggests that hypothermia -- reducing body temperature -- might protect nerve cells in stroke patients. Cooling is done through special cooling blankets, ventilators, or infusion of cool fluids. Unfortunately, severe side effects occur with even moderate hypothermia (86°F, 30°C), which can include pneumonia, blood clotting disorders, heart rhythm disturbances, and others.

Maintain Electrolytes. Maintaining a healthy electrolyte balance (the ratio of sodium, calcium, and potassium in the body's fluids) is critical.

Managing Blood Pressure. Managing blood pressure is essential and complicated. Patients with stroke and pressures above 220 (systolic) or 120 (diastolic) should be treated. Lowering blood pressure too quickly can be dangerous, however, in patients with both ischemic and hemorrhagic strokes. In general, experts do not advise aggressively lowering elevated pressures below 220/120 mm Hg in patients unless they have other conditions, such as a heart attack, that require pressure-lowering treatments. In patients who require thrombolytic drugs, blood pressure should cautiously be lowered to 185/110 mm Hg. In most cases, blood pressure declines when these patients become stabilized.

Managing Increased Brain Pressure. Hospital staff should watch carefully for increased pressure on the brain, which is a frequent complication of hemorrhagic strokes. It can also occur a few days after ischemic strokes. Early symptoms of increased brain pressure are drowsiness, confusion, lethargy, weakness, and headache. Medications such as mannitol may be given during a stroke to reduce pressure or the risk for it.

Keeping the top of the body higher than the lower part, such as by elevating the head of the bed, can reduce pressure in the brain and is standard practice for patients with ischemic stroke. However, this practice also lowers blood pressure in general, which may be dangerous for patients with massive stroke.

Monitoring the Heart. Heart attack and arrhythmias are potential complications of ischemic stroke. Patients must be monitored using electrocardiographic tracings.

Controlling Glucose Levels. Elevated blood sugar (glucose) levels can occur with severe stroke and may be a marker of serious trouble. In general, it is advisable to lower glucose levels that are about 300 mg/dL, usually with insulin. It is not clear, however, if glucose-lowering treatments offer any advantage. Excessive lowering of glucose levels can have damaging effects on the brain. Studies are underway to determine the best approach.

Medications

Intravenous Thrombolytics. Clot-busting (thrombolytic) drugs break up existing blood clots. They are among the important treatments for heart attacks, and are now also used for ischemic (not hemorrhagic) stroke. While research has confirmed that early treatment with thrombolytics can greatly increase a stroke patient's chances for recovery, their use has been limited due to the short treatment window (within 3 hours of onset of stroke symptoms). The standard thrombolytic drugs are tissue plasminogen activators (t-PAs). They include alteplase (Activase) and reteplase (Retavase).

The following steps are critical before administering these clot-buster drugs:

Before the thrombolytic is given, a CT scan must first confirm that the stroke is not hemorrhagic. If the stroke is ischemic, a CT scan can also suggest if injuries are very extensive, which might affect the use of thrombolytics.
Thrombolytics must be administered within 3 hours of a stroke to have any effect. According to a 2004 review of clinical trials, best results are achieved if patients are treated with 90 minutes of a stroke. Unfortunately, most stroke patients arrive at the hospital more than 3 hours after an attack and therefore are not eligible for treatment. There is some evidence that t-PA administered with 4 hours may also be effective, but more research needs to be conducted. These findings underscore the critical need for people to go to a hospital immediately if a stroke is suspected.

Thrombolytics carry a risk for hemorrhage, so they may not be appropriate for patients with existing risk factors for bleeding. They should not be used in patients who are experiencing seizures. The drug may be appropriate in more patients than previously thought, however, including older people, those with a history of stroke, and those with high blood pressure. Although older studies cited concern over the safety and effectiveness of t-PA, a 2004 review of clinical trial data found that patients who received t-PA were two times more likely to experience a favorable outcome than those who did not receive this treatment.

Intra-Arterial Thrombolytics. Researchers are investigating thrombolytics injected directly into an artery in the brain. Early studies suggest this approach may allow effective treatment up to 6 hours after a stroke and improve recovery in more patients. The risk for bleeding and hemorrhagic stroke is significantly increased, however.

Fibrin-Depleting Drugs. These drugs deplete the amount of fibrinogen in blood, which in turn reduces the "stickiness" in blood. Such drugs include ancrod and batroxobin (Defibrase), both derived from the venom of poisonous snakes. Some experts believe these drugs might be a possible alternative to thrombolytics. Studies suggest they may modestly reduce the risks for death and disability if given early on. As with all anti-clotting drugs, there is a higher risk for hemorrhage, but it appears to be slight.

Medications that prevent blood from clotting are used to prevent a recurring or second stroke. Anticlotting drugs include antiplatelets and anticoagulants.

Antiplatelet Drugs.Blood platelets are involved in blood clotting. Antiplatelets prevent clotting by blocking the accumulation of platelets. An antiplatelet drug -- most often aspirin -- is given within 48 hours of an ischemic stroke and continued in low doses as maintenance therapy. Studies suggest that antiplatelet therapy can reduce the risk for a second stroke by 25%.

Aspirin. Aspirin is recommended within 48 hours of a first ischemic stroke in doses of 50 - 325 mg. Daily low-dose aspirin may also help prevent a second ischemic stroke. Experts also recommend aspirin combined with the antiplatelet drug dipyridamole (Aggrenox). A 2006 study indicated that aspirin plus dipyridamole may be better than aspirin alone in preventing a heart attack or major stroke in patients who have had a minor ischemic stroke. Patients should not be given an aspirin until a diagnosis of ischemic or hemorrhagic stroke has been determined. Aspirin increases the risk for bleeding in patients with hemorrhagic stroke and can be dangerous.
Thienopyridines. Clopidogrel (Plavix) and ticlopidine (Ticlid) are antiplatelet drugs known as thienopyridines. (Clopidogrel is preferred over ticlopidine because of its better safety record.) Evidence suggests that clopidogrel plus aspirin is better than aspirin alone in reducing blood clots in patients who have carotid artery blockage (carotid stenosis). Other studies indicate that clopidogrel alone may be sufficient for patients who have had a recent ischemic stroke or TIA. A study of over 7,000 of these patients found that adding aspirin to clopidogrel therapy provided no additional benefit and increased the risk of bleeding; therefore, aspirin plus clopidogrel is not usually recommended for most patients who have had an ischemic stroke or TIA. Clopidogrel alone may also be better than aspirin alone in preventing a third stroke or heart attack in high-risk patients.
Glycoprotein IIB/IIIa Inhibitors. Glycoprotein IIb/IIIa (GPIIb/IIIa) inhibitors are sometimes administered intravenously in the hospital and include abciximab (ReoPro, Centocor), eptifibatide (Integrilin), tirofiban (Aggrastat), lotrafiban, and lamifiban. They are being investigated alone or as additions to thrombolytic (clot-busting) drugs.

Anticoagulants.Anticoagulants thin blood and may be useful under certain circumstances.

Warfarin. The anticoagulant warfarin (Coumadin) may not work as well as aspirin in preventing a second stroke in people who have partial artery blockage in the brain (intracranial stenosis). Warfarin is, however, very important in high-risk patients with atrial fibrillation. It may be useful in other situations, such as patients with patent foramen ovale (PFO), those whose stroke followed a heart attack, or in high-risk patients who cannot take antiplatelet drugs.
Heparin. Intravenous heparin, a potent anti-platelet drug, has been used for ischemic stroke since 1941. Although many doctors continue to use it, five out of six major studies have reported no clear protective benefits compared to aspirin with the use of standard heparin or any heparin-like drugs. They also pose a much higher risk for hemorrhagic stroke. Experts now recommend heparins only for preventing thromboembolism in stroke patients at risk for this condition.
Direct Thrombin Inhibitors (DTIs). Direct thrombin inhibitors are a more recent group of anti-coagulants. The first DTI is hirudin, a natural substance derived from the saliva of leeches. New forms include argatroban (Novastan), bivalirudin (Angiomax), danaparoid (Orgaran), lepirudin (Refludan), desirudin (Revasc), inogatran, and efegatran. Ximelagatran (Exanta) is new oral drug that is showing great promise for protection against stroke in patients with atrial fibrillation while posing a low risk for bleeding.

All anti-clotting drugs carry a risk for bleeding and a slightly increased risk for hemorrhagic stroke.

It is important that patients control their high blood pressure and LDL (“bad”) cholesterol levels. Various drugs, such as statins, diuretics, and ACE inhibitors, can manage these conditions. People with diabetes should also maintain tight control of their blood sugar levels.

Calcium Channel Blockers. Early administration of calcium channel blockers, such as nimodipine (Nimotop), can improve functional outcome. One of the most common and serious dangers after a subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke is spasm of the blood vessels near the ruptured site, which closes off oxygen to the brain. Calcium causes contraction of the smooth muscles of the blood vessels; calcium channel blockers are drugs that relax the blood vessels. The drugs work best if they are administered within 6 hours of the stroke. Calcium channel blockers are not useful for ischemic strokes, although they can be used in combinations with blood pressure lowering drugs to prevent them.

Nerve-Protecting Drugs. More than 50 medications have been studied in clinical trials aimed at slowing or preventing the cascading process that destroys nerve cells after a stroke. Many investigative drugs are targeting the excitatory amino acids, such as glycine and glutamate, which are known to destroy nerve cells after a stroke. Although none to date have proven to have any significant benefits, some are showing promise. They include magnesium sulfate, citicoline, ebselen, piracetam, edaravone, albumin, erythropoietin, and NXY-059.

Investigative Drugs for Nerve Regeneration. Scientists used to think that when cells in the brain were destroyed, new ones could not grow to replace them. Researchers have now observed, however, that nerve regrowth (neurogenesis) can occur in the adult human brain. This exciting discovery opens the way for new drugs that might in the future stimulate nerve growth and repair damage done by many neurologic diseases, including stroke. For example, a 2002 study reported nerve regeneration in animals whose brains were treated with the drug inosine. More research is underway.

Surgery

Carotid endarterectomy is a surgical procedure that cleans out and opens up the narrowed carotid artery. It is used in patients at high risk for thrombotic ischemic strokes, which are caused by blockages in the internal carotid artery. It is also sometimes used after a stroke. In such cases, patients have reported improvements in vision, speech, swallowing, functioning of arms and legs, and general quality of life.

There is a risk of a heart attack or stroke from the procedure. Anyone undergoing this procedure should be sure their surgeon is experienced in recent techniques and that the medical center has complication rates of less than 6%. A 2000 study reported that older surgeons had a worse record than younger ones, possibly because they relied on residents or were less likely to adopt new procedures.

Procedure Description. The procedure generally is as follows:

The patient is usually given general anesthesia, although it has been reported that using local anesthetic is just as safe and reduces the cost of the procedure.
A bypass tube is put in place to transport blood around the blocked area during the procedure.
The surgeon scrapes away the plaque on the arterial wall.
The artery is sewn back together, and blood flow is restored.
The patient generally stays in the hospital for about 2 days. There is often a slight aching in the neck for about 2 weeks, and the patient should refrain as much as possible from turning the head during this period.

Endarterectomy is a surgical procedure removing plaque material from the lining of an artery.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing surgery for unblocking carotid arteries.

Determining Who Should Have Surgery. Evidence strongly suggests that most patients with severe stenosis (over 70% of the carotid artery is obstructed) can benefit from either carotid endarterectomy or carotid artery stenting. An experienced surgeon with a good track record is essential. Patients with mild stenosis (less than 50% obstruction) should not have endarterectomy; these patients do better with medications even if they have symptoms. For patients with moderate stenosis (50 - 69%), the decision to perform surgery needs to be determined on an individual basis. When a carotid endarterectomy procedure is recommended, it should be performed within 2 weeks.

Carotid angioplasty and stenting (CAS) is being investigated as a less-invasive alternative to carotid endarterectomy. It is based on the same principles as angiography done for heart disease.

An extremely thin catheter tube is inserted into an artery in the groin.
It is threaded through the circulatory system until it reaches the blocked area in the carotid artery.
The doctor either breaks up the clot or inflates a tiny balloon against the blood vessel walls (angioplasty).
After temporarily inflating the balloon, the doctor typically leaves a circular wire mesh (stent) inside the vessel to keep it open.

This procedure carries a risk for an embolic stroke and other complications. At this time, it is being used in some centers as an alternative to endarterectomy in patients who cannot undergo endarterectomy, especially for patients with severe stenosis (blockage greater than 70%) and high surgical risk. Several studies published in 2006 suggested that CAS should be used only for patients with these types of conditions. One of these trials, EVA-3S, was stopped early because results clearly indicated a higher 30-day risk of death and stroke in patients who underwent CAS. Experts are waiting for results of further trials comparing stenting and endarterectomy.

Hemicraniectomy is surgical removal of a bone patch from the skull to relieve pressure. The bone is stored under sterile conditions and reimplanted a few months latter. It may have be a life-saving option for some patients with severe stroke that has resulted in swelling and injury to a large area in the brain. Studies are showing some benefits for high-risk patients, but more information is needed to determine specific conditions that will respond to this treatment.

Extracranial-intracranial (EC-IC) bypass has been under investigation for decades for ischemic stroke, but has had very mixed results, some extremely negative. With this procedure, a healthy artery in the scalp is rerouted to an area of the brain that was deprived of blood because of a blocked artery. This procedure is now sometimes used for patients with aneurysms. Some experts hope, however, that, in specific cases chosen via careful imaging and using the latest surgical techniques, EC-IC may prove to be helpful for some stroke patients.

Surgical Intervention of the Ruptured Aneurysms. In patients with subarachnoid hemorrhagic stroke, surgery to block off the aneurysm is usually recommended within a few days of the stroke. The standard procedure is to clip the aneurysm and stop bleeding. Alternative approaches are promising.

Surgical Intervention of Unruptured Aneurysms. If an unruptured aneurysm is detected, patients should discuss all options with their doctor, including surgical repair. Unruptured aneurysms occur in between 1 - 8% of the general population, however, and controversy exists over when to operate and on which patients.

In general, the decision rests on the size of the aneurysm, but uncertainty still exists. In one study, for example, the risk of rupture for aneurysms between 10 - 25 mm was quite low -- slightly less than 1% per year for both groups. Aneurysms over 25 mm, however, had a 6% chance of rupturing within a year. Studies have reported that in general, the risk for rupture is between .05 - 2% a year, but recent evidence suggests that the risks may be even less. In one study, even people with a history of subarachnoid hemorrhage had only a 0.5% annual risk for recurrence when aneurysms were small.

Aneurysms can often cause symptoms, however, even if they do not rupture. Patients should discuss their particular risk factors carefully with their doctors. Individuals with arteriovenous malformation, a condition caused by abnormal associations between arteries and veins, should be monitored for the development of an aneurysm.

Clipping the Aneurysm. The standard surgical procedure for treating a ruptured aneurysm is to place a clip across the neck of the aneurysm, which blocks off bleeding. It is usually performed within the first 3 days. Getting to the aneurysm is often extremely difficult. Deep cooling of the body to stop circulation may be used to allow more time for the operation. Procedures that remove large portions of the bone in the skull are being developed to allow fast access. There is a relatively high risk for newly formed aneurysms, particularly after 9 years. Patients may want to discuss follow-up angiography to detect any new aneurysms 9 - 10 years after the procedure.

Transcatheter Embolization for Sealing off the Aneurysm. Transcatheter embolization is a new technique for ruptured and unruptured aneurysms that is proving to be effective, although it is still investigational. The surgeon threads a thin tube through the artery leading to the aneurysm through which materials are passed to plug or obstruct the aneurysm. In one version of this procedure, the following occurs:

A tiny platinum coil is inserted through the tube and positioned into the aneurysm.
An electric charge is passed through the coil to form blood clots.
In this case, blood clots benefit the patient by using the coil as a scaffold and sealing off the aneurysm.

A 2002 study suggested it could be attempted safely in over 95% of patients with unruptured aneurysms. In the study, the procedure eliminated the aneurysm in nearly 90% of the patients. In small trials using the coil with a ruptured aneurysm, only 3.7% of patients suffered a second stroke after 7 months compared to the usual re-rupture rate of 30 - 40%.

Emergency Surgery for Hemorrhagic Strokes. Emergency surgery for a hemorrhagic stroke involves locating and removing large blood clots. In the past, such procedures had little effect on survival. Advances, however, are improving outcomes when surgery is performed very early.

Recovery

After a stroke, patients should take all necessary measures, including medications and lifestyle changes, to prevent another stroke. For those whose stroke was ischemic, aspirin, warfarin, or both will usually be prescribed.

Having a neurologist as the primary doctor after a stroke, rather than some other specialist or primary care doctor, significantly increases the chance for survival. Patients or their families should be persistent in requesting the best care possible during this important early period.

Receiving initial treatment at a stroke unit, instead of a general ward, plays a strong role for better long-term quality of life. Rehabilitation services aimed at patients living at home are also very effective in improving independence. Patients or their families should seek patient advocates or support associations to ensure they receive the right care.

In addition to problems brought on by neurologic damage, stroke patients are also at risk for other serious problems that reduce their chances for survival. They include:

Blood clots in the legs (deep vein thrombosis)
Pulmonary embolism (a blood clot that travels to the lungs)
Pneumonia
Widespread infection
Heart problems
Urinary tract infections (a catheter is sometimes used in the first 48 hours after stroke to help with urinary retention, but if it is left in longer it can cause urinary tract infections)

Measures should be taken to monitor and treat patients for these important problems.

In all, 90% of stroke survivors experience varying degrees of improvement after rehabilitation. The current cost-cutting climate generates pressure to send elderly patients who have had a stroke directly to a nursing home rather than a rehabilitation first. Not all patients, however, need or benefit from formal rehabilitation:

If the stroke is severe, intensive training would not be helpful.
If the stroke is mild, patients often improve on their own.

Positive factors that help predict good candidates for rehabilitation:

A patient should be able to sit up for at least an hour.
The patient should be able to learn and be aware.
Spasticity may be a good sign, because it indicates live nerve action.
Patients who are able to move their shoulders or fingers within the first 3 weeks after having a stroke are more likely to recover the use of their hands than patients who cannot perform these movements. The ability to feel light pressure on the affected hand, however, makes no difference for future hand movement.
Family members or close friends are available to be active participants in the rehabilitation process.

Factors that predict a poor response to rehabilitation:

Dysphagia (the inability to swallow) is associated with a higher mortality rate, possibly because of increased risk for infection and malnutrition. Dysphagic patients are given nutrition using a stomach tube or a feeding tube inserted down through the nose.
Incontinence.
The inability to recognize nonspeech sounds that occur right after a stroke.
A poor hand grip that is still present after 3 weeks is an indicator of severe problems.
Having had very severe seizures after the stroke.

Factors that do not rule out rehabilitation:

About 30% of patients experience aphasia (an impaired ability to speak). However, this disability does not necessarily affect the ability to think. Aphasia can also be temporary.
Although confusion is common among people who have had strokes, partial or even complete recovery is very possible.

Physical therapy should be started as soon as the patient is stable, as early as 2 days after the stroke. Some patients will experience the fastest recovery in the first few days, but many will continue to improve for about 6 months or longer. Because stroke affects different parts of the brain, specific approaches to managing rehabilitation vary widely among individual patients:

Exercise program. Recent guidelines from the Veteran’s Administration recommend that patients get back on their feet as soon as possible to prevent deep vein thrombosis. Patients should try to walk at least 50 feet a day. Assisted devices or bracing are sometimes used to help support the legs. Treadmill exercises can be very helpful for patients with mild-to-moderate dysfunction. Exercise should be tailored to the stroke survivor's physical condition and can include aerobic, strength, flexibility, and neuromuscular (coordination and balance) activities.
Retraining muscles. Stretching and range-of-motion exercises are used to help treat spastic muscles. They can also help patients regain function in a paralyzed arm. There are several approaches. The Bilateral Arm Training with Rhythmic Auditory Cueing (BATRAC) technique involves moving a bar with both arms in a sustained rhythmic pattern. A 2004 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) reported that BATRAC helped patients get back use of their paralyzed arm. Patients had a stroke at least 4 years before participating in the BATRAC study. Another technique, constraint-induced movement therapy (CIMT), involves doing a series of repetitive exercises while the less functional arm is restrained. Research published in 2006 in JAMA indicated that 2 weeks of CIMT can help patients regain arm function. Patients in the CIMT study had experienced a stroke within the prior 3 - 9 months.
Speech therapy and sign language. People who have had a stroke often have aphasia, a brain condition that makes it difficult to speak and understand language. Aphasia can come in many different forms. A person may be unable to speak at all, or just have difficulty saying the right word. Intense speech therapy after a stroke is important for recovery. Some experts recommend 9 hours a week of therapy for 3 months. A 2005 study indicated that a shorter period (3 hours a week for 10 days) also works well. Language skills improve the most when family and friends help reinforce the speech therapy lessons.
Biofeedback techniques combined with physical therapy. This combination has been beneficial in certain cases. Electrical stimulation of the throat, for example, may help patients with dysphagia recover their ability to swallow faster. Stimulation of the wrist and finger is also showing promise for improving motor capabilities.
Swallowing exercise. A promising study reported that swallowing improved when patients performed a simple exercise 3 times a day for 6 weeks. They lay flat and raised their heads three times, holding them up for 1 minute with a 1 minute rest in between. This was followed by 30 consecutive head lifts.
Attention training. Problems with attention are very common after strokes. Direct retraining teaches patients to perform specific tasks using repetitive drills in response to certain stimuli. (For example, they are told to press a buzzer each time they hear a specific number.) A variant of this approach trains patients to relearn real-life skills, such as driving, carrying on a conversation, or other daily tasks.
Occupational training. Occupational therapy is important and improves daily living activities and social participation.

Drug therapy can sometimes help relieve specific effects of stroke:

Dantrolene (Dantrium), tizanidine (Zanaflex), and baclofen (Lioresel) are used to treat spasticity.
Heparin, a blood-thinning drug, is used to prevent blood clots from forming in the veins of the legs (thrombosis).
Some patients experience constant hiccups, which can be very serious. Among the drugs used for this condition are chlorpromazine or baclofen.
Studies have reported that dextroamphetamine or methylphenidate (Ritalin), an amphetamine used in attention deficit disorder, may help patients recover speech and motor skills when combined with physical therapy.

Certain drugs commonly taken for conditions associated with stroke may actually slow recovery. They include drugs used for high blood pressure, including clonidine and prazosin, anticonvulsant drugs, the antipsychotic drug haloperidol, and anti-anxiety drugs such as benzodiazepines.

The Emotional State of the Patients. Strong motivation with the goal of independence after rehabilitation is important for recovery. Unfortunately, depression is very common after a stroke, both as a direct and indirect result of the stroke:

Strokes that affect the right hemisphere in the brain increase the risk for depression.
Patients can become depressed by the changes in their ability to function.
A peculiar stroke-induced condition, known as post-stroke crying or neurologic emotionalism, is a neurologic not a psychologic disorder.

If depression is prolonged, it can interfere with recovery. One study showed that people who suffered strokes and became depressed were three times more likely to die within 10 years than stroke victims who were not depressed. There is a significantly increased risk of suicide in patients with stroke, especially in women and those under age 60.

Antidepressants, particularly fluoxetine (Prozac) and similar so-called SSRI drugs, have been beneficial in relieving post-stroke crying as well as improving recovery in general and mood in particular. Antidepressants may also help restore mental abilities.

Some doctors also recommend tricyclic antidepressants, which include amitriptyline (Elavil) and nortriptyline (Pamelor). In one study nortriptyline (Pamelor) not only improved mood but also had positive effects on mental functioning, suggesting perhaps that some dementia associated with stroke may actually be due to depression. Tricyclics may also be useful for neurologic emotionalism.

Anxiety disorder is also common and debilitating. Some research indicates that many patients suffer from feelings identical to post-traumatic stress syndrome. The two disorders often overlap, but drug treatments for each differ and may offset the other.

Many drugs for psychologic disorders affect the central nervous system and can delay rehabilitation. Skilled professional help is needed to determine the most effective and safest treatments.

The Emotional State of the Caregiver. The caregiver's emotions and responses to the patient are critical. Patients do worse when caregivers are depressed, overprotective, or not knowledgeable about the stroke. Unfortunately, in one study, over half of the caregivers themselves were depressed, particularly if the stroke victims were left with dementia or abnormal behavior.

Resources

www.strokeassociation.org -- American Stroke Association
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.stroke.org -- National Stroke Association
www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aphasia.org -- National Aphasia Association
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.strokecenter.org/trials -- Stroke Trials Directory

References

ACTIVE Writing Group on behalf of the ACTIVE Investigators; Connolly S, Pogue J, Hart R, Pfeffer M, Hohnloser S, et al. Clopidogrel plus aspirin versus oral anticoagulation for atrial fibrillation in the Atrial fibrillation Clopidogrel Trial with Irbesartan for prevention of Vascular Events (ACTIVE W): a randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2006 Jun 10;367(9526):1903-12.

Amarenco P, Bogousslavsky J, Callahan A 3rd, Goldstein LB, Hennerici M, Rudolph AE, et al. High-dose atorvastatin after stroke or transient ischemic attack. N Engl J Med. 2006 Aug 10;355(6):549-59.

Antman EM, Bennett JS, Daugherty A, Furberg C, Roberts H, Taubert KA. Use of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs: an update for clinicians: a scientific statement from the American Heart Association. Circulation. 2007 Mar 27;115(12):1634-42. Epub 2007 Feb 26.

Chalela JA, Kidwell CS, Nentwich LM, Luby M, Butman JA, Demchuk AM, et al. Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography in emergency assessment of patients with suspected acute stroke: a prospective comparison. Lancet. 2007 Jan 27;369(9558):293-8.

ESPRIT Study Group; Halkes PH, van Gijn J, Kappelle LJ, Koudstaal PJ, Algra A. Aspirin plus dipyridamole versus aspirin alone after cerebral ischaemia of arterial origin (ESPRIT): randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2006 May 20;367(9523):1665-73.

Johnston SC, Rothwell PM, Nguyen-Huynh MN, Giles MF, Elkins JS, Bernstein AL, et al. Validation and refinement of scores to predict very early stroke risk after transient ischaemic attack. Lancet. 2007 Jan 27;369(9558):283-92.

Kurth T, Gaziano JM, Cook NR, Logroscino G, Diener HC, Buring JE. Migraine and risk of cardiovascular disease in women. JAMA. 2006 Jul 19;296(3):283-91.

Mas JL, Chatellier G, Beyssen B, Branchereau A, Moulin T, Becquemin JP, et al. Endarterectomy versus stenting in patients with symptomatic severe carotidstenosis. N Engl J Med. 2006 Oct 19;355(16):1660-71.

Mosca L, Banka CL, Benjamin EJ, Berra K, Bushnell C, Dolor RJ, et al. Evidence-based guidelines for cardiovascular disease prevention in women: 2007 update. Circulation. 2007 Mar 20;115(11):1481-501.

Rosamond W, Flegal K, Friday G, Furie K, Go A, Greenlund K, et al. Heart disease and stroke statistics -- 2007 update: a report from the American Heart Association Statistics Committee and Stroke Statistics Subcommittee. Circulation. 2007 Feb 6;115(5):e69-171. Epub 2006 Dec 28.

SPACE Collaborative Group; Ringleb PA, Allenberg J, Bruckmann H, Eckstein HH, Fraedrich G, et al. 30 day results from the SPACE trial of stent-protected angioplasty versus carotid endarterectomy in symptomatic patients: a randomised non-inferiority trial. Lancet. 2006 Oct 7;368(9543):1239-47.

Thavendiranathan P, Bagai A, Brookhart MA, Choudhry NK. Primary prevention of cardiovascular diseases with statin therapy: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med. 2006 Nov 27;166(21):2307-13.

Tsivgoulis G, Spengos K, Manta P, Karandreas N, Zambelis T, Zakopoulos N, et al. Validation of the ABCD score in identifying individuals at high early risk of stroke after a transient ischemic attack: a hospital-based case series study. Stroke. 2006 Dec;37(12):2892-7. Epub 2006 Oct 19.

Wolf SL, Winstein CJ, Miller JP, Taub E, Uswatte G, Morris D, et al. Effect of constraint-induced movement therapy on upper extremity function 3 to 9months after stroke: the EXCITE randomized clinical trial. JAMA. 2006 Nov 1;296(17):2095-104.

Review Date:
4/16/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Stroke

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:11 -0700

Overview

Signs and Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Preventive Care
Treatment
Supporting Research

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

A stroke occurs when the blood supply to part of the brain is suddenly interrupted due to the presence of a blood clot (ischemic stroke) or when a blood vessel in the brain bursts, spilling blood into the spaces surrounding brain cells (hemorrhagic stroke). Brain cells die when they no longer receive oxygen and nutrients from the blood or when they are damaged by sudden bleeding into or around the brain. This results in temporary or permanent neurologic impairment. Ischemic stroke, also known as cerebral infarction, accounts for 80 - 85% of all strokes, while hemorrhagic stroke accounts for the other 15 - 20%. Prior to a stroke, some people suffer transient ischemic attacks (TIAs), mini-strokes that generally last only 5 - 20 minutes but can linger for up to 24 hours before the symptoms go away completely. Many times, a TIA is a warning of an impending stroke. An estimated 700,000 people in the United States suffer a stroke each year, making this one of the most serious of all health problems. Half of stroke sufferers are left disabled, with many undergoing years of rehabilitation.

Signs and Symptoms

Symptoms of a stroke depend on which area of the brain is affected and, in turn, what functions in the body that area controls. Many of the warning signs of a possible stroke (like a TIA) and symptoms of an actual stroke are the same. If any of these symptoms occur, therefore, medical attention should be sought right away and appropriate treatment started as quickly as possible. The faster that treatment is started, the more likely it is that brain function will be preserved.

Symptoms and warning signs include:

Sudden weakness or numbness of the face, arm, and leg on one side of the body
Sudden loss of vision or dimmed vision, particularly in one eye
Loss of speech, or trouble talking or understanding speech
Sudden, severe headaches with no apparent cause
Unexplained dizziness, unsteadiness, or sudden falls, especially if accompanied by any of the previous symptoms

Causes

Ischemic stroke results from the following causes:

A clot (embolus) forms in a part of the body other than the brain, travels through blood vessels, and becomes wedged in a brain artery.
A blood clot (thrombus) forms in a brain artery and stays attached to the artery wall until it grows large enough to block blood flow.

Hemorrhagic stroke results from the following causes:

A bleeding aneurysm -- a weak or thin spot on an artery wall that, over time, has stretched or ballooned out under pressure from blood flow. The wall ruptures and blood spills into the space surrounding brain cells.
Artery walls lose their elasticity and become brittle and thin, prone to cracking.
Arteriovenous malformation (AVM) -- a tangle of defective blood vessels and capillaries within the brain that have thin walls that can rupture.

Free radical damage may make someone susceptible to stroke and other brain disorders. Free radicals are waste products created when the body turns food into energy (metabolism). Even though they are created naturally by normal metabolic processes (called oxidation), free radicals cause harmful chemical reactions that can damage cells in the body. There are also many environmental sources of free radicals like ultraviolet rays, radiation, and toxic chemicals in cigarette smoke, car exhaust, and pesticides.

Ways to help protect yourself include:

Avoid extra exposure to oxidative stress and its subsequent free radicals by staying away from environmental sources.
Take antioxidants (see Nutrition and Dietary Supplements).

Risk Factors

Anybody can have a stroke, but certain factors place you at higher risk. Some factors that increase the risk of stroke cannot be changed, while others are linked to lifestyle and are, therefore, under your control.

Risk factors that cannot be changed:

Age -- The older a person gets, the greater the risk of stroke.
Sex -- Men are more likely to have a stroke than women. But after menopause, a woman's risk of stroke rises significantly.
Family history -- Having a parent, grandparent, or sibling who has had a stroke, puts you at greater risk yourself.
Race -- African-Americans have a greater risk of stroke than Caucasians. This is related to an increased risk of high blood pressure, obesity, and diabetes in African-Americans.
Heart attack – If you have had a heart attack in the past, you are more likely to have a stroke than someone who has not had a heart attack.
A history of migraine headaches -- Recent studies indicate that people who experience migraines may be at higher risk for ischemic stroke.
A prior stroke -- If you have had a stroke, you are at increased risk for another.
Sickle cell anemia -- people with this condition are at risk for stroke at a younger age.
Berry aneurysms -- These are small, sac-like areas within the wall of an artery in the brain with which some people are born. They occur most often at the junctures of vessels at the base of the brain. Berry aneurysms may rupture without warning, causing bleeding within the brain.

Risk factors that can be changed with medical treatment:

High blood pressure -- High blood pressure has no symptoms, so regular blood pressure checks are important. The condition can be easily and successfully controlled with medication.
High blood cholesterol levels -- Studies have shown that lowering cholesterol levels by changing your lifestyle and taking medication can reduce the risk of stroke by as much as 30%. Keeping cholesterol low can reduce the risk of blood clots and plaque buildup within the walls of arteries in the brain.
TIAs, or "mini-strokes" -- A surprising number of people ignore the symptoms of TIAs, which are warning signs that a stroke may be about to happen. In fact, 50% of people who have had a TIA suffer a stroke within one year. It is very important to seek medical attention for these symptoms because if you have had a TIA, there are definite steps you can take to help prevent a major stroke. Doctors prescribe blood thinners such as aspirin, warfarin (Coumadin), or other drugs to prevent blood clots if you have had a TIA.
Cardiovascular disease -- Certain disorders of the heart or blood vessels, such as atherosclerosis (plaque build up in artery walls) and atrial fibrillation (an abnormal heart rhythm), can produce blood clots that may break loose and travel to the brain. These conditions are also treated with blood thinners to reduce risk of stroke.
Diabetes -- People with diabetes mellitus are more at risk. It is important to note that type 2 diabetes (often called adult onset) is highly influenced by certain lifestyle factors, particularly diet and excess weight.
Blood clotting disorders -- people who form blood clots more easily, called hypercoagulable conditions, are at greater risk for stroke. Hypercoagulable states are also treated with blood thinners such as warfarin (Coumadin) in order to try to prevent stroke and other complications.
Sleep apnea -- people with sleep apnea have three to six times the risk of stroke compared to people who do not have this disorder. This condition, defined as cessation of breathing many times throughout the night, is generally treatable by losing weight and/or using a special device called a CPAP machine.

Risk factors that can be changed by lifestyle modifications:

Cigarette smoking -- Cigarette smoking has been linked to heart attacks, strokes, artery disease in the legs, and lung cancer. Nicotine raises blood pressure, carbon monoxide reduces the amount of oxygen the blood can carry to the brain, and cigarette smoke makes the blood thicker and more likely to clot. It is never too late to give up smoking.
Smoking and birth control pills -- Research has proven that smoking and taking birth control pills significantly increases a woman's risk for stroke. Together, they can cause blood clots to form. Women who take birth control pills should not smoke.
Drinking large amounts of alcohol -- Frequent intoxication can make a person more likely to experience bleeding in the brain. Also, alcohol in large amounts can raise blood pressure.
Obesity -- Being overweight increases your risk of having a stroke, along with other health problems.
Lack of exercise -- Moderate exercise can help keep blood pressure and cholesterol levels within normal ranges.
Poor diet -- A diet high in fat can cause conditions within the body, such as obesity, type 2 diabetes, and high cholesterol, that contribute to a greater risk of stroke.
Stress -- Ongoing stress can raise blood pressure. Plus, not dealing well with stress can contribute to unhealthy habits such as smoking and overeating. Finding healthy ways to handle stress is important.

Other factors that may put you at increased risk for stroke include pregnancy, infection or inflammation, gum disease, and high homocysteine levels. Homocysteine is an amino acid that rises in the body if you have low levels of vitamins B6, B12, B9 (folic acid), and betaine.

Diagnosis

If you or someone you know experiences symptoms associated with stroke, call 911 or your local emergency number immediately. There are now effective therapies for stroke that must be administered at a hospital within the first 3 hours after stroke symptoms appear. At the hospital, a health care provider will make a diagnosis and guide you in determining which treatment or combination of therapies will work best for you. The health care provider will do a complete neurological exam and run a battery of tests, such as blood tests, an electrocardiogram, and a test to measure the severity of the stroke. Imaging techniques, such as CT scans, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and magnetic resonance angiography (MRA), may be used to reveal the cause of the stroke and pinpoint blockages or reveal malformations.

Preventive Care

The best way to prevent stroke is to reduce your risk factors and take control of your own health:

If you smoke, stop smoking -- many excellent smoking cessation programs are available today; your doctor can advise you about tools to use, such as the nicotine patch as well as exercise and other behavioral modifications.
Keep your weight within normal limits.
Get a moderate amount of exercise, preferably 5 days a week.
Eat a healthy diet that is rich in fruits and vegetables. Green leafy vegetables may be particularly important as well as whole grains, nuts (especially walnuts), and fish.
If you have heart disease or an abnormal heart rhythm, work with your doctor to treat it. Certain types of problems with the heart and blood vessels, such as atherosclerosis and atrial fibrillation can cause blood clots to form. These clots can travel through the bloodstream and block an artery in the brain, causing a stroke (or can block a blood vessel in the heart and cause a heart attack).
If you have high blood pressure, take your medication regularly.
Lower your cholesterol level if it is elevated -- some people can do this by modifying diet; others need to take medication. Lowering cholesterol levels has been proven to reduce the risk of stroke.
If you have diabetes, keep it under good control.
Know the warning signs of TIAs and strokes, and get help right away if you experience them.

Medications for prevention

Certain medications have been shown to reduce the risk of stroke. These drugs, which aim to prevent the formation of dangerous blood clots, fall under two major categories:

Antiplatelet agents -- These include aspirin and stronger prescription drugs like ticlopidine (Ticlid) and clopidogrel (Plavix). These drugs help keep tiny blood cells called "platelets" from clumping together in the bloodstream. When a blood vessel is damaged or injured, platelets will migrate to the area to begin a healing process. However, large numbers of platelets can clump together and form a clot that plugs up an artery. Antiplatelet agents help prevent this clumping.
Anticoagulants -- These drugs also prevent clots, but are much stronger than antiplatelet agents. Common anticoagulants are warfarin (Coumadin)and heparin (generally given at the hospital through injection into a vein).

Treatment

A stroke is a medical emergency, regardless of whether it is a major stroke or a short-lasting TIA.

A person suffering symptoms consistent with a stroke should be taken immediately to a hospital emergency department.

The ability to quickly pinpoint the type of stroke is critically important in treatment decisions. A stroke caused by a blocked artery is treated in an entirely different way than a stroke caused by bleeding within the brain.

The key to survival and recovery is prompt medical treatment.

Lifestyle

Rehabilitation -- learning certain skills that you might have lost is crucial following a stroke and can consist of one or more of the following:

Physical therapy -- Teaches walking, sitting, and lying down, switching from one type of movement to another.
Occupational therapy -- To relearn eating, drinking, swallowing, dressing, bathing, cooking, reading, writing, toileting.
Speech therapy -- To relearn language and communication skills. Often, non-verbal alternatives are encouraged until speech returns.
Psychological/psychiatric therapy -- To help relieve some mental and emotional stresses (such as depression) that often accompany a stroke. These feelings may be due to the location of the brain damage itself or may be a reaction to the stroke.

In addition, learning yoga may help you recover function after a stroke, even months later. If you have had a stroke and are considering yoga, first talk to your doctor. Then, find a qualified teacher in your area who has worked a lot with stroke victims; this is very important because there are certain yoga postures that you should NOT do if you have high blood pressure, narrowed carotid arteries (the main arteries in your neck supplying blood to the brain), or history of stroke. Check with your physical therapist for a referral.

Medications

If the stroke is caused by a blockage in an artery, medications called thrombolytics can be used. The only drug in this class approved by the Food and Drug Administration for treatment of stroke is tissue plasminogen activator (tPA). Popularly referred to as clot-busting, this medication has been used for years to treat heart attacks and only more recently has been used as part of the treatment of stroke.

Not all hospitals have the ability to give tPA to people having a stroke. Before this drug can be given, doctors must be certain that the stroke is the result of a blockage in the artery and not due to bleeding from an artery. This is determined through imaging procedures such as a computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). But not all hospitals have around-the-clock imaging services. If the stroke is due to bleeding, this powerful blood thinner can worsen the hemorrhage.

If tPA cannot be used (for example, too much time has passed since the stroke symptoms began), another less potent blood thinner called heparin may be considered for use instead.

Once the acute phase of the stroke has resolved, other less potent blood thinners called antiplatelet agents (such as aspirin and ticlopidine) or anticoagulants (such as warfarin) may be used to prevent future strokes due to blood clots (See "Preventing Future Strokes").

If a stroke is caused by bleeding, medication (such as mannitol) can be given to reduce swelling of brain tissue.

Following the acute treatment of a stroke, while in recovery, medications to control risk factors for stroke like high blood pressure and high cholesterol will be started or adjusted if you are already taking. Daily aspirin is also recommended for those who have had a stroke or a TIA.

Surgery and Other Procedures

If the stroke or TIA is caused by a blockage, a procedure called carotid endarterectomy can be used to remove the buildup of plaque from inside the effected carotid artery, one of the major vessels supplying blood to the head and neck.

This surgical procedure is best for those who have had symptoms and have a blockage of 70% or more of one of their carotid arteries. If the narrowing of the vessel is less than 50%, medication (not surgery) is the most appropriate treatment to prevent future strokes.

Unfortunately, carotid endarterectomy may actually cause a stroke. Therefore, the risks and benefits of this procedure must be carefully weighed with your doctor.

If the stroke is caused by bleeding, an artery within the brain can sometimes be "clipped" to prevent further bleeding. Emergency surgery for a bleeding stroke may involve locating and surgically evacuating (removing) blood that has pooled in the brain tissue (called a hematoma). A brain specialist, called a neurosurgeon, will determine if this procedure is appropriate or not.

Interventional radiologists, if this specialized service is available at your hospital, may be trained to perform carotid angioplasty. This procedure begins with carotid angiography, as described earlier, to locate the blockage in this main artery supplying blood to the brain. Once located, a tiny balloon is threaded up to the blocked area and then inflated to break up the clot or plaque responsible for the narrowing in the vessel. The specialist may leave a wire mesh (stent) inside the vessel to keep it open. This procedure is quite risky, however, and may even cause a stroke.

If an aneurysm is present but has not bled, your doctor will discuss the possibility of removing it surgically. The decision is based primarily on the size of the aneurysm.

Nutrition and Dietary Supplements

Potentially beneficial nutritional supplements include the following:

Alpha-lipoic acid. Alpha-lipoic acid works together with other antioxidants, such as vitamins C and E. It is important for growth, helps to prevent cell damage, and helps the body rid itself of harmful substances. Because alpha-lipoic acid can pass easily into the brain, it has protective effects on brain and nerve tissue and shows promise as a treatment for stroke and other brain disorders involving free radical damage. Animals treated with alpha-lipoic acid, for example, suffered less brain damage and had a four times greater survival rate after a stroke than the animals who did not receive this supplement, especially when alpha-lipoic acid is combined with vitamin E. While animal studies are encouraging, more research is needed to understand whether this benefit applies to people as well.

Calcium. In a population based study (one in which large groups of people are followed over time), women who take in more calcium, both through the diet and with added supplements, were less likely to have a stroke over a 14 year time course. More research is needed to fully assess the strength of the connection between calcium and risk of stroke.

Folic Acid, Vitamin B6, Vitamin B12, Betaine. Many clinical studies indicate that patients with elevated levels of the amino acid homocysteine are as much as 2.5 times more likely to suffer from a stroke than those with normal levels. Homocysteine levels are strongly influenced by dietary factors, particularly vitamin B9 (folic acid), vitamin B6, vitamin B12, and betaine. These substances help break down homocysteine in the body. Some studies have even shown that healthy individuals who consume higher amounts of folic acid and vitamin B6 are less likely to develop atherosclerosis than those who consume lower amounts of these substances. Despite these findings, the American Heart Association (AHA) reports that there is insufficient evidence to suggest that supplementation with betaine and B vitamins reduce the risk of atherosclerosis or that taking these supplements prevents the development or recurrence of heart disease. The AHA does not currently recommend population-wide homocysteine screening, and suggests that folic acid, as well as vitamin B6, B12, and betaine requirements be met through diet alone. Individuals at high risk for developing atherosclerosis, however, should be screened for blood levels of homocysteine. If elevated levels are detected, a health care provider may recommend supplementation.

Magnesium. Population based information suggests that people with low magnesium in their diet may be at greater risk for stroke. Some preliminary scientific evidence suggests that magnesium sulfate may be helpful in the treatment of a stroke or transient ischemic attack. More research is needed to know for certain if use of this mineral following a stroke or TIA is helpful.

Omega-3 Fatty Acids. Strong evidence from population-based studies suggests that omega-3 fatty acid intake (primarily from fish), helps protect against stroke caused by plaque buildup and blood clots in the arteries that lead to the brain. In fact, eating at least two servings of fish per week can reduce the risk of stroke by as much as 50%. However, people who eat more than 3 grams of omega-3 fatty acids per day (equivalent to 3 servings of fish per day) may be at an increased risk for hemorrhagic stroke, a potentially fatal type of stroke in which an artery in the brain leaks or ruptures. Omega-3 fatty acids may increase the chances of bleeding, especially in those taking anticoagulant medications such as warfarin (Coumadin) or even aspirin.

Pregnant women and women of childbearing age, who may become pregnant, however, are advised by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), to limit their consumption of shark, tuna, and swordfish to no more than once a month. These fish have much higher levels of methyl mercury than other commonly consumed fish. Since the fetus may be more susceptible than the mother to the adverse effects of methyl mercury, FDA experts say that it is prudent to minimize the consumption of fish that have higher levels of methyl mercury, like shark, tuna, and swordfish.

Potassium. Although low levels of potassium in the blood may be associated with stroke, taking potassium supplements does not seem to reduce the risk of having a stroke.

Vitamin C. Having low levels of vitamin C contributes to the development of atherosclerosis and other damage to blood vessels and the consequences such as stroke. Vitamin C supplements may also improve cognitive function if you have suffered from multiple strokes.

Vitamin E. Eating plenty of foods rich in vitamin E, along with other antioxidants like vitamin C, selenium, and carotenoids, reduces your risk for stroke. In addition, low levels of vitamin E in the blood may be associated with risk of dementia (memory impairment) following stroke. Animal studies also suggest that vitamin E supplements, possibly in combination with alpha-lipoic acid, may reduce the amount of brain damaged if taken prior to the actual stroke. Researchers suggest testing this theory in people who are at high risk for stroke. Thus far, however, some large and well-designed studies of people suggest that it is safest and best to obtain this antioxidant via food sources and that supplements do not bring about any added benefit.

Others. Additional supplements that require further research but may be useful as part of the treatment or prevention of stroke include:

Coenzyme Q10 -- works as an antioxidant and may reduce damage following a stroke.
Selenium -- low levels can worsen atherosclerosis and its consequences. However, it is not known if taking selenium supplements will help.

Herbs

The use of herbs is a time-honored approach to strengthening the body and treating disease. Herbs, however, contain active substances that can trigger side effects and interact with other herbs, supplements, or medications. For these reasons, herbs should be taken with care and only under the supervision of a practitioner knowledgeable in the field.

Bilberry (Vaccinium myrtillus). A close relative of the cranberry, bilberry fruits contain flavonoid compounds called anthocyanidins. Flavonoids are plant pigments that have excellent antioxidant properties. This means that they scavenge damaging particles in the body known as free radicals and may help prevent a number of long-term illnesses, such as heart disease.

Garlic (Allium sativum). Clinical studies suggest that fresh garlic and garlic supplements may prevent blood clots and destroy plaque. Blood clots and plaque block blood flow and contribute to the development of heart attack and stroke. Garlic may also be beneficial for reducing risk factors for heart disease and stroke like high blood pressure, high cholesterol, and diabetes. Homocysteine, similar to cholesterol, may contribute to increasing amounts of blood clots and plaque in blood vessels. If you take aspirin or other blood thinners [like warfarin (Coumadin)}, ACE inhibitors (a class of blood pressure medications), sulfonylureas for diabetes, or statins for high cholesterol, talk to your doctor before using garlic supplements.

Ginkgo (Ginkgo biloba). Gingko may reduce the likelihood of dementia following multiple strokes (often called multi-infarct dementia). The protection from ginkgo may be related to the prevention of platelet adhesion which can help prevent blood clot formation. Ginkgo may also decrease the amount of brain damage following a stroke. While animal studies support these possible benefits of ginkgo, more research in people is needed. Also, ginkgo should not be used with the blood thinner warfarin (Coumadin) unless specifically instructed by your health care provider.

Ginseng (Panax ginseng). Asian ginseng may decrease endothelial cell dysfunction. Endothelial cells line the inside of blood vessels. When these cells are disturbed, referred to as dysfunction, it may lead to a heart attack or stroke. The potential for ginseng to quiet down the blood vessels may prove to be protective against these conditions. Much more research is needed before this use can be recommended. Ginseng may also thin your blood and, therefore, should be used only under the supervision of a doctor if you are taking blood-thinning medication warfarin (Coumadin).

Turmeric (Curcuma longa). Early studies suggest that turmeric may prove helpful in preventing heart attack or stroke in one of two ways. First, in animal studies an extract of turmeric lowered cholesterol levels and inhibited the oxidation of LDL ("bad") cholesterol. Oxidized LDL deposits in the walls of blood vessels and contributes to the formation of atherosclerotic plaque and other damage to the vessels. Turmeric may also prevent platelet build up along the walls of an injured blood vessel. Platelets collecting at the site of a damaged blood vessel cause blood clots to form and blockage of the artery as well. Clinical studies of the use of turmeric to prevent or treat stroke in people would be interesting in terms of determining if these mechanisms discovered in animals apply to people at risk for this condition.

Homeopathy

Although an experienced homeopath might prescribe a regimen for treating stroke that includes one of the remedies listed below, the scientific evidence to date does not confirm the value of homeopathy for this purpose.

Acontitum napellus for numbness or paralysis after a cerebral accident
Belladonna for stroke that leaves person very sensitive to any motion, with vertigo and trembling
Kali bromatum for stroke resulting in restlessness, wringing of the hands or other repeated gestures, insomnia, and night terrors
Nux vomica for cerebral accident with paresis (muscular weakness caused by disease of the nervous system), expressive aphasia (language disorder), convulsions, and great irritability

Acupuncture

Many studies have been conducted on the effects of acupuncture during stroke rehabilitation. These studies have found that acupuncture reduces hospital stays and improves recovery speed. Acupuncture has been shown to help stroke patients regain motor and cognitive skills and to improve their ability to manage daily functioning. Based on the available data, the National Institutes of Health recommended acupuncture as an alternative or supplemental therapy for stroke rehabilitation. In general, the evidence indicates that acupuncture is most effective when initiated as soon as possible after a stroke occurs, but good results have been found for acupuncture started as late as 6 months following a stroke.

People who have suffered a stroke often have a deficiency of qi in the liver meridian and a relative excess in the gallbladder meridian. In addition to a primary needling treatment on the liver meridian and the supporting kidney meridians, moxibustion (a technique in which the herb mugwort is burned over specific acupuncture points) may be used to enhance therapy. Treatment may also include performing acupuncture on affected limbs. Certain scalp acupuncture techniques that have been developed by Chinese, Korean, and Japanese practitioners also show promise.

Chiropractic

Chiropractors DO NOT treat stroke, and high velocity manipulation of the upper spine is considered inappropriate in individuals who are taking blood-thinning medications or other medications used to reduce the risk of stroke. It should also be noted that chiropractic spinal manipulation of the neck is associated with an exceedingly small risk of causing stroke (reports range from 1 per 400,000 to 1 per 2,000,000).

Traditional Chinese Medicine

In Traditional Chinese Medicine, there are reports of over 100 substances that have been used to treat stroke. In fact, pharmacologic research of these substances is focused on understanding the ingredients and their mechanisms of action in order to develop new drugs.

Prognosis and Complications

There are many possible complications associated with stroke.

Seizures
Paralysis
Cognitive (thinking) deficits
Speech problems
Emotional difficulties
Daily living problems
Pain

Many people begin to recover from a stroke almost immediately after it has occurred.

The recovery process is most rapid in the first three months after a stroke, but improvement will continue for six months or a year. Many stroke survivors even report that they slowly continue to regain function for years after their stroke. It is very important not to lose hope.

Supporting Research

Amarenco P, Labreuche J, Touboul PJ. High-density lipoprotein-cholesterol and risk of stroke and carotid atherosclerosis: A systematic review. Atherosclerosis. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Blanco M, Nombela F, Castellanos M, et al. Statin treatment withdrawal in ischemic stroke: a controlled randomized study. Neurology. 2007;69(9):904-10.

Broderick J, Connolly S, Feldmann E, et al; American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Stroke Council; American Heart Association/American Stroke Association High Blood Pressure Research Council; Quality of Care and Outcomes in Research Interdisciplinary Working Group. Guidelines for the management of spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage in adults: 2007 update: a guideline from the American Heart Association/American Stroke Association Stroke Council, High Blood Pressure Research Council, and the Quality of Care and Outcomes in Research Interdisciplinary Working Group. Circulation. 2007;116(16):e391-413.

Desrosiers J, Noreau L, Rochette A, et al. Effect of a home leisure education program after stroke: a randomized controlled trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(9):1095-100.

Dorhout Mees S, van den Bergh W, Algra A, Rinkel G. Antiplatelet therapy for aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007;(4):CD006184.

Egan M, Kessler D, Laporte L, Metcalfe V, Carter M. A pilot randomized controlled trial of community-based occupational therapy in late stroke rehabilitation. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2007;14(5):37-45.

Ford I, Murray H, Packard CJ, Shepherd J, Macfarlane PW, Cobbe SM; West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study Group. Long-term follow-up of the West of Scotland Coronary Prevention Study. N Engl J Med. 2007;357(15):1477-86.

Hassan AE, Zacharatos H, Suri MF, Qureshi AI. Drug evaluation of clopidogrel in patients with ischemic stroke. Expert Opin Pharmacother. 2007;8(16):2825-38.

Hinkle JL, Guanci MM. Acute ischemic stroke review. J Neurosci Nurs. 2007;39(5):285-93, 310.

Jang SH. A review of motor recovery mechanisms in patients with stroke. NeuroRehabilitation. 2007;22(4):253-9.

Kruger E, Teasell R, Salter K, Foley N, Hellings C. The rehabilitation of patients recovering from brainstem strokes: case studies and clinical considerations. Top Stroke Rehabil. 2007;14(5):56-64.

Lynch EA, Hillier SL, Stiller K, Campanella RR, Fisher PH. Sensory retraining of the lower limb after acute stroke: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(9):1101-7.

McColl BW, Allan SM, Rothwell NJ. Systemic inflammation and stroke: aetiology, pathology and targets for therapy. Biochem Soc Trans. 2007;35(Pt 5):1163-5.

O'Keefe JH, Bybee KA, Lavie CJ. Alcohol and cardiovascular health: the razor-sharp double-edged sword. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2007;50(11):1009-14.

Pan W, Kastin AJ. Tumor necrosis factor and stroke: Role of the blood-brain barrier. ProgNeurobiol. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Richards LG, Stewart KC, Woodbury ML, Senesac C, Cauraugh JH. Movement-dependent stroke recovery: A systematic review and meta-analysis of TMS and fMRI evidence. Neuropsychologia. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Smith WS, Johnston SC, Skalabrin EJ, et al. Spinal manipulative therapy is an independent risk factor for vertebral artery dissection. Neurology. 2003;60(9):1424-1428.

Spence JD. Review: Perspective on the efficacy analysis of the Vitamin Intervention for Stroke Prevention trial. Clin Chem Lab Med. 2007; [Epub ahead of print].

Stroke Unit Trialists' Collaboration. Organised inpatient (stroke unit) care for stroke. CochraneDatabase Syst Rev. 2007;(4):CD000197.

Review Date:
12/7/2007
Reviewed By:
Ernest B. Hawkins, MS, BSPharm, RPh, Health Education Resources; and Steven D. Ehrlich, NMD, private practice specializing in complementary and alternative medicine, Phoenix, AZ. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Glaucoma

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:34 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Outlook
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medications
Surgery
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approval

Bimatoprost (Lumigan) has been approved as a first-line treatment for open-angle glaucoma.

Glaucoma Cases Increasing Worldwide

About 60 million people worldwide will have glaucoma by 2010, and the number will increase to nearly 80 million by 2010, according to a recent study in the British Journal of Ophthalmology.

Weightlifting May Increase Glaucoma Risk

Weightlifting can cause a temporary increase in intraocular eye pressure (IOP), and holding your breath while lifting weights further increases IOP, suggests a 2006 study in the Archives of Ophthalmology. Doctors should ask patients with normal-tension glaucoma if they engage in weightlifting exercise.

IOP and Posture

IOP increases in some people when they are lying prone during sleep, yet glaucoma exams measure IOP in patients while they are sitting upright and awake, notes a 2006 study in the Archives of Ophthalmology. The researchers caution that posture may affect the interpretation of IOP readings.

Pregnancy and Glaucoma

The course of glaucoma is unpredictable during pregnancy -- IOP may remain stable in some women and increase in others, indicates a 2006 study. Although glaucoma eye drops can increase the risk of some pregnancy problems, especially during the first trimester, some pregnant women may need to continue to take glaucoma medication. Be sure your ophthalmologist carefully evaluates your individual case and explains the risks and benefits of taking medication during pregnancy.

Diabetes and Glaucoma

Type 2 diabetes increases the risk for open-angle glaucoma (the most common type of glaucoma). People with type 2 diabetes need to get regular glaucoma screenings.

Glaucoma Surgery

Tube shunts may work better than trabulectomy surgery for some patients with glaucoma, suggests a 2007 study.
Phacoviscocanalostomy, a surgery procedure that combines phacoemulsification (used for cataract surgery) and viscocanalostomy (used for glaucoma surgery), is safe and effective for patients who have both glaucoma and cataracts, indicates a 2006 study.

Introduction

Glaucoma is defined as a disease of the optic nerve, in which the nerve cells in the front of the optic nerve (the ganglion cells) die. The process is irreversible. Previously, it was believed that glaucoma was almost always due to increased intraocular pressure. However, glaucoma has been observed in many patients with normal and even low eye pressure, so the definition now rests on the damage to the optic nerve.

The Aqueous Humor. In understanding of glaucoma, it is important to first consider aqueous humor, the clear, watery fluid that circulates continuously through the front (anterior) chamber of the healthy eye and is a primary focus of glaucoma research. (This fluid is not related to tears, nor is it the dense jelly-like substance called vitreous humor that is contained in the rear chamber.) It serves two important functions in the eye:

It nourishes the area around the colored iris and behind the cornea.
It exerts pressure to help maintain the eye’s shape.

Draining the Fluid and Intraocular Pressure. The aqueous fluid is continuously produced within the front of the eye, causing pressure known as intraocular pressure (IOP). To offset the in-flowing fluid and to maintain normal IOP, the fluid drains out between the iris and cornea (an area known as the drainage angle). It does so through two channels within this angle:

The trabecular meshwork, a sponge-like, porous network, and its connecting passageways are referred to as the "conventional" outflow pathway. Most of the eye fluid outflow occurs in this region and flows from the trabecular meshwork to a group of vessels encircling the anterior chamber, called Schlemm's canal. From here, the fluid enters collection chambers and then flows out into the general blood circulatory system of the body.
The uveoscleral pathway is located behind the trabecular meshwork and is called the "unconventional" pathway. Up to 30% of the fluid flows out through this channel.

Intraocular Eye Pressure. Previously, it was believed that glaucoma was almost always due to an abnormal rise in intraocular pressure.

Glaucoma is a condition of increased fluid pressure inside the eye. The increased pressure causes compression of the retina and the optic nerve which can eventually lead to nerve damage. Glaucoma can cause partial vision loss, with blindness as a possible eventual outcome.

Increased IOP is, indeed, present in most cases of glaucoma, but some patients have normal IOP, which is usually maintained at measurements of 10 - 20 mm Hg. Measurements above this, however, do not necessarily predict glaucoma. For example, only about 10% of people with IOP levels between 21 - 30 mm Hg will actually develop glaucoma. This still puts such individuals at considerable risk for glaucoma, however.

Most people with glaucoma have the form called primary-open-angle glaucoma (also called chronic open-angle glaucoma). Open-angle glaucoma is essentially a plumbing problem.

The disease process may occur as follows:

The drainage angle remains open, but tiny drainage channels in the trabecular meshwork pathway become clogged. This pathway is responsible for most aqueous humor fluid outflow. An imbalance then occurs as fluid continues to be produced but does not drain out efficiently. Experts have still not definitely determined the precise area in the pathway where the blockage is most likely to occur. (In rare instances the pressure is high because the eye produces too much aqueous humor.)
The fluid in the eye’s anterior chamber builds up and increases pressure within the eye. This is called intraocular pressure (IOP).
The intraocular pressure exerts force on the optic nerve at the back of the eye.
Over time, the persistent pressure or other factors irreversibly damages the delicate long fibers of the optic nerve, called axons, which convey images to the brain.
As these axons die, the small cup-like head of the optic nerve may eventually collapse into an enlarged irregular shape.

Optic nerve damage is the basic glaucoma condition. If it is untreated, eventually the nerve deteriorates until a person loses sight, first in the peripheral vision (the vision in the "corner of the eyes"). If it becomes severe, the person loses central vision (in the middle of the eyes), and may eventually become blind. (Blindness is fortunately nearly always preventable with early treatment.)

Primary open-angle glaucoma tends to start in one eye but eventually involves both. In about half of patients the damage in the eye is diffuse, that is the nerve damage is generalized. In the other half the disease is localized, causing wedge-shaped abnormalities in the nerve fiber layers of the retina.

Intraocular eye pressure is normal (between 12 - 22 mmHg) in about 25 - 30% of U.S. glaucoma cases, a condition known as normal-tension glaucoma. (In Japan, the rates may be as high as 70%.) Other factors are present that cause optic nerve damage but do not affect IOP.

Closed-angle glaucoma (also called angle-closure glaucoma) is responsible for 15% of all cases. It is less common than open-angle glaucoma in the U.S., but it constitutes about half of the world's glaucoma cases because of its higher prevalence among Asians. The iris is pushed against the lens, sometimes sticking to it, closing off the drainage angle. This can occur very suddenly, resulting in an immediate rise in pressure. It often occurs in genetically susceptible people when the pupil shrinks suddenly. Closed-angle glaucoma can also be chronic and gradual, a less common condition.

Congenital glaucoma, in which the eye's drainage canals fail to develop correctly, is present from birth. It is very rare, occurring in about 1 in 10,000 newborns. This may be an inherited condition and often can be corrected with microsurgery.

The Light-Processing Parts. To understand sight, one begins with light and its passage through the eye's sensitive camera-like structures:

Light first passes through the cornea, a clear tissue at the front of the eye.
Behind the cornea, the iris (the colored tissues of the eye) opens and closes like a camera shutter to regulate the passage of light.
The lens, located behind the iris, focuses the light, which then hits the retina.
The retina is an electric fragile membrane of nerve cells called photoreceptors that receive light and translate it into signals.
A layer of cells, called the retinal ganglia, receive signals from the retina. These nerve cells are the front ends of the optic nerve cable, which, in turn, receive the signals.
The optic nerve is actually a cable of about 1.2 million nerve fibers called axons. It carries the signals to the brain, which interprets them as images.
They exit the eye through the optic disc, located in the back of the eye.

The Supportive Chambers. To help support and protect these sensitive structures, the eye contains two fluid-filled chambers:

The posterior (rear) chamber is the large area behind the iris.
Fluid passes from the posterior into the anterior (forward) chamber located in the bulging area between the iris and the front of the eye.

Causes

No single factor has been identified as a cause of primary open-angle glaucoma. A number of conditions, alone or in combination, are needed to trigger the processes leading to pressure in the first place and then to the nerve damage that destroys sight. The damage done to the optic nerve in glaucoma is triggered in most cases by the excessive pressure on the optic nerve that, over time, causes damage. Because optic nerve damage occurs in patients with normal as well as high intraocular pressure, however, researchers are investigating several other abnormal events that occur and can damage the optic nerve.

A number of genes have now been identified as possible factors in many cases of glaucoma. A gene called MYOC is of particular interest. Defects in this gene occur in between 3 - 6% of patients with adult-onset and juvenile open-angle glaucoma. They appear to overproduce a sticky protein called myocilin, which clogs the trabecular meshwork. The genes WDR36 and OPTN may cause primary open-angle glaucoma. Researchers hope that identification of genes will help improve screening of high-risk patients.

Specific syndromes have been identified with glaucoma. Many have an inherited component, although in most cases other factors must be present to activate the disease process.

Pseudoexfoliation Syndrome. Pseudoexfoliation (PEX) syndrome (also known as exfoliation syndrome) is the most common identifiable condition associated with glaucoma. In one study, 9% of patients with open-angle glaucoma had the syndrome. PEX occurs when dandruff-like matter flakes off the outer layer of the lens and collects in the drainage angle. The substance is composed of proteins produced by the lens, iris, and other parts of the eye. People can have this condition and not develop glaucoma, but they are at high risk. In one Australian study, 14% of the people with this condition had glaucoma compared to 2% of those without exfoliation. PEX has a strong genetic component but other factors (possibly sunlight, an autoimmune response, or slow virus) may be needed to trigger the disease.

Pigment Glaucoma. Pigment glaucoma starts with a condition called pigment dispersion syndrome, an inherited condition in which granules of pigment (the substance that colors the iris) flakes off into the intraocular fluid. In about 30% of cases, these fragments clog the trabecular meshwork and pressure builds up, causing glaucoma. In one study, 2% of patients had this form of glaucoma.

Irido Corneal Endothelia Syndrome. In irido corneal endothelial syndrome (ICE), cells on the back surface of the cornea spread to the drainage angle, sometimes forming scars that connect the iris to the cornea.

Neovascular Glaucoma. Neovascular glaucoma is always associated with other disorders, usually diabetes, that result in abnormal formation of new blood vessels on the iris and in the drainage system.

Aniridia. Aniridia is a rare inherited disorder (in which the iris is abnormal and increases the risk for glaucoma) that is difficult to treat. (A surgical approach called goniosurgery may help prevent glaucoma in young people with aniridia.)

Congenital Glaucoma. When an infant is born with glaucoma (congenital glaucoma), it is usually caused by an inherited abnormality in the drainage canal. Researchers have identified the gene responsible for 85% of these cases.

A natural process called apoptosis (cellular self-destruction) may contribute to damage in the retinal ganglion nerve cells, the nerve cells that are the front line of the optic nerve. Cell death can occur with or without elevated eye pressure. It is not clear what triggers apoptosis and cell death in such cases, but there are a number of suspects.

Excess Glutamate. Researchers have observed abnormally high levels of glutamate in people and animals with glaucoma. Glutamate is an amino acid that excites nerve cells. In the eye this occurs during vision. Some experts theorize that in glaucoma, either reduced blood flow or increased pressure on nerve cells triggers the release of excess glutamate. In large amounts, glutamate causes the nerve cells to fire intensively, which eventually destroys them.

Reduced Blood Flow. Researchers have observed reduced blood flow to the optic nerve in patients with glaucoma associated with both high and normal IOP. Less blood flow suggests oxygen loss, which may play a role in the destructive process. Some studies suggest that the greatest risk factor for nerve damage in patients is when blood pressure to the eye drops during the night. Ocular pressure at this time is highest, so the risk for nerve damage becomes intensified. Of interest in this regard are reports finding a significant reduction in eye blood pressure at night in patients with normal-tension glaucoma.

Excess Nitric Oxide. Elevated levels of nitric oxide, another nerve-stimulating compound, also plays a role in the nerve-damaging process. Nitric oxide is critical for nerve function and flexible blood vessels, but excess amounts may be toxic to nerves.

Glaucoma and Alzheimer's Disease. Some research has pointed out similarities in the process leading to cell death in glaucoma and Alzheimer's disease. Specifically, in both diseases activation of certain enzymes called caspases occurs and leads to accumulation of fragments of beta amyloid, an insoluble protein that forms sticky patches.

Autoimmunity. Some experts are studying the possibility that normal tension glaucoma may be an autoimmune disease; that is, factors in the immune system, including antibodies, attack cells in the person's own body as if they were foreign substances. In the case of glaucoma, such antibodies would damage parts of the optic nerve.

H. pylori Infection. Some research indicates that glaucoma is associated with Helicobacter (H.) pylori, the bacterium implicated as a major cause of peptic ulcers. Studies have reported over 87% of patients with glaucoma are infected with this bacterium.

People with acute closed-angle glaucoma often have a structural defect that causes a narrow angle between the iris and cornea where the aqueous humor circulates. Conditions that suddenly dilate the pupils may cause this shallow angle to close and precipitate attacks of acute glaucoma in susceptible people. Such conditions may include:

Certain drugs such as antihistamines, tricyclic antidepressants, some asthma medications (nebulized ipratropium), some anti-seizure drugs (topiramate)
Darkness
Emotional stress

When intraocular pressure leading to glaucoma is caused by other diseases or conditions, it is known as secondary glaucoma. Secondary glaucoma may be chronic or acute, mild or severe.

Medical Conditions. A number of diseases can contribute to the development of intraocular pressure leading to glaucoma:

Diseases that affect blood flow to the optic nerve (diabetes, high blood pressure, migraine; people with type 2 diabetes should be regularly screened for glaucoma.)
Hypothyroidism
Sleep apnea
Physical injury in the eye
Extreme nearsightedness (myopia)
Previous eye surgery
Other disorders, including leukemia, sickle cell anemia, and some forms of arthritis

Corticosteroids. Corticosteroids, commonly called steroids, have multiple effects on the trabecular meshwork and may even cause genetic changes. In fact, studying the effects of steroids on the eye is helping researchers understand the glaucoma disease process. Steroids pose a higher or lower risk depending on the form:

Taking topical steroid treatments in the eye poses the highest risk. It must be monitored carefully since, in some cases, damage may be permanent.
Taking oral corticosteroids, particularly in high doses or for long periods, increases the chance of glaucoma. In such cases, the eye disorder typically develops almost immediately and reverses within 2 weeks after the drug has been withdrawn.
Inhaled steroids were not thought to cause glaucoma, but there is some risk in people with a family history of glaucoma and other risk factors.

Symptoms

Chronic glaucoma is insidious. If the pressure increases slowly, it will not produce any symptoms until it has done irreversible damage. In such cases, people may notice visual problems at first only when light is dim. Patients are often sensitive to glare. Eventually they may lose contrast sensitivity; that is, they might have trouble differentiating between varying shades and brightness.

In acute closed-angle glaucoma, the pressure inside the eye increases quickly, and the symptoms are dramatic. Intense pain in the eyebrow area and blurred vision develop usually in one eye, and the patient often feels like the eye will burst (although it won't). The eye usually reddens. A person may see rainbow-like halos around lights. Sometimes nausea and vomiting occur. These symptoms may occur on and off and not appear as a full attack. In either case, they indicate a medical emergency. In chronic closed-angle glaucoma, the process is gradual and painless.

Although congenital glaucoma is usually present at birth, symptoms generally don’t develop in the infant for a few months. If parents notice that an infant’s eyes are enlarging, becoming cloudy, often watering, or tending to close in the presence of light, they should have an ophthalmologist examine the child’s eyes. Port-wine stains on an infant’s face could indicate the Sturge-Weber syndrome, a disorder that occasionally causes glaucoma.

Outlook

Worldwide, glaucoma ranks as one of the leading causes of blindness. Even if people with glaucoma do not become blind, vision can be impaired. In developed countries, most people get treatment in time to preserve their vision. Even so, glaucoma causes between 3 - 6% of blindness cases in Caucasians, and even more cases in African Americans.

In a 20-year study of Caucasian patients with glaucoma, blindness in at least one eye occurred in 27% of patients and blindness in both eyes occurred in 9% of patients. The blindness rates in African Americans are most likely higher. In fact, glaucoma is the leading cause of blindness in African Americans. Despite this higher prevalence, this ethnic group receives surgical treatment at half the rate of Caucasians.

The Process Leading to Vision Loss. Chronic glaucoma is often called “the silent thief of sight," because the afflicted person has no warning sign, no hint that anything is wrong. Untreated, the destruction develops slowly over time:

Over years or decades, the increased pressure compresses nerves at the back of the eyes.
Glaucoma gradually destroys first the outer fibers of the optic nerve, which reduces peripheral vision (the top, sides, and bottom areas of vision), but not central vision.
By the time a person notices that peripheral vision has been lost, permanent damage has already occurred.
If the eye pressure remains high, the destruction can progress until tunnel vision develops, and the person is only able to see objects that are straight ahead.
The last nerve fibers destroyed are those responsible for central vision; if this occurs, the glaucoma victim becomes totally blind.

Although there is no cure for open-angle glaucoma, a number of treatments are available that lower intraocular pressure and slow progression of vision loss.

Risk Factors for Vision Loss. Estimates of progression rates in vision deterioration range from 9 - 30% over a 2 - 7 year period.

According to a study on patients with elevated IOP, for every 1-mm Hg increase in IOP, there is a 10% higher risk of disease progression. A very elevated IOP (above 30 mm Hg) is certainly hazardous. An elevated IOP that is below 30 mm Hg, however, is not necessarily the most important factor in determining the risk for disease progression. Some evidence suggests that frequent and large daily fluctuations in intraocular pressure, not simply high IOP, are associated with the greatest risk for loss of vision. Having normal-tension glaucoma with optic nerve damage also carries a high risk for progression, even if eye pressure is reduced.

In any case, factors other than IOP play a role in increasing the chances for progression and vision loss in patients with slightly elevated IOP and normal tension glaucoma:

Both eyes affected
Pseudoexfoliation (PEX) syndrome. PEX occurs when proteins produced in the eye flake off the outer layer of the lens and collects in the drainage angle.
Bleeding in a specific region called the peripapillary nerve fiber layer
Thin corneas. (People who have thick corneas and elevated IOP may only need to be monitored if they have no other risk factor for vision loss.)
Larger cup-to-optic disc ratio. (The cup of the optic disc is the center portion, which enlarges as nerve damage progresses.)

Non-eye related factors associated with disease progression include being elderly, African American, female, or having a history of migraines.

Acute closed-angle glaucoma is a medical emergency; if the high pressure is not reduced within hours, it may permanently damage vision. Anyone who experiences its symptoms should immediately contact an ophthalmologist or go to a hospital emergency room.

Risk Factors

About 2 million Americans have open-angle glaucoma, but an exact count is unclear. Experts estimate that by 2010, over 60 million people worldwide will have glaucoma, with 74% of these cases due to open-angle glaucoma. Half of people with glaucoma are unaware of this problem because the condition causes no symptoms.

Elevated intraocular pressure in the eye occurs in 5 - 10 million Americans, but only about 10% of such people develop glaucoma because of this pressure. And, in 15% of actual glaucoma cases, IOP is normal. Major studies are helping to clarify the people who are at highest risk for glaucoma and optic nerve damage, including those with normal tension glaucoma.

Elderly. The prevalence of chronic glaucoma increases with age. In a major study, 0.6% of people age 60 - 64 had primary open-angle glaucoma. Among people who were 10 years older, the prevalence had more than doubled to 1.3%, and among those who were age 80 - 84, it had more than doubled again to 3%.

People of African Descent. Across all age groups, according to a 2000 report, the prevalence of glaucoma in African Americans is about 3.5% compared to about 1% in Caucasians. In addition, U.S. studies suggest that glaucoma develops earlier in African American population groups (starting at age 45 instead of age 60 in Caucasians). And, their risk for blindness once they have glaucoma is 14 - 17 times that of Caucasians with glaucoma. African American men are at higher risk than women. African American children who are extremely near-sighted and have relatives with glaucoma should begin regular eye examinations for glaucoma as early as possible.

In a major glaucoma study in Barbados, where most people are of African descent, over 10% of those age 50 and older had open angle glaucoma, and over 15% were afflicted after age 70. About half of the cases had normal or lower eye pressure. An interesting 2001 study suggested that African Americans tend to have significantly thinner central corneas than Caucasians. This could lead to misleadingly lower pressure scores in African American patients who actually may have high IOPs.

Family History. Glaucoma tends to run in families. Brothers and sisters of patients with open angle glaucoma are 5 times more likely to develop glaucoma by the time they are 70 years old than people whose siblings do not have the disease. Previous studies have also found that people with family histories of glaucoma are more likely to already have some vision loss when they are first diagnosed with glaucoma.

Effects of Blood Pressure. The association between a person's blood pressure and intraocular pressure in the eye is not entirely clear. A number of studies have found a higher risk for glaucoma in people with high blood pressure. A 2002 study suggested, however, that people with blood pressure that is low relative to their intraocular pressure may be at higher risk for glaucoma. The same study found no higher risk for glaucoma in people with hypertension, and in fact, high blood pressure was associated with a lower risk.

Having Certain Medical Disorders. Individuals with certain medical or physical conditions, including diabetes, migraine, nearsightedness, and sleep apnea, appear to have a higher risk. Conditions that require the use of any oral or inhaled steroid, particularly high doses for prolonged periods of time, can cause glaucoma. Previous eye surgery also puts people at risk.

Weightlifting. According to a 2006 study, holding your breath while weightlifting can increase the risk for developing normal-tension glaucoma. Weightlifting causes temporary increases in eye pressure; holding your breath during this exercise leads to even greater intraocular pressure.

Risk Factors for Closed-Angle Glaucoma. Chronic closed-angle glaucoma tends to be more common in people of Asian and African descent. Those who have this condition are often extremely farsighted. Acute closed-angle glaucoma occurs much more frequently in women than in men.

Risk Factors for Normal Tension Glaucoma. Risk factors for normal tension glaucoma include Japanese ancestry and a family history of the disease. It is more common in women than in men. A family history of cardiovascular disease also increases the risk.

Risk Factors for Pigmentary Glaucoma. Pigmentary glaucoma occurs three times more often in men then in women and at a younger age.

Risk Factors for Irido Corneal Endothelial Syndrome. This condition occurs more often in light-skinned women.

Diagnosis

A diagnosis of glaucoma no longer simply relies on the presence of pressure within the eye. It requires that there be optic nerve damage or a strong suggestion of damage, which can be clearly seen during a dilated eye examination of the optic nerve. In general, the hallmark sign of this condition is a loss of peripheral vision. With peripheral vision loss, a person can see in front of him- or herself but has lost the vision to the side.

The optic nerve carries the information of vision from the eye to the brain.

Because chronic glaucoma has no warning symptoms, half of its victims are unaware that they have the condition. Early diagnosis, however, is the key to successful treatment of glaucoma. One study reported that the more years since the last visit to an eye professional, the greater the risk for having visual loss.

Everyone over age 65 and African Americans over 40 years old should have periodic eye exams, including tests for glaucoma, every other year.
African Americans between ages 20 - 39 should have eye examinations every 3 - 5 years.
Other people at higher risk (people with diabetes, history of eye injuries, a family history of glaucoma, or those taking corticosteroid medications) should have eye examinations every year after age 35.
People with known glaucoma should have frequent examinations to check peripheral vision and to be sure treatment is maintaining a safe eye pressure. After such examinations, the ophthalmologist will assess current treatment and make necessary adjustments.

Doctors determine the intraocular pressure (IOP) of the aqueous humor inside the eye using tonometry, which measures the force necessary to make an indentation in the eye. There are several methods:

In the Schiotz method, the doctor first anesthetizes the eye with drops, then presses very lightly against it with tonometer, a tiny smooth instrument that is used to measure the pressure.
In the applanation method, the doctor touches a strip of orange-dyed paper to the side of the eye. The stain helps with the examination and rinses out with tearing. The doctor uses a slit-lamp, which is moved forward toward the patient's face until the tonometer touches the eye.
The noncontact approach applies a puff of air and measures the force needed to indent the eye.

Attempting to close the eyelids during the test can increase eye pressure and produce errors in the results.

In general, normal IOP is usually maintained at measurements of 10 - 20 mm Hg. Glaucoma pressure over 21 mm Hg indicates a potential problem. The test is not completely accurate, however. Only about 10% of people with IOP levels between 21 - 30 mm Hg will actually develop glaucoma and optic nerve damage. On the other hand, many people with glaucoma have normal pressure, at least for part of the time.

Changes in posture may also affect IOP. A 2006 study indicated that IOP increases during sleep or when a person is lying down. As IOP tests are generally given in a doctor’s office when a patient is sitting up, they may not provide a completely accurate evaluation of eye pressure.

The cornea thickness may be an important indicator of disease progression in patients with elevated IOP. According to some research, patients with thinner corneas have a significant risk for developing damage from glaucoma, while those with thicker corneas have a low risk.

In order to determine early damage in the optic nerve, a number of diagnostic instruments have been developed to assess the nerve fiber layers at the back of the eye (the fundus) and to check for optic disk cupping. (The cup of the optic disc is the center portion, which enlarges as nerve damage progresses.) The two most common procedures for identifying nerve damage are ophthalmoscopy and fundus photography. Other instruments have been developed, including those that use laser technology and computers, but none have proved to be infallible. No test has proven to be completely accurate, however, and none is routinely performed by all eye professionals.

In order to be accurate, the tests require a skilled professional and there are certain common factors:

The pupils must also be widely dilated using eye drops before the procedure.
Even mild cataracts and a slightly less-than-optimally dilated pupil can degrade the results. Such conditions are common in elderly people, who are the most likely to develop glaucoma.
If the back of the eye is lightly pigmented (colored), the area under observation is less distinct.
If the glaucoma is diffuse and there is a generalized loss of nerve fiber (which occurs in half of patients), it is more difficult to detect than if the glaucoma is more localized.

If IOP is low or normal and tests report optic nerve damage and peripheral visual loss, doctors should also check for other conditions before starting any treatment for glaucoma. Such problems include steroid use, anemia, and previous hemorrhage or severe low blood pressure.

Ophthalmoscopy. The eye professional (or even a primary care doctor) uses an ophthalmoscope to peer through the pupil directly at the optic nerve. The examiner can then check the shape and color of the nerve fibers to evaluate whether they have been damaged by the high pressure of glaucoma. Damaged nerve fibers may be indicated by:

An asymmetrical or elongated cupped optic nerve
The optic nerve color may be pale or an unhealthy-pink

If results show no optic nerve damage in patients who have mild elevations in pressure, the ophthalmologist may want to retest frequently but delay drug treatment, unless the patient has significant risk factors.

Fundus Photography. Fundus photography may be used to take pictures of the optic nerve and can reveal changes years in advance of vision loss. It is an unpleasant procedure requiring drops and a bright flash. This procedure has the same limitations as ophthalmoscopy.

Laser Polarimetry. Polarimetry uses laser technology to scan the eye and does not require any response from the patient. It is reported to be able to measure nerve fiber thickness in the eye and so be able to reveal early signs of deterioration. Preliminary studies have indicated that it has a diagnostic accuracy of over 90% for both confirming and ruling out glaucoma. One study, however, reported that laser polarimetry was sensitive enough to detect glaucoma in only up to 57% of patients with early glaucoma, 71% of those with moderate disease, and 81% of those with severe glaucoma. More research is needed.

Other Devices. Computer-assisted devices, such as the confocal scanning laser ophthalmoscope, are now available that may be useful for evaluating the retinal nerve layer. Another instrument, the optical coherence tomograph, measures the echo time delay of light that is scattered back from different layers in the retina. The value of these tests has not yet been determined.

If there is indication of optic nerve damage, the eye professional will conduct tests of the visual fields (the areas that the patient can see). In most people with glaucoma, the first areas to become noticeably impaired are the peripheral visual fields (areas of sight that are not directly in front of a person but more to the sides).

Click the icon to see an image of the visual field test.

Standard Perimetry Tests. Perimetry tests are used to check peripheral vision. One variation of this test is as follows:

A person sits closely facing a large computer-like monitor.
Small bright white lights flicker on and off hundreds of times, at different places on the screen, while the patient clicks a button whenever one of the lights is seen.
The machine prints out a report that maps any blanked-out areas in the person’s vision.

The test is complex and lengthy; elderly people and those with short attention spans may be inappropriate candidates. Other perimetry tests, some requiring less time to administer and some using "virtual reality" techniques, are currently being developed.

Other Tests. Other visual field tests are being developed that can detect abnormalities years before they can be detected by standard perimetry. Experts recommend some of these tests in selected patients with suspected glaucoma.

For example, a screening test called frequency doubling technology (FDT) checks for changes in particular cells in the retina that are indications of early glaucoma. It takes less than a minute to perform.

Another test called short wave automated perimetry (SWAP) uses colors (blue-on-yellow) and also detects very early abnormalities in the visual field. Testing time is longer than with FDT, however, and the presence of certain types of cataracts can interfere with its accuracy.

ELAM-1. Endothelial leukocyte cell adhesion molecule 1 (ELAM-1) is a molecule that has been found in glaucoma but not in healthy eyes. This molecule may prove to be a "marker" and its presence may be helpful in diagnosing glaucoma.

A simple test using a penlight helps determine the risk for acute closed-angle glaucoma. A beam of light is directed from the side of the face toward the patient's iris. If no shadow appears on the nose, then most likely the angle is wide enough to dilate. Using an instrument called a gonioscope, ophthalmologists can also inspect the front of the eyes and assess the drainage angle between the cornea and the iris and the channels in the trabecular meshwork. This test can differentiate between closed- and open-angle glaucoma.

Treatment

Most treatments for glaucoma aim to reduce ocular pressure and its fluctuations. Early treatment with medications, surgery, or both can nearly always maintain safe pressure of the aqueous humor, thus preventing optic nerve damage and blindness. The choice between surgery and medications and when to start treatment is not always straightforward. For example, with the introduction of beta blockers and newer glaucoma drugs, there has been a decline in surgeries. It is not clear, however, which drugs are more effective than others and if, over time, any will actually prevent surgery. Patients should discuss all issues with their doctors and ophthalmologists.

Many people have high IOP but no sign of nerve damage. Over the course of 20 years, only between 10 - 30% of these people will actually develop glaucoma. Nevertheless, once glaucoma has destroyed optic nerve fibers, no known treatment can reverse the damage.

Indeed, studies suggest that in people with glaucoma, even very small differences in pressure may mean the difference between disease progression and stability. An important trial reported that, on average, treating patients when their glaucoma was first detected reduced IOP by 25%. In addition, treatment reduced the risk for progression by 17%. This study confirmed previous findings supporting early treatment for glaucoma. Another study found that treatment with eye drops halved the risk of developing open-angle glaucoma in African Americans who had elevated IOP. Some evidence suggests that early treatment to lower IOP may be beneficial even in patients with normal tension glaucoma.

However, not all individuals with early signs of glaucoma (elevated IOP or normal-tension glaucoma) develop optic nerve damage and serious vision problems. Nor does treatment prevent progression in a large minority of patients. Medications used for glaucoma also can carry significant side effects and risks.

Some experts suggest that treatment is warranted only in people with early signs of glaucoma who have risk factors for progressive disease and vision loss (thinner corneas, larger cup to optic disc ration, older age, and elevated pressure).

A number of effective drugs are now available for treating glaucoma. The drugs reduce pressure in the eye but all have a number of side effects that affect other parts of the body. Some of these side effects can be quite severe. Many of the drugs used for glaucoma also interact with common medications for other conditions. To compound the difficulties, many patients require multiple drugs. As a result, only about half of patients comply with their treatments.

Experts generally recommend topical drugs first (those that can be used as eye drops or ointments rather than taken by mouth).

Topical beta blockers are the standard first-line drugs, most commonly timolol (Timoptic). Newer beta blockers include betaxolol (Betoptic), levobunolol (Betagan), carteolol (Ocupress), and metipranolol (OptiPranolol). Timolol has been used for years, and these other drugs are also well tolerated.
Topical prostaglandins are alternatives if beta blockers fail. They include latanoprost (Xalatan) and unoprostone (Rescula). Of the standard drugs used for glaucoma, these drugs have the greatest effect on lowering IOPs. They also have fewer widespread effects than the beta blockers.
Topical carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAIs) are less effective than standard beta blockers or prostaglandins but have fewer widespread effects than the beta blockers. They may be helpful in certain cases. Topical forms are dorzolamide (Trusopt) and brinzolamide (Azopt). (Oral CAIs are available and more effective, but they have severe side effects and are rarely used for the long term.)
Alpha2-adrenergics, also called selective alpha adrenergics, are effective but may not be as well tolerated as timolol. They include brimonidine (Alphagan).
Miotics, which include pilocarpine and others, were the standard drugs before the introduction of topical beta blockers. They have now been largely replaced by timolol and others, although they are sometimes used in combinations.
Beta blockers and newer drugs (prostaglandins, topical CAIs, and selective alpha adrenergics) are now preferred over the older drugs, which include miotics, oral CAIs, and nonselective alpha adrenergics.

Combinations. Combinations of these drugs can be very effective, because they tend to have different actions. Single medications that contain two drugs are becoming available. For example, Cosopt combines timolol and dorzolamide; Timpilo is a combination of timolol and pilocarpine. Studies of these and other combinations compared to each other to single drugs are ongoing. To date, results on any superior combinations have been mixed. It should be noted that the side effects of each drug apply to any combination.

Treating the Pregnant Patient. Considerations for a pregnant woman with glaucoma can be complicated. All of the drugs used for glaucoma are absorbed by the body, cross the placenta, and are excreted in breast milk. Many have effects that can interfere with or adversely affect pregnancy.

Women should discuss going off medication, particularly during the first trimester, and be monitored during that time for increasing eye pressure. IOP tends to drop during pregnancy, although usually not to a significant degree. In addition, changes in IOP and visual loss vary greatly. Some women experience no IOP change or visual loss during pregnancy, while others may experience an increase in IOP or worsening of visual loss. It is important that your ophthalmologist carefully considers your individual case and discusses with you the risks and benefits of continuing glaucoma medication during pregnancy.

If women need to take medications, they should try to achieve the lowest dose possible. Some drugs have fewer side effects than others. Pregnant women must also be very careful about administering eye drops to allow as little medication as possible to enter the body. When taking eye drops, press your index finger against the corner of the eye near your nose. This helps prevent the eye drop from passing down into the tear duct where it is easily absorbed through the rest of the body. Even this approach, however, does not guarantee complete safety. Women with glaucoma who are planning to become pregnant might want to consider surgery before they conceive.

The object of standard glaucoma surgery is to reduce pressure in the eye by increasing the outflow of the aqueous fluid. Two methods are commonly used:

Filtration surgery (trabeculectomy). This uses standard surgical instruments to open a passage in the eye for draining fluid.
Laser trabeculoplasty. This procedure uses a laser to burn 80 - 100 tiny holes in the drainage area.

Both are effective, but certain patient groups may respond to one more than the other. For example, African Americans may do better with laser surgery while trabeculectomy may be a better choice for Caucasians with no serious medical problems.

In general, surgery is a last resort. Doctors may, however, recommend surgery before drug therapies for patients unlikely to comply with difficult drug regimens or for patients who may have severe reactions from the glaucoma drugs. Women who plan on becoming pregnant should also discuss surgery with their doctor.

Some studies indicate that laser treatment performed as the initial treatment for glaucoma is as effective as medications in some cases. Findings in 2003 from a major comparison study suggested that 4 years after surgery there was little difference in visual field loss between trabeculectomy and medical treatment. There was, however, a higher risk for cataracts and loss of vision sharpness with surgery. On the other hand, side effects from medications may be ongoing and troublesome. It is important to note that even surgery does not cure glaucoma, and over half of patients will require medication within 2 years. Experts who are against early surgeries also argue that studies on their success often omitted serious postoperative problems, such as late-onset infection, and quality of life assessments.

Medications

Nearly all glaucoma medications are prescribed for reducing eye pressure. Lowering IOP is even proving to be beneficial for about two-thirds of patients with normal-pressure glaucoma.

Topical beta adrenoceptor blockers (common called beta-blockers) are the drugs most often prescribed to treat glaucoma. They lower the pressure inside the eye by inhibiting the production of aqueous humor.

Brands. These drugs are categorized as either nonselective or selective beta-blockers:

Nonselective adrenoceptor beta-blockers. Timolol (Timoptic, Betimol) has been the standard beta-blocker for years. Newer nonselective drugs include levobunolol (Betagan), carteolol (Ocupress), and metipranolol (OptiPranolol). A few studies suggest some are more beneficial than timolol with similar side effects.
Selective beta1-adrenoceptor blockers. Betaxolol (Betoptic) and levobetaxolol (Betaxon) are selective beta-blockers. These drugs appear to have fewer adverse effects on the heart than the nonselective beta-blockers, although they still have widespread effects. Studies also suggest that they slow progression more than timolol, although timolol is more effective at lowering IOP. selective beta-blockers may also have nerve-protecting properties.

All beta-blockers are effective and generally well tolerated. Because they cause less eye irritation than many other glaucoma medications, they are often prescribed for patients who also have cataracts.

Side Effects and Complications. After the beta-blocker is administered, only a tiny amount of the drug is absorbed by the cornea. Most of it enters in the bloodstream. These drugs, therefore, can cause side effects in parts of the body other than the eyes ("systemic" side effects):

Common systemic side effects include reduced sexual drive, fatigue, depression, anxiety, severe nausea and vomiting, and breathing difficulties.
Beta-blockers affect the heart. They lower heart rate and reduce blood pressure. (The newer selective beta-1 blockers may not have as bad effects on the heart as the nonselective beta-blockers.) They may also cause unhealthy cholesterol and triglyceride changes.
All beta-blockers can worsen severe asthma or other lung diseases. Beta-blockers should only be used very cautiously or not at all by anyone with asthma, emphysema, bronchitis, or heart disease. In one study, lung function was reduced in 40% of elderly people who took timolol, even those without previous symptoms of lung problems. (Selective beta-blockers may produce fewer of these adverse effects.)
If the patient is switching to a beta-blocker from other glaucoma medication, there may be a sudden rise in eye pressure. It is important that the pressure be checked shortly after the other drug has been withdrawn.
When beta-blockers are used to treat one eye, the other (contralateral) eye also experiences a lesser, but still significant reduction in IOP.

Interactions with Other Medications. The effects of the eye medication may be additive to other oral medications, such as oral beta-blockers, calcium-channel blockers, or the antiarrhythmic drug quinidine. People with diabetes who take insulin or hypoglycemic medications should realize that timolol side effects may resemble and mask the symptoms of hypoglycemia (low blood sugar).

Prostaglandins are hormone-like substances that help open blood vessels. Drugs that resemble prostaglandins increase outflow of aqueous humor (the watery substance in the eye). Drainage of aqueous humor helps reduce intraocular pressure.

Brands. Latanoprost (Xalatan) and unoprostone (Rescula) are the standard brands. Latanoprost was the first prostaglandin to be approved as first-line treatment for elevated eye pressure. Two newer prostaglandins, travoprost (Travatan) and bimatoprost (Lumigan), may help some patients who do not respond to latanoprost. These drugs may also benefit patients with normal-tension glaucoma. Latanoprost, travoprost, and bimatoprost need to be taken only once daily. Unoprostone needs to be taken twice a day and is not as effective as others, but it still can reduce IOP significantly and is the least expensive of these drugs.

Latanoprost has been shown to reduce pressure by between 45 - 70%. Some, but not all studies, have suggested that newer prostaglandins travoprost (Travatan) and bimatoprost (Lumigan) are more effective than latanoprost, but the older drug appears to be better tolerated. All of these drugs may be work better than timolol in lowering IOP. The newer prostaglandins may be especially superior to timolol in treating African American patients. In comparison studies, latanoprost achieved better IOP pressure reduction than brimonidine. Studies have suggested that bimatoprost is more effective in lowering eye pressure than a combination of timolol and dorzolamide (Cosopt). Studies have been mixed on whether latanoprost is superior to the combination.

Side Effects. These drugs do not slow down the heart rate and also appear to be safe for people with asthma. Side effects include itching, redness, and burning during administration. Muscle and joint pain may also occur. All of these drugs may permanently change eye color from blue or green to brown. To date, such color changes do not seem to be hazardous. (The only significant problem may be cosmetic in people who treat only one eye, since the color may differ from the other.) These drugs can increase blood flow in the eye and also make eyelashes become thicker and longer in some patients. (These latter effects are more common with bimatoprost and travoprost than with latanoprost.)

Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors (CAIs) decrease eye pressure by reducing the fluid in the chambers of the eye (aqueous humor). Research suggests that CAIs reduce aqueous humor fluid by as much as 40%. These drugs are used for glaucoma when other drugs do not work. They may be combined with other medications.

CAIs may also improve blood flow in the retina and optic nerve (beta-blockers do not). Improving blood flow can keep the disease from getting worse.

Brands and Side Effects. CAIs are available in the following forms:

Eye-drop CAIs include dorzolamide (Trusopt) and brinzolamide (Azopt). About 10% of patients report fatigue, stinging in the eye, and loss of appetite using dorzolamide. Taste changes can occur. Research suggests that dorzolamide can be helpful for children with glaucoma, including those younger than 6 years old. Brinzolamide is a newer medication that was chemically designed to be closer in pH to human tears and may cause less stinging than dorzolamide.
Oral forms include acetazolamide (Diamox), methazolamide (Neptazane), and dichlorphenamide (Daranide). Although they are more effective than eye drops, they have significantly more side effects and are rarely used for long-term treatment. The oral forms have very unpleasant side effects that include frequent urination, depression, stomach problems, fatigue, weight loss, sexual dysfunction, and, in infants, failure to thrive. Long-term use of the oral forms, in rare cases, can cause serious anemia and kidney problems, including the risk for stones. They can also produce a toxic reaction when taken with large doses of aspirin.

Adrenergic agonists activate muscles in the eye that dilate pupils and, therefore, increase outflow of aqueous fluid. Newer variations called alpha 2-adrenergic agonists reduce production of aqueous humor and also increase outflow through the uveoscleral pathway (the alternative channel to the trabecular meshwork). Older adrenergic agonists include epinephrine.

Alpha 2-Adrenergic Agonists. Apraclonidine (Iopidine) and brimonidine (Alphagan) are alpha 2-adrenergic agonists. These have generally been used before glaucoma surgery, but a number of studies are indicating that they may even be useful as primary therapy when used in combination with beta-blockers or other standard drugs.

Brimonidine is proving to be particularly effective for long-term therapy. (Apraclonidine is used for the short term.) It also may have nerve-protecting properties and may be safer than other drugs during pregnancy and for patients with asthma.

The most common side effects of brimonidine and apraclonidine are dry mouth and altered taste. They also commonly trigger an allergic reaction that causes red and itching eyes and lids, a major drawback. Brimonidine causes less of an allergic response than apraclonidine. Unlike apraclonidine, however, it can cause lethargy and mild low blood pressure. It also appears to remain effective longer.

Miotics, also called cholinergic agonists, narrow the iris muscles and constrict the pupil. This action pulls the iris away from the trabecular meshwork and allows the aqueous humor to flow out through the drainage channels, reducing the pressure inside the front of the eye.

Brands. Pilocarpine (Pilocar, Adsorbocarpine, Almocarpine, Isoptocarpine, Ocusert) was the most widely used anti-glaucoma drug before timolol was introduced. It is the preferred miotic. Because pilocarpine is used up by the body fairly quickly, however, patients must take it several times a day; many people, therefore, fail to take their medication regularly. A combination of timolol or latanoprost with pilocarpine is more effective than either drug used alone. Carbachol is another miotic.

Demecarium (Humorsol), isoflurophate (Floropryl), and echothiophate (Phospholine) are a group of long-acting drugs known as anticholinesterase miotics. Because of their potential for serious side effects, however, some authorities even prefer surgery to their use.

Epinephrine and its derivatives are the older anticholinergics. Epinephrine is now rarely prescribed because of side effects. Dipivefrin (Dipivefrin), a newer form of epinephrine, remains inactive until it reacts with enzymes in the cornea. It is effective in low doses and causes few systemic side effects.

Side Effects. Side effects include:

Teary eyes, brow-aches, eye pain, and allergic reactions.
A miotic narrows the pupil and so can cause nearsightedness. Vision can also become dim and it may difficult to see in darkened rooms or at night, when driving could be hazardous. A gel form administered once a day or wafer placed under the lid once a week may help reduce these side effects.
The anticholinesterase miotics increase the risk of cataract development and are therefore used mostly in patients in whom cataracts have already been removed. Retinal detachment is an uncommon but dangerous side effect in susceptible individuals. Excessive use of these miotics may cause toxic reactions, including convulsions, muscular paralysis, and even death from respiratory failure.
Epinephrine can produce burning in the eyes, enlarged pupils, and allergic reactions. Occasionally it can cause anxiety and headaches. Rare side effects include high blood pressure and disturbances in heart rhythm. It is rarely prescribed now. Although dipivefrin, the newer form of epinephrine, has fewer systemic side effects, it still causes problems in the eyes similar to those of epinephrine.

Cannabinoids. Cannabinoids, compounds in marijuana (cannabis), are being studied for their effects on glaucoma. For example, oral or inhaled tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the active ingredient in marijuana, has been shown to reduce IOP in 60 - 65% of patients. The effects of smoking marijuana on IOP last only 3 hours, however. THC also increases the release of glutamate -- a nerve-protecting chemical. Experts are hoping that topical use of THC or other cannabinoids may help prevent optic nerve damage without the widespread effects of oral or inhaled administration.

Reasons for Noncompliance. Studies indicate that more than 40% of patients miss 10% of their doses, and 15% of patients miss more than 50% of their doses. Noncompliance is very high for many reasons:

People with chronic glaucoma who are on medication must use eye drops or take pills one or more times a day, usually for the rest of their lives.
Many people require a multi-drug regimen, two or more different kinds of medications that can be used in various combinations, such as eye drops, ointments, or time-release wafers inserted under the eyelid. Such regimens can be very confusing.
The side effects of the drugs are more unpleasant than the disease itself, which has no symptoms until vision is lost. Because the treatment does not usually produce any noticeable improvement, the consequence of not taking the drugs (blindness) may seem far in the future.
Skipping even a few doses can greatly increase the risk of visual loss. It is essential that patients tell their doctor if they are not regularly taking their medication. Otherwise, the doctor may increase the dosage, thereby causing unwelcome side effects.

Patients who do not regularly take their glaucoma medication are at high risk for blindness. If you have problems taking your medications or sticking to the dosing regimen, talk with your doctor.

Hints for Managing a Regimen.

Pharmaceutical manufacturers use colored tops, yellow for timolol, for example, and green for pilocarpine, to help prevent mix-ups. Creating a chart scheduling each drug by color can be helpful.
Small electronic timers are available that will signal times for taking the medications. The timing of these combinations is important. For example, the combination of pilocarpine with latanoprost is most effective when pilocarpine is taken four times a day and when the bedtime dose is administered an hour after latanoprost.
Some patients may be candidates for single medications that combine two drugs, such as Cosopt, which contains both dorzolamide and timolol. This medication requires only one drop twice per day. Patients who need additional glaucoma drugs, however, will need to take these two drugs separately.
When using any drug for a long period of time, side effects are a potential problem. If they become intolerable, patients should discuss with the doctor reducing the dosage or trying other drugs.

Administering Eye Drops. A common reason that medicine does not work is that patients do not take it correctly. Patients should ask the ophthalmologist to watch while they place the drops in their own eyes to make sure the procedure is being done correctly. The following are some recommended steps:

If you use both ointments and eye drops, take the eye drops first.
Wash your hands before applying eye drops.
Hold the bottle upside down.
Tilt your head back and, with one hand, pull the lower eyelid down to form a pocket.
With your other hand, hold the bottle as close as possible to your eye. Don’t let the bottle directly touch your eye or eyelid.
After you have placed the drop, close your eye or press your index finger against the corner of the eye near your nose. Gently move the lower lid upward until the eye is closed. Keep your eye closed for at least 1 minute. This prevents the drop from draining out.
Wait at least 5 minutes before applying another drop or a different medication

In this emergency situation, ophthalmologists may administer a combination of two or more anti-glaucoma medications to reduce eye pressure quickly before it can damage the optic nerve and cause visual loss. Apraclonidine (Iopidine) is a powerful drug used before and after laser surgery to prevent an increase in fluid pressure and is more effective than other medications. In addition to standard drugs, doctors may also administer glycerin (Glyrol, Osmoglyn) by mouth or mannitol or acetazolamide intravenously. Surgery is almost always performed once the pressure is reduced.

Most rare forms of glaucoma respond to the same medications and surgery used for open angle glaucoma. Irido corneal endothelial syndrome (ICE) is difficult to treat and if surgery is required, filtering surgery is the best choice. Neovascular glaucoma is also very hard to treat; researchers are investigating drainage implants for this disorder.

Surgery

If medications do not control eye pressure, or if they create intolerable side effects, surgery may be necessary in a small percentage of people with chronic glaucoma. It may be particularly helpful for patients with pseudoexfoliation glaucoma.

The standard procedures are usually one of the following:

Filtration surgery (trabeculectomy). This procedure opens the full thickness of the drainage area.
Laser trabeculoplasty. This procedure partially opens the drainage area. It does not reduce pressure to the extent of trabeculectomy but it has fewer adverse effects.

African Americans may respond better to initial laser surgery than to conventional trabeculectomy, while the opposite may be true in Caucasians. Some experts now recommend that, in most circumstances, African Americans should start with laser surgery and Caucasians who have no serious medical problems should have trabeculectomy first.

In addition, a number of experimental and less invasive procedures are under development.

The Procedure. Filtration surgery has been used for more than 100 years with only minor modifications. It employs conventional surgical techniques known as full-thickness filtering surgery or guarded filtering surgery (trabeculectomy).

The surgeon creates a sclerostomy, a passage in the sclera (the white part of the eye) for draining excess eye fluid.
A flap is created that allows fluid to escape but which does not deflate the eyeball.
The surgeon may also remove a tiny piece of the iris (called an iridectomy) so that fluid can flow backward into the eye.
A small bubble called a bleb nearly always forms over the opening, which is a sign that fluid is draining out. Although surgeons aim for a thick bleb, which poses less risk than a thin one for later leakage, paradoxically the ideal operation would have no bleb at all.

The procedure has a high success rate. About 50% of patients no longer need medication after surgery. Thirty-five to 40% of those who still need medication have better control of their glaucoma.

A new instrument called a trabectome has allowed for a less invasive type of trabulectomy surgery The trabectome procedure appears to be a safe and simple way to lower eye pressure. It can be performed before a traditional trabulectomy, if needed. Results from a small study, presented at the 2005 meeting of the American Academy of Ophthalmology, showed that the new approach successfully reduced eye pressure in 90% of patients with open-angle glaucoma.

Side Effects. Many of the serious side effects or complications that occur with filtration surgery involve blebs (blister-like bumps).

Bleb Leaks and Infections. Blebs, particularly thin ones, commonly leak. Leakage can occur early on or sometimes as late as months or years after surgery. Untreated, such leaks can be serious and even cause blindness. Late-onset leakage significantly increases the risk for infection as well as a number of other serious conditions, including bleeding, a flattening of the eye ball, and harmful inflammation. Surgical repair is the most effective way of managing leaking blebs, although drug therapies, pressure patching, and other nonsurgical techniques may be tried first. Due to the dangers of leaking blebs, experts recommend lifelong monitoring after surgery. Unfortunately, the incidence of late-onset leaking blebs is increasing due to the use of drugs used in filtration surgery to prevent scarring, another complication.
Scarring. In up to 20% of cases, scars form around the incision, closing up the drainage channels and causing pressure to rebuild. These scars are formed from fibroblasts, which are immature collagen cells that form at the surgical site. Scarring is a particular problem in young patients, African Americans, patients who have taken multiple drugs, have had an inflammatory disease, or have had cataract surgery. Releasing the surgical stitches used in the procedure may help prevent scarring and pressure build-up. A second procedure called bleb needling sometimes can open up the scarred area and restore drainage. With this technique, the tip of a very fine hypodermic needle is used carefully to cut loose the particles closing off the drainage area. A new technique that does not require sutures may prove to be effective and have fewer complications.
Cataracts. The procedure is highly associated with the development of cataracts over time. Because cataracts are associated with glaucoma anyway, it is not entirely clear whether the cataracts are caused by the surgery or would develop in any case.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing cataract surgery.

Supportive Medication for Preventing Scarring. Specific drugs, usually mitomycin C, are often used in conjunction with the procedure to prevent scarring and closure. A large review of studies of mitomycin C supported its effectiveness in increasing surgical success in nearly all patients. Fluorouracil (5-FU) appears to be similar in effectiveness but has a high risk for complications and is not used as often as in the past.

The Procedure. Laser trabeculoplasty involves the following steps:

The procedure uses an instrument, usually a YAG laser, to burn 80 - 100 tiny holes in the drainage area.
A tiny scar forms, which increases fluid outflow.
The procedure takes 15 minutes, causes almost no discomfort, and has very few complications.

In a 2-year study, laser surgery of the trabecular meshwork reduced pressure by a third in 70 - 97% of patients. Patients still need to take anti-glaucoma eye drop medications every day.

Laser surgery is not a cure. Within 2 - 5 years, about half of patients need either additional surgery or new medications.

Complications. In about 35% of patients, pressure increases after surgery. In most cases it is temporary, but in rare cases the increased pressure is permanent and vision loss can occur. Use of the drug apraclonidine (Iopidine) or pilocarpine can help prevent this elevated pressure. About a third of patients also develop adhesive-like substances called peripheral anterior synechiae that cause the iris to stick to part of the cornea.

Drainage implants, also known as tube shunts, may be used to drain fluid in certain cases, such as if glaucoma is not responsive to any standard procedure or is caused by certain conditions. A 2007 study suggested that tube shunts work better than filtration surgery (trabulectomy) for some patients. In the study, patients who received tube shunts had more stable IOP over the course of a year than patients who underwent trabulectomy.

Candidates. Success rates are highest (75% pressure control over 5 - 7 years) in appropriate patients. Drainage implants may be useful in the following conditions:

Glaucoma caused by swelling in the iris
Glaucoma caused by abnormal vessel formations
Iridocorneal endothelial (ICE) syndrome

The Procedure. In general, the procedure involves:

An implant, most commonly a 1/2 inch silicone tube, is inserted into the eye's front chamber (anterior). The Molteno implant used with mitomycin C is currently the most effective approach, with reported success rates of 80%. Other implants, such as the Ahmed implant, may have fewer complications.
The tube drains the fluid onto a tiny plate that is sewn to the side of the eye.
Fluid collects on the plate and then is absorbed by the tissues in the eye.

Complications. Complications include:

Hypotony (very low eye pressure) is a serious complication that has been reduced using better techniques and improved implants.
Cataracts, detached retina, breakdown of the cornea, and bleeding are potentially significant complications.
There is also a risk for eye movement disorders, such as strabismus (crossed eyes) or diplopia (double-vision).

The implant often becomes blocked and repeated operations are needed. Some researchers are studying the use of a drug called tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) to open up tubes that have been blocked by blood or blood factors. (This so-called clot-busting drug is normally used to break up blood clots during heart attacks.) In one 2002 study, tPA prevented such blocks in 89% of eyes. Unfortunately, significant complications rates were high (11%).

Deep sclerectomy and viscocanalostomy are less invasive techniques than filtering surgery that leave the anterior chamber (front of the eye) intact and avoid creation of blebs.

In deep sclerectomy, the surgeon removes a deep piece of the sclera (the white part of the eye), part of the trabecular meshwork, and the front of Schlemm's canal (the vessels that return fluid into the bloodstream).

In both deep sclerectomy and viscocanalostomy, the surgeon first creates a flap in the outer part of the sclera (the white part of the eye) and then removes a deep piece of the sclera underneath. This opens up Schlemm's canal (the vessels that return fluid into the bloodstream) and exposes a layer above the anterior chamber called Descemet's membrane. A space has also been created between the inner and outer layers of the sclera.
In deep sclerectomy, this space now serves as a tiny reservoir for aqueous fluid that flows through the membrane and pools here. The fluid then flows out without the surgeon having to open the anterior chamber (as in standard filtering surgery).
In viscocanalostomy, the surgeon typically injects gel-like materials into the ends of Schlemm's canal in order to enlarge the canal for fluid outflow and lower IOP. The tiny reservoir is sewn tightly up.

Many variations are under investigation. In general, the procedures have fewer complications afterward than standard filtering surgery, although they require excellent surgical skill. Nonpenetrating techniques do not lower IOPs as much as conventional surgery does, however. In time, however, these nonpenetrating techniques are expected to be as effective as filtration surgery.

Cataracts and Glaucoma. For patients with both glaucoma and cataracts, experts recommend the following:

In patients with cataracts and poorly controlled glaucoma, a two-step procedure for both eye conditions is needed. Typically the patient will first have a trabeculectomy for glaucoma, followed by cataract surgery such as phacoemulsification (lens removal through ultrasound). Fluid leakage and the presence of blood in the back chamber of the eye are potential complications of this combined procedure.
Phacoemulsification is sometimes combined with viscocanalostomy in a procedure called phacoviscocanalostomy. A 2006 study suggested this approach is safe and effective. The study followed patients for 7 years after they underwent phacoviscocanalostomy and found that no serious complications occurred.
In patients who have cataracts plus either closed-angle glaucoma or open angle glaucoma that is stabilized with medication, the cataract may be able to be extracted and medication continued for the glaucoma.

A major 2002 analysis suggested that the combined approach generally offers better control over eye pressure for patients with both cataracts and glaucoma. However, it is still unclear which specific type of surgical procedure works best. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts.]

Diode laser transscleral cyclophotocoagulation (TSCPC), also called laser cycloablation, reduces aqueous production by destroying the muscles that control the lens for near and far vision (the ciliary body ). There is a chance of vision loss with this procedure, so it is reserved for people with end-stage glaucoma or those who fail to benefit from any other therapies. Nevertheless, researchers continue to explore the possibilities for this effective procedure, especially for people who may not have access to expensive medications. Studies have suggested it may even be suitable as first-line surgery for some patients.

For an acute closed-angle glaucoma attack, emergency microsurgery is usually necessary after reducing pressure with medications.

Iridotomy or Iridectomy. Either laser (iridotomy) or conventional (iridectomy) surgery may be used. With either procedure an ophthalmologist makes a tiny opening in the iris to let the aqueous humor flow out more freely. Because acute glaucoma commonly occurs later in the other eye, surgeons will often recommend surgery in the unaffected eye to prevent a second attack.

Laser iridotomy almost never requires hospitalization, and postsurgical treatment includes only aspirin and eye drops. It has almost completely replaced conventional surgery, which requires anesthesia and hospitalization.

Vision will be blurred, and recovery can take 4 - 8 weeks. Once surgery has been performed, such patients can usually use previously restricted anticholinergic medications, such as antihistamines and certain antidepressants, with safety.

Phacoemulsification and Intraocular Lens Implantation. Phacoemulsification and intraocular lens implantation, a procedure ordinarily used for cataracts, may prove to be beneficial for some patients with acute angle-closure glaucoma requiring surgery. [See In-Depth Report #26: Cataracts.]

Lifestyle Changes

Studies suggest that patients with glaucoma who exercise regularly (at least 3 times a week) may be able to reduce their intraocular pressure by an average of 20%. If they stop exercising for more than 2 weeks, pressure increases again. In one study, those who walked briskly 4 times a week for 40 minutes were able to go off their medications. (Although not confirmed by any evidence, yoga or other exercises that involve head-down or inverted positions may be harmful for patients with glaucoma and should be discussed with the doctor.)

Exercise has no effect on closed-angle glaucoma. It may, in fact, increase eye pressure in patients with pigmentary glaucoma. Vigorous high-impact exercise may cause more pigment to be released from the iris in these patients. Patients should talk to their doctor about an appropriate exercise program.

Antioxidants in Foods and Supplements. Diet most likely plays very little role in glaucoma. For example, a 2003 study found no association between important nutrients associated with protection against other eye disorders, including vitamins C, E, A, and carotenoids.

Caffeine. Some studies have shown that large amounts of caffeine drunk in a short period of time can elevate eye pressure for up to 3 hours. One study suggested that such changes in eye pressure could be significant in patients with both normal eye pressure and high IOP.

Fluids. Drinking large amounts (a quart or more) of any liquid within a short time, about 30 minutes, appears to increase pressure. Patients with glaucoma should have plenty of fluids, but they should drink them in small amounts over the course of a day.

Glaucoma can cause the eyes to be very sensitive to light and glare. Medications can worsen this problem. Sunglasses solve this problem and are important for prevention of cataracts. Protective sunglasses do not have to be expensive. Sunglasses are classified into three categories based on protection against ultraviolet radiation (UV) A or B:

Cosmetic-purpose sunglasses block at least 70% UVB and up to 60% UVA. People should avoid these glasses if they have any risk for cataracts or eye problems.
General-purpose sunglasses block at least 95% UVB and a minimum of 60% UVA. At the very least, people should purchase general purpose sunglasses and they should be labeled "Meets ANSI Z80.3 General Purpose UV Requirements.” Labels should indicate that sunglasses block UV radiation up to 400 nm.
Special-purpose sunglasses block at least 99% UVB and a minimum of 60% UVA rays. These are the optimal sunglasses for people at risk for eye disease. Special purpose glasses should wrap around the head and block light coming from above, below, and both sides of the glasses. They should also fit snugly on the nose.
Lenses that are simply dark but not coated with UV-absorbing material may increase the risk of cataracts because the pupil widens to compensate for the shaded glass. This may allow more harmful ultraviolet waves to enter the eye. Polarized glasses cut glare but have no effect on UV radiation. Mirror finishes without additional processing for UV blockage also are not fully protective. There is some controversy over whether blue light is harmful to the eyes. Some people prefer amber lenses, which block out the blue spectrum.

Meditation, biofeedback, and relaxation methods can help counteract stress, and there are some reports that they may help some people with open-angle glaucoma. A number of herbal and nontraditional remedies have been advertised as glaucoma remedies. A few studies have reported that the herbal remedy ginkgo biloba may have properties that offer benefits to patients with glaucoma, including increasing blood flow in the eye without altering overall blood pressure, heart rate, or intraocular pressure. More research is, however, needed.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Always check with your doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

The following is of special concern for people with glaucoma:

Bilberry, a European blueberry (Vaccinium myrtillus), is sold in natural food stores as a glaucoma remedy. Studies indicate that it may help some people improve night vision and glare, but it is not at all effective in preventing or treating glaucoma.

Resources

www.glaucoma.org -- Glaucoma Research Foundation
www.nei.nih.gov -- National Eye Institute
www.glaucomafoundation.org -- The Glaucoma Foundation
www.aao.org -- American Academy of Ophthalmology
www.glaucomaweb.org -- American Glaucoma Society
www.lighthouse.org -- Lighthouse International

References

Bottaro M, Ritch R. Intraocular pressure variation during weight lifting. Vieira GM, Oliveira HB, de Andrade DT. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Sep;124(9):1251-4.

Brauner SC, Chen TC, Hutchinson BT, Chang MA, Pasquale LR, Grosskreutz CL. The course of glaucoma during pregnancy: a retrospective case series. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Aug;124(:1089-94.

Gedde SJ, Schiffman JC, Feuer WJ, Herndon LW, Brandt JD, Budenz DL. Treatment outcomes in the tube versus trabeculectomy study after one year of follow-up. Am J Ophthalmol. 2007 Jan;143(1):9-22.

Hara T, Hara T, Tsuru T. Increase of peak intraocular pressure during sleep in reproduced diurnal changes by posture. Arch Ophthalmol. 2006 Feb;124(2):165-8.

Higginbotham EJ. Managing glaucoma during pregnancy. JAMA. 2006 Sep 13;296(10):1284-5.

Pasquale LR, Kang JH, Manson JE, Willett WC, Rosner BA, Hankinson SE. Prospective study of type 2 diabetes mellitus and risk of primary open-angle glaucoma in women. Ophthalmology. 2006 Jul;113(7):1081-6.

Quigley HA, Broman AT. The number of people with glaucoma worldwide in 2010 and 2020. Br J Ophthalmol. 2006 Mar;90(3):262-7.

Wishart MS, Dagres E. Seven-year follow-up of combined cataract extraction and viscocanalostomy. J Cataract Refract Surg. 2006 Dec;32(12):2043-9.

Review Date:
3/3/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Periodontal disease

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:31 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Complications
Prevention
Diagnosis
Treatment
Medications
Other Treatments
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Symptoms of Periodontal Disease

Symptoms of periodontal disease include red and swollen gums, persistent bad breath, and gum recession and loose teeth. Smoking, certain types of illnesses (diabetes), older age, and other factors increase the risk for periodontal disease. If you have periodontal disease, your dentist may refer you to a periodontist, a dentist who specializes in treating this condition.

Practice Good Dental Hygiene

Consistent good dental hygiene can help prevent gingivitis and periodontitis. The American Dental Association recommends that everyone:

Brush twice daily with a fluoride toothpaste (be sure to replace toothbrushes every 3 - 4 months).
Clean between the teeth with floss or an interdental cleaner.
Eat a well-balanced diet and limit between meal snacks.
Have regular visits with a dentist for teeth cleaning and oral examinations.

Mouthwashes

In 2007, the American Dental Association stated that antimicrobial mouthwashes may provide additional oral health benefits for preventing and reducing gingivitis and plaque. However, they are not a substitute for daily brushing and flossing.

Research

Intensive treatment of periodontal disease may help reduce inflammation and improve blood flow throughout the body, according to a small study published in 2007 in the New England Journal of Medicine. In the study of patients with severe periodontitis, intensive treatment ultimately resulted in improved endothelial function. Poor endothelial function is associated with increased risk for atherosclerosis and heart disease. Researchers are investigating the connection between periodontal disease and heart disease, and whether treatment of periodontal disease can reduce heart disease risk.

Introduction

Periodontal disease refers to a group of problems that arise in the sulcus, the gap between the gum and the tooth.

The part of the mouth that consists of the gum and supporting structures is called the periodontium. It is made up of the following parts:

Gum (gingiva). When healthy, the gingiva is pale pink, firm, and does not move. It has a smooth or speckled texture. The gingival tissue between teeth is shaped like a wedge.
The space between the gum and tooth, called the sulcus
Root surface (the cementum)
Connective tissue
Bone. The crest of the supporting bone, which can be viewed on x-rays, is normally 2 mm below the point where the crown of the tooth meets the root (the cementoenamel junction).

The structure of the tooth includes dentin, pulp and other tissues, blood vessels, and nerves imbedded in the bony jaw. Above the gum line, the tooth is protected by the hard enamel covering.

Periodontal diseases are generally divided into two groups:

Gingivitis, which causes lesions (wounds) that affect the gums
Periodontitis, which damages the bone and connective tissue that supports the teeth

The process starts with bacteria. Even in healthy mouths, the sulcus is teeming with bacteria, but they tend to be harmless varieties. Periodontal disease develops usually because of two events in the oral cavity: an increase in bacteria quantity and a change in balance of bacterial types from harmless to disease-causing bacteria. These harmful bacteria increase in mass and thickness until they form a film called plaque.

Click the icon to see an image of plaque and damaged gum tissue.

In healthy mouths, plaque itself actually provides some barrier against outside bacterial invasion. When it accumulates to excessive levels, however, plaque sticks to the surfaces of the teeth and adjacent gums and causes cellular injury, with subsequent swelling, redness, and heat.

When plaque is allowed to remain in the periodontal area, it transforms into calculus (commonly known as tartar ). This material has a rock-like consistency and grabs onto the tooth surface. It is much more difficult to remove than plaque, which is a soft mass.

The most important component leading to the disease process, however, is the body's persistent immune response to the bacterial plaque. Specific immune factors are released that cause inflammation and damage that eventually destroys the support structures and bone and can lead to tooth loss.

Gingivitis is an inflammation of the gingiva, or gums. Is nearly always chronic, but an acute form infrequently occurs.

Chronic Gingivitis. Ordinary chronic gingivitis affects over 90% of the population. It is characterized by tender, red, swollen gums that bleed easily and may be responsible for bad breath (halitosis) in some cases. Treatment is very effective if initiated early in the course of gingivitis. Without good management, however, the problem can progress.

Periodontitis is characterized by the following:

Gum inflammation, with redness and bleeding.
Deep pockets (greater than 3 mm in depth) form between the gum and the tooth.
Loose teeth, caused by loss of connective tissue structures and bone.

Gingivitis precedes periodontitis, although it doesn't always lead to this more severe condition. In fact, some experts believe it is an entirely different disease. There are different categories of periodontal disease, including:

Chronic Periodontitis. Chronic periodontitis (also referred to as adult periodontitis) may begin in adolescence as a slowly progressing disease that becomes clinically significant in the mid-30s and continues throughout life. Some experts question whether it is a chronic, unrelenting condition and instead suggest that it waxes and wanes depending on the response of the immune system.

Aggressive Periodontitis. Aggressive periodontitis (also referred to as early onset periodontitis) often occurs in young people. It is subdivided according to whether it begins before or after puberty. Immune deficiencies and a genetic link have been shown to be possible factors for all types of aggressive periodontitis. If the condition is localized and treated, the outlook is positive. People with severe and widespread aggressive periodontitis are at high risk for tooth loss.

Periodontitis that occurs before puberty is very rare. It begins with the eruption of primary teeth in the first year and causes severe inflammation and bone and tooth loss.
Juvenile periodontitis begins at puberty and is defined by severe bone loss around the first molars and incisors. It is more common in girls than in boys. The clinical signs -- such as inflammation, bleeding, and heavy plaque accumulation -- are not present in this relatively rare disease. The treatment is the same as in chronic periodontitis.
Rapidly progressive periodontitis occurs in the early 20s to mid-30s. Severe inflammation and rapid bone and connective tissue loss occur, and tooth loss is possible within a year of onset.

Disease-Related Periodontitis. Periodontitis can also be associated with a number of systemic diseases, including type 1 diabetes, Down syndrome, AIDS, and several rare disorders of white blood cells.

Acute Necrotizing Periodontal Disease. Acute necrotizing periodontal disease is an acute infection in the gums. It is characterized by:

Black, dead tissue (necrosis)
Spontaneous bleeding
Rapid onset of pain
Bad odor
Blunted gum tissue (tissue is normally cone-shaped)

Stress, poor diet, smoking, and viral infections are predisposing factors for this acute necrotizing periodontal disease.

Symptoms

In general, symptoms progress over time and include:

Red and Swollen Gums
Gum Bleeding. Bleeding of the gums, even during brushing, is a sign of inflammation and the major marker of periodontal disease. One exception is juvenile periodontitis, in which symptoms are mild or even absent. It should be noted that the gums of smokers with periodontal disease tend to bleed less than nonsmokers.
Bad Breath. Debris and bacteria can cause a bad taste in the mouth and persistent bad breath.
Gum Recession and Loose Teeth. As the disease advances the gums recede, and supporting structure of bone is lost. Teeth loosen, sometimes causing a change in the way the upper and lower teeth fit together when biting down or a change in the fit of partial dentures.

Abnormally bulging, protruding, or swollen gums are a possible sign of disease.

Click the icon to see an image of recessed gums.

Abscesses. Deepening periodontal pockets between the gums and bone can become blocked by tartar or food particles. Infection-fighting white blood cells become trapped and die. Pus forms, and an abscess develops. Abscesses can destroy both gum and tooth tissue, cause nearby teeth to become loose and painful, and may cause fever and swollen lymph nodes.

Click the icon to see an image of a tooth abscess.

Pain is usually not a symptom, which partly explains why the disease may become advanced before treatment is sought and why some patients avoid treatment even after periodontitis is diagnosed.

Causes

Periodontal disease is marked by bacterial overgrowth. However, a persistent immune response to chronic infections in the mouth is believed to play a major role in gum destruction.

In the healthy mouth, more than 350 species of microorganisms have been found. Periodontal infections are linked to fewer than 5% of these species. Healthy and disease-causing bacteria can generally be grouped into two categories:

The harmless or helpful bacteria are usually known as gram positive aerobic bacteria.
In periodontal disease, the bacterial balance shifts over to gram negative anaerobic bacteria. Inflammatory disease and injury cannot develop without these bacteria.

Following are some of the bacteria most implicated in periodontal disease and bone loss:

Actinobacillus actinomycetemcomitans and Porphyromonas gingivalis. These two bacteria appear to be particularly likely to cause aggressive periodontal disease. Both P. gingivalis and A. actinomycetemcomitans, along with multiple deep pockets in the gum, are associated with resistance to standard treatments for gum disease. P. gingivalis may double the risk for serious gum disease. P. gingivalis produces enzymes, such as one called arginine-specific cysteine proteinase, which may be the specific destructive factors that disrupt the immune system and lead to subsequent periodontal connective tissue destruction.
Bacteroides forsythus is also strongly linked to periodontal disease.
Other bacteria associated with periodontal disease are Treponema denticola, T. socranskii, and P. intermedia. These bacteria, together with P. gingivalis, are frequently present at the same sites, and are associated with deep periodontal pockets.

Some bacteria are related to gingivitis, but not plaque development. They include various streptococcal species.

Evidence now suggests that periodontal disease is an autoimmune disorder, in which immune factors in the body attack the person's own cells and tissue -- in this case, those in the gum. It appears to work as follows:

The bacteria that form plaque and tartar release toxins that stimulate the immune system to overproduce powerful infection-fighting factors called cytokines.
Ordinarily, cytokines are important for healing. In excess, however, they can cause inflammation and severe damage. Cytokines of particular importance in periodontal disease are known as tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-alpha) and interleukin-1beta, which are very active in the mouth, and are important in causing destructive inflammation.
In addition, white blood cells produced by the immune response to bacteria also release a family of enzymes called matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs), which break down connective tissue.

Studies suggest that this inflammatory response may have damaging effects not only in the gums but also in organs throughout the body, including the heart.

Certain herpes viruses (herpes simplex and varicella-zoster virus, the cause of chickenpox and shingles) are known causes of gingivitis. Other herpes viruses (cytomegalovirus and Epstein-Barr) may also play a role in the onset or progression of some types of periodontal disease, including aggressive and severe chronic periodontal disease. All herpes viruses go through an active phase followed by a latent phase and possibly reactivation.

Some experts theorize that these viruses may cause periodontal disease in different ways, including release of tissue-destructive cytokines, overgrowth of periodontal bacteria, suppressing immune factors, and initiation of other disease processes that lead to cell death.

Risk Factors

More than 75% of American adults have some form of gum disease, but according to a major survey, only 60% have any significant knowledge about the problem. Gum inflammation and ulcers are common, and not all people with these problems develop periodontal disease. Still, about 30% of people are genetically susceptible to periodontal disease. Other factors also put individuals at higher risk.

Lack of Oral Hygiene. Lack of oral hygiene encourages bacterial buildup and plaque formation.

Sugar and Acid. The bacteria that cause periodontal disease thrive in acidic environments. Therefore, eating sugars and other foods that increase the acidity in the mouth increase bacterial counts.

Poorly Contoured Restorations. Poorly contoured restorations (fillings or crowns) that provide traps for debris and plaque can also contribute to its formation.

Anatomical Tooth Abnormalities. Abnormal tooth structure can increase the risk.

Wisdom Teeth. Wisdom teeth, also called third molars, can be a major breeding ground for the bacteria that cause periodontal disease. In fact, for patients in their 20s, periodontal disease is most likely to occur around the wisdom teeth. Research suggests that periodontitis can occur in wisdom teeth that have broken through the gum as well as teeth that are impacted (buried). Periodontal disease can also be present even in patients with wisdom teeth who do not have any symptoms. Experts recommend that adolescents and young adults with wisdom teeth should have a dentist check for signs of periodontal disease

Children and Adolescents. Gingivitis, in varying degrees, is nearly a universal finding in children and adolescents. In rare genetic cases, children and adolescents are subject to destructive forms of the disease. Researchers have also observed some of the organisms seen in periodontal disease in young children without signs of gum problems. Healthy children, however, do not generally harbor two primary periodontal bacteria, P. gingivalis and T. denticola. The disease is also uncommon in teenagers.

Adults. One survey reported that 3.6% of adults between the ages of 18 - 34 had periodontal disease. As people age, the risk for periodontal disease increases. Over half of American adults have gingivitis surrounding 3 - 4 teeth, and 30% have significant periodontal disease surrounding 3 - 4 teeth. In a study of people over 70 years old, 86% had at least moderate periodontitis and over a quarter of them had lost their teeth.

About three-quarters of periodontal office visits are made by women, even though women tend to take better care of their teeth than men. Female hormones affect the gums, and women are particularly susceptible to periodontal problems. Hormone-influenced gingivitis appears in some adolescents, in some pregnant women, and is occasionally a side effect of birth control medication.

Before Menstruation. Gingivitis may flare up in some women a few days before they menstruate, when progesterone levels are high. Gum inflammation may also occur during ovulation. Progesterone dilates blood vessels causing inflammation, and blocks the repair of collagen, the structural protein that supports the gums.

Pregnancy. Hormonal changes during pregnancy can aggravate existing gingivitis, which typically worsens around the second month and reaches a peak in the eighth month. Pregnancy does not cause gum disease, and simple preventive oral hygiene can help maintain healthy gums. Any pregnancy-related gingivitis usually resolves within a few months of delivery. Because periodontal disease can increase the risk for low-weight infants and cause other complications, it is important for pregnant women to see a dentist.

Oral Contraceptives. Some studies report that oral contraceptives containing the synthetic progesterone desogestrel (but not dienogest, another common progesterone) increase the risk for periodontal disease.

Menopause. Estrogen deficiency after menopause reduces bone mineral density, which can lead to bone loss. Bone loss is associated with both periodontal disease and osteoporosis. Bone loss in the alveolar bone (which holds the tooth in place) may be a major predictor of tooth loss in postmenopausal women. Periodontal disease is the main cause of alveolar bone loss. During menopause, some women may also develop a rare condition called menopausal gingivostomatitis, in which the gums are dry, shiny, and bleed easily. Women may also experience abnormal tastes and sensations (such as salty, spicy, acidic, burning) in the mouth.

Periodontal disease often occurs in members of the same family. Genetics, intimacy, hygiene, or a mixture of factors may be responsible. Studies have found that children of parents with periodontitis are 12 times more likely to have the bacteria thought to be responsible for causing plaque and, eventually, periodontal disease.

Genetic Factors. Genetic factors may play the critical role in half the cases of periodontal disease. Up to 30% of the population may have some genetic susceptibility to periodontal disease. For example, some people with severe periodontal disease have genetic factors that affect the immune factor interleukin-1 (IL-1), a cytokine involved in the inflammatory response. Such individuals are up to 20 times more likely to develop advanced periodontitis than those without these genetic factors. Early onset and rapidly progressive periodontal disease also have strong genetic components.

Intimacy. Intimate partners and spouses of people with periodontal disease may also be at risk. Researchers have found that the bacteria P. gingivalis may be contagious after exposure to an infected person over a long period of time. There is no risk from short exposure such as after a fast kiss or when sharing an eating utensil.

Smoking is the single major preventable risk factor for periodontal disease. The habit can cause bone loss and gum recession even in the absence of periodontal disease. A number of studies indicate that smoking and nicotine increase inflammation by reducing oxygen in gum tissue and triggering an over-production of immune factors called cytokines (specifically ones called interleukins). In excess, cytokines are harmful to cells and tissue.

Furthermore, when nicotine combines with oral bacteria, such as P. gingivalis, the effect produces even greater levels of cytokines and eventually leads to periodontal connective tissue breakdown. Studies suggest that smokers are 11 times more likely than nonsmokers to harbor the bacteria that cause periodontal disease and four times more likely to have advanced periodontal disease. In one study more than 40% of smokers lost their teeth by the end of their lives.

The risk of periodontal disease increases with the number of cigarettes smoked per day. Smoking cigars and pipes carries the same risks as smoking cigarettes. Exposure to secondhand smoke is also associated with a 50 - 60% increased risk for developing periodontal disease, according to one study. Fortunately, when smokers quit, their periodontal health gradually recovers to a state comparable to that of nonsmokers.

Diabetes. Much evidence exists on the link between type 1 and 2 diabetes and periodontal disease. Diabetes causes changes in blood vessels, and high levels of specific inflammatory chemicals such as interleukins, that significantly increase the chances of periodontal disease. High levels of triglycerides (which are common in type 2 diabetes) also appear to impair periodontal health. Obesity, common in people with type 2 diabetes, may also predispose a person to gum disease. Controlling both type 1 and 2 diabetes may help reduce periodontal problems. For children with diabetes, good oral hygiene should begin at a young age. A 2006 study suggested that gum problems can start as early as 6 years of age in children with diabetes.

Osteoporosis and Osteonecrosis. Osteoporosis (loss of bone density) has been associated with periodontal disease in postmenopausal women. There have also been a few reports of osteonecrosis (bone decay) of the jaw in patients who take oral bisphosphonate drugs such as alendronate (Fosamax). Symptoms of osteonecrosis of the jaw include loose teeth, exposed jawbone, pain or swelling in the jaw, gum infections, and poor healing of the gums. As a precaution, the American Dental Association (ADA) recommends that patients who are prescribed bisphosphonate drugs get a thorough dental exam before beginning drug therapy, or as soon as possible after beginning therapy. The ADA also recommends that patients who take oral bisphosphonate drugs should discuss with their dentists any potential risks from dental procedures (such as extractions and implants) that involve the jawbone. In any case, be sure to inform your dentist if you are taking a bisphosphonate drug.

Osteoporosis is a condition marked by progressive loss of bone density, thinning of bone tissue, and increased risk of fractures. Osteoporosis may result from disease, dietary or hormonal deficiency, or advanced age. Regular exercise and vitamin and mineral supplements can reduce and may even reverse loss of bone density.

Giving intravenous bisphosphonates to patients being treated for bone cancer, or other cancers that have spread to the bone, increases their risk for developing osteonecrosis by 1 - 10%. Patients who take oral bisphosphonate drugs also have a slight risk, but 94% of osteonecrosis of the jaw cases involve patients who received bisphosphonates intravenously. If possible, see a dentist for a complete oral exam before beginning bisphosphonate therapy. In any case, be sure to inform your dentist if you are receiving intravenous bisphosphonates. Your dentist or oral surgeon may need to take special precautions when performing dental surgery

Herpes-Related Gingivitis. Herpes virus is a common cause of gingivitis in children and has become increasingly common in adults. It typically starts out with a purplish color and "boggy" sensation in the gums. Multiple blisters may form across the mucus membranes in the mouth and gums, followed by ulcers. They usually resolve in 7 - 14 days.

HIV-Associated Gingivitis. HIV-associated gingivitis has been reported in 15 - 50% of patients with HIV or AIDS. HIV-positive individuals harbor larger numbers of periodontal bacteria (candida albicans, P. gingivalis, black-pigmented anaerobic rods, and A. actinomycetemcomitans) than people without HIV. Severe pain is characteristic, along with odor, spontaneous bleeding, ulcers, and swollen, bright red gums. The inflammation never recedes, but halitosis and acute episodes can be managed by conventional cleaning treatments. Its severest form, known as necrotizing stomatitis, can be diagnostic for AIDS. In addition to bleeding, the gums in the front of the mouth are a yellowish-gray color, and bone thrusts out.

Autoimmune Diseases. Autoimmune conditions (Crohn's disease, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus erythematosus, CREST syndrome) have been associated with a higher incidence of periodontal disease. Some research suggests that periodontal disease may even play some causal role. For example, one study suggested that P. gingivalis, one of the major bacteria in periodontal disease, was associated with destructive processes in the brain leading to multiple sclerosis. Still, more research is needed to determine a definitive association between these diseases.

Other Diseases. People with tuberculosis, syphilis, Wegener's granulomatosis, amyloidosis, and many genetic disorders are also at higher risk for periodontitis.

Vitamin C helps the body repair and maintain connective tissue, and its antioxidant effects are important in the presence of tissue-destroying oxidants in periodontal disease. Research indicates that vitamin C deficiency contributes to periodontal disease. A study of more than 12,000 adults found that people who consumed less than the recommended daily allowance of vitamin C, 60 mg (about one orange) were 1.5 times more likely to develop severe gingivitis than those who consumed more than 180 mg each day. Vitamin C levels are especially depleted in smokers. Eating citrus fruits high in vitamin C (such as grapefruit) may be helpful for patients with periodontitis.

Click the icon to see an image of the benefits of vitamin C.

Click the icon to see an image of the sources of vitamin C.

Dental disease is most likely to affect the poor. Children and the elderly suffer the worst oral care, and ethnic minorities follow. In the United States, the lack of access to dental insurance is a contributing factor. In a survey of residents of five states (Arizona, California, Hawaii, Oregon, and Wisconsin), the rate of total tooth loss was less than 20%. In three states (Kentucky, Louisiana, and West Virginia) it was greater than 40%.

Gingival overgrowth can be a side effect of nearly 20 different drugs, most commonly phenytoin (Dilantin), cyclosporine (Sandimmune), and a short-acting form of the calcium channel blocker nifedipine (Procardia).

Several other conditions can also cause gum inflammation, and some have been associated with periodontal disease. They include:

Mouth breathing
Psychologic stress. Stress can affect the immune system. Some studies suggest that stress can influence the development of chronic inflammatory diseases, like periodontitis.
Alcohol abuse. One study reported a higher incidence of periodontal disease, tooth decay, and possibly precancerous areas in patients who abuse alcohol.
Canker sores (aphthous ulcers)

Click the icon to see an image of a canker sore.

Self-injury in psychologically disturbed patients
Hereditary gingival fibromatosis. A rare genetic disease associated with both gum overgrowth and hairiness. It is often associated with gingivitis and periodontal disease.
Desquamative gingivitis. With this condition the outer layer of the gum tissue desquamates (peels away), exposing an acutely red surface. It usually occurs as a result of an allergic reaction or of skin diseases such as lichen planus, benign mucous membrane pemphigoid, bullous pemphigoid, and pemphigus vulgaris. (Bacteria may also play a role in this gum disease.) This condition generally resolves when the underlying problem is treated. It is fairly common in middle-aged women.

Complications

The ultimate outcome of uncontrolled periodontal disease is tooth loss. As the destructive factors cause the breakdown of bone and connective tissue, teeth lose their anchor.

A much less severe but nevertheless distressing problem caused by periodontal disease is bad breath, although coatings on the tongue may contribute more to bad breath than periodontal disease.

Studies have reported that people who have heart disease have a 1.5 - 4 times increased risk for periodontal disease. (The risk is highest for patients with extensive gum disease, bleeding from every tooth.) Acute coronary syndrome, high blood pressure (hypertension), and high cholesterol have also been associated with periodontal disease.

Periodontal disease has also been linked to stroke and coronary artery disease (CAD). The more severe the periodontitis, the greater the risk for heart problems. Many experts, however, are still not sure whether periodontal disease is a risk factor for stroke or a marker that reflects various risk factors common to both conditions.

A stroke is caused by a loss of blood circulation to areas of the brain. The blockage usually occurs when a clot or piece of atherosclerotic plaque breaks away from another area of the body and lodges within the blood vessels of the brain.

Recent evidence suggests that the inflammatory response may be the common element. This is an over-reaction of the immune system that causes injury to tissues in the body. A common link between patients with heart conditions and periodontal disease may be elevated levels of C-reactive protein (CRP), a marker for the inflammatory response. Some experts believe that immune factors causing this response are released into the bloodstream during periodontal disease and cause injury in the arteries supplying blood to the heart.

Other evidence suggests that the periodontal disease bacteria themselves -- particularly P. gingivalis, T. denticola, T. forsythia, and streptococci species -- may be the main culprit. In 2005, results from the NIH-sponsored Oral Infections and Vascular Disease Epidemiology Study (INVEST) determined an association between cardiovascular disease and the bacteria that cause periodontal disease. In this study, higher levels of periodontal bacteria were associated with thicker carotid arteries (a predictor of heart attack and stroke), regardless of C-reactive protein levels. While this study's findings are an important advance in understanding the relationship between periodontal and heart disease, it is still not clear if periodontal disease actually causes heart disease. Researchers hope that future results from INVEST will clarify this issue.

Experts are still not sure if treating gum disease can reduce the risks of heart disease and improve health outcomes for patients with periodontal disease and vascular heart problems. Studies have been mixed, but research is ongoing.

Diabetes is not only a risk factor for periodontal disease -- periodontal disease itself can worsen diabetes. Some evidence suggests that the bacteria that causes periodontal disease may enter the bloodstream and activate cytokines (damaging immune system factors), which then destroy cells in the pancreas where insulin is produced. Some studies indicate that treating periodontal disease can reduce the need for insulin and improve blood sugar control in some people with diabetes.

Bacteria that reproduce in the mouth can also be carried into the airways in the throat and lungs, increasing the risks for respiratory diseases and worsening chronic lung conditions, such as emphysema.

Click the icon to see an image of emphysema.

Many studies strongly indicate that bacterial infections that cause moderate-to-severe periodontal disease in pregnant women can increase the risk for premature delivery and low birth weight infants. The more severe the infection, the greater the risk to the baby. Research indicates that bacteria from gum disease and tooth decay may trigger the same factors in the immune system as genital and urinary tract infections. These biologic substances, called prostaglandins and tumor necrosis factor, produce inflammation in the cervix and uterus that can cause premature dilation and contractions. Research also suggests that periodontal disease increases the risk for preeclampsia, a life-threatening disorder that occurs in mid- to late pregnancy and is characterized by high blood pressure.

Experts recommend that women have a periodontal examination before becoming pregnant or as soon as possible thereafter. Because women with diabetes are at higher risk for periodontal disease, it is especially important that they see a dentist early in pregnancy. Experts are still not sure if treating periodontal disease can improve birth outcomes. A 2006 study in the New England Journal of Medicine indicated that the treatment does not affect pre-term birth or birth weight. However, the researchers reported that periodontal treatment is definitely safe for pregnant women.

Prevention

Healthy habits and good oral hygiene are critical in preventing gum disease. Regular and effective tooth brushing and mouth washing, however, are effective only above and slightly below the gum line. Once periodontal disease develops, more intensive treatments are needed.

It is important to reduce both the quantity and, in particular, the frequency of sugar intake. Avoid snacks and drinks with sugar (other than natural sugars found in fruits and vegetables). Eat sugar-containing foods with meals, ideally followed by brushing. Since fruit juices can also cause tooth erosion in children, parents should emphasize milk and water.

Smoking may play a significant role in over half the cases of chronic periodontal disease, according to research published in 2000. For smokers, quitting is one of the most important steps toward regaining periodontal health.

Fluoride treatment in children has helped to account for the decline in periodontal disease in adults. Because fluoride prevents decay, back molars, which keep the teeth in place, are spared, and are thus less vulnerable to bacteria. Even before teeth first erupt, babies' gums should be wiped clean with a bit of gauze bearing a dab of fluoride toothpaste. Supplementation with fluoride tablets or drops may be recommended for children 6 months or older who drink unfluoridated water or who are at risk for dental problems. A prescription from the child's pediatrician or dentist is required.

Some dentists recommend a fluoride gel for adult patients who are still at risk for tooth decay or sensitivity, but extra fluoride is generally not necessary for adults who use fluoride toothpaste.

Periodontitis is a silent disease. People with the disease rarely experience pain and may not be aware of the problem. A periodontal examination by a general dentist once or twice a year should reveal any incipient or progressive problems. A full mouth series of x-rays is advised every 2 - 3 years. This will alert the dentist to early bone loss and other disorders of the oral cavity.

Dentists now often perform Periodontal Screening and Recording (PSR) using a probe to measure gum pockets. Previously performed only by periodontists, this procedure is now encouraged as part of a regular dental examination. The dentist will identify any areas where deep pocketing has occurred, where the health of the gingiva appears compromised, and where there is undue mobility of teeth. It is the general dentist's responsibility to identify periodontal disease and inform the patient. If the condition is severe, the dentist may want to refer the patient to a periodontist.

Correct tooth brushing, mouth cleansing, and flossing should be everyone's defense against periodontal disease. (However, good hygiene is probably not sufficient to prevent periodontal disease in many people. Regular visits to a dentist are extremely important, especially for high-risk individuals.)

Brushing Guidelines. The following are some recommendations for brushing:

Use a dry brush. One study reported that when people brushed their teeth without toothpaste first, using a soft dry brush, their plaque deposits were reduced by 67%, and gum bleeding dropped by 50%.
No brush of any size, shape, or gimmick is effective if it is incorrectly positioned in the mouth. Place the brush where the gum meets the tooth, with bristles resting along each tooth at a 45-degree angle.
Begin by dry brushing the inside the bottom row of teeth, then the inner top teeth, and last the outer surfaces.
Wiggle the brush back and forth so the bristles extend under the gum line.
Scrub the broad, biting surfaces of the back teeth.
Dry brushing should take about a minute and a half.
A paste is then applied, and the teeth should again be brushed in the same way.
The tongue should be scrubbed for a total of about 30 seconds. A tongue scraper used with an anti-bacterial mouthwash (such as Listerine) is more effective than a toothbrush in removing bacteria.
Rinse the toothbrush thoroughly and then tap it on the edge of the sink at least five times to get rid of debris.
Flossing should finish the process. A mouthwash may also be used.

If brushing after each meal is not possible, rinsing the mouth with water after eating can reduce bacteria by 30%.

Toothbrushes. A vast assortment of brushes of varying sizes and shapes are available, and each manufacturer makes its claim for the benefits of a particular brush. Look for the American Dental Association (ADA) seal on both electric and regular brushes.

In spite of the wide variety of nonelectric toothbrushes, both in shape and bristle design, a study of eight brands found no significant differences in effectiveness among them.

Electric toothbrushes, particularly those with a stationary grip and revolving tufts of bristles, can be advantageous for some people with physical disabilities. Electric toothbrushes with heads that move back and forth up to 4,200 times a minute remove significantly more plaque than ordinary brushes. Even more high-tech brushes are now available that use sound waves to remove plaque.

In general, studies have reported no differences between electric and manual toothbrushes in their ability to remove plaque. (One study showed considerable improvement in groups using sonic toothbrushes, particularly in those with moderate periodontal disease.) Experts recommend, however, that if a regular toothbrush works, it isn't necessary to buy an expensive electric one.

For individuals with average dexterity, a four- or five-rowed, soft, nylon-bristled toothbrush is sufficient. The most important factor in buying any toothbrush, electric or manual, is to choose one with a soft head. Soft bristles get into crevices easier and do not irritate the gums, thereby reducing the risk of exposing teeth below the gum line compared to hard brushes.

Experts generally recommend replacing toothbrushes every 1 - 3 months. Not only do they become breeding grounds for bacteria, but the worn bristles are less effective at removing plaque.

Toothpaste. The object of a good toothpaste is to reduce the development of plaque and eliminate periodontal-causing microorganisms without destroying the organisms that are important for a healthy mouth. All brands should show ADA approval. Even a good toothpaste, however, cannot be delivered past 3 mm below the gum line, where periodontitis develops.

Toothpastes are a combination of abrasives, binders, colors, detergents, flavors, fluoride, humectants, preservatives, and artificial sweeteners. Avoid highly abrasive toothpastes, especially for individuals whose gums have receded.

Ingredients contained in toothpastes may include:

Fluoride. Most commercial toothpastes contain fluoride, which both strengthens tooth enamel against decay and enhances remineralization of the enamel. Fluoride also inhibits acid-loving bacteria, especially after eating, when the mouth is more acidic. This antibacterial activity may help control plaque.
Triclosan. Triclosan is an anti-bacterial substance that may help reduce mild gingivitis.
Metal salts. Metal salts, such as stannous and zinc, serve mostly as anti-bacterial substances in toothpastes. Stannous fluoride gel toothpastes do not reduce plaque, however, even though they have some effect against the bacteria that cause it, but slightly reduce gingivitis.
Peroxide and baking soda. Toothpastes with these ingredients claim to have a whitening action, but while they may help remove stains there is little evidence they whiten the actual color of the teeth. In addition, these substances appear to offer no benefits against gum disease.
Antibacterial sugar substitutes (xylitol), and detergents (delmopinol)

Mouthwashes. The American Dental Association recommends (in addition to daily brushing and flossing) antimicrobial mouthwash to help prevent and reduce plaque and gingivitis, and fluoride mouthwashes to help provide additional protection against tooth decay.

Chlorhexidine (Peridex or PerioGard) is an antimicrobial mouthwash available by prescription only. It reduces plaque by 55% and gingivitis by 30 - 45%. Patients should rinse for 1 minute twice daily. They should wait at least 30 minutes (and preferably 2 hours) between brushing and rinsing since chlorhexidine can be inactivated by certain compounds in toothpastes. It has a bitter taste. It also binds to tannins, which are in tea, coffee, and red wine, so it has tendency to stain teeth in people who drink these beverages. Studies are mixed as to its effectiveness for preventing or reducing periodontal disease.
Listerine is another antimicrobial mouthwash. It is composed of essential oils and is available over the counter. It reduces plaque and gingivitis, when used for 30 seconds twice a day. It leaves a burning sensation in the mouth that most people better tolerate after a few days of use. The usual regimen is to rinse twice a day. (Listerine PocketPaks, which are strips that dissolve on the tongue, have no proven effects on plague and gingivitis.)
Mouthwashes containing cetylpyridinium (Scope, Cepacol) have moderate antimicrobial effect on plaque, but only if they are used an hour after brushing. None are as effective as Listerine or chlorhexidine, but they may still have some value for people who cannot tolerate the other mouthwashes.
Mouthwashes containing stannous fluoride and amine fluoride (Meridol) are moderately effective, but are also not as effective as effective as Listerine or chlorhexidine.
Fluoride mouthwashes (Act) are helpful in preventing cavities.
Mouthwashes that contain alcohol are dangerous for children and should be kept away from them.

Flossing. The use of dental floss, either waxed or unwaxed, is critical in cleaning between the teeth where the toothbrush bristles cannot reach. In spite of this, nearly two-thirds of people do not floss.

To floss correctly, the following steps may be helpful:

Break off about 18 inches of floss and wind most of it around the middle finger of one hand and the rest around the other middle finger.
Hold the floss between the thumbs and forefingers and gently guide and rub it back and forth between the teeth.
When it reaches the gum line, the floss should be curved around each tooth and slid gently back and forth against the gum.
Finally, rub gently up and down against the tooth. Repeat with each tooth, including the outside of the back teeth.
If, on repeated flossing attempts, the floss becomes shredded or cannot be removed easily from between the teeth, a rough crown or overhanging filling may be the cause. In such cases, the restoration should be redone. Such areas create spaces for the collection of food debris, plaque, and calculus.

Here are some tips in choosing the right floss or flossing device:

Use a floss that does not shred or break.
Avoid a very thin floss, which can cut the gum if brought down with too much force or not guided along the side of the tooth.
A floss threader is an invaluable aid for the person who has bridgework. Made of plastic, it looks like a needle with a huge eye, or loop. A piece of floss is threaded into the loop, which can then be inserted between the bridge and the gum. The floss that is carried through with it can then be used to clean underneath the false tooth or teeth and along the sides of the abutting teeth.
Another handy device for cleaning under bridges is a Proxabrush, which is an interdental cleaner. This is a tiny narrow brush that can be worked in between the natural teeth and around the attached false tooth or teeth.
Special toothpicks such as Stim-U-Dent may be effective for wide spaces between teeth but should never replace flossing. Standard toothpicks should never be used for regular hygiene.
Electronic products, such as water piks, are also helpful. These devices are expensive but may improve flossing compliance.

Producing Saliva and Drinking Water. Saliva is important for diluting the toxins created by plaque. Drinking at least 7 glasses of water a day helps reduce inflammation in the mouth by producing more saliva. Increasing water intake is particularly important as one ages, when less saliva is produced.

Diagnosis

The dental practitioner typically performs a number of procedures to determine a diagnosis of periodontal disease.

The dentist will first take a medical history to reveal any past or present periodontal problems, any underlying diseases that might be contributing to the problem, and any medications the patient is taking. After noting the general state of oral hygiene, the dentist may ask about the quality of home dental care.

Inspection of the Gum Area. The dentist inspects the color and shape of gingival tissue on the cheek (buccal) side and the tongue (lingual) side of every tooth and compares these qualities to the healthy ideal. Redness, puffiness, and bleeding upon probing indicate inflammation. If the gum formation between teeth is blunt and not pointed, acute necrotizing periodontal disease may be indicated.

Periodontal Screening and Recording (PSR). PSR is a painless procedure used to measure and determine the severity of periodontal disease:

The dentist uses a mirror and a periodontal probe, a fine instrument calibrated in millimeters (mm), which is used to measure pocket depth. (A new automatic probing device may prove to be even more sensitive and accurate than the standard manual probe that most dentists use.)
The probe is held along the length of the tooth with the tip placed in the pocket. The tip of the probe will then touch the point where the connective tissue attaches to the tooth.
The dentist will "walk" the probe to six specified points on each tooth, three on the buccal (cheek) and three on the lingual (tongue) sides. The dentist measures the depth of the probe at each point.
Pocket depths greater than 3 mm indicate disease.

These measurements help determine the condition of the connective tissue and amount of gingival overgrowth or recession. PSR appears to be even more reliable than x-rays in diagnosing gum disease.

Testing Tooth Movement. Tooth mobility is determined by pushing each tooth between two instrument handles and observing any movement. Mobility is a strong indicator of bone support loss.

X-rays. X-rays are taken to show any loss of bone structure supporting the teeth. Eighteen x-rays make up the full mouth series necessary for diagnosis.

Treatment

Studies support the effectiveness of active treatment combined with a strict maintenance program for patients with periodontal disease. In one study, for example, people with periodontal disease who were inconsistent in caring for their gums after treatment had 5.6 times the risk for tooth loss as those who were very vigilant.

Some dentists have reported a success rate of 85% when professional treatment and good home maintenance are combined. Treatment helps nonsmokers more than smokers, particularly when pockets are deep and persistent. Some studies suggest that periodontal treatment in people with type 2 diabetes helps improve blood sugar levels. Whether treatment will help reduce other health risks, including heart attack and stroke, is unknown.

Treatment Goals. Once periodontal disease has been identified, the goals of treatment are:

To arrest and control the progress of the disease
To leave the periodontal tissues in an easily maintainable state
If possible, to restore the supporting structures, which include bone, gum tissue, and ligaments

Treatment Phases. To achieve these goals, there are various approaches:

Initial cleaning, scaling, and curettage
Surgery -- if needed for reducing deep pockets that remain underneath the gum after extensive cleaning sessions
Low-dose oral or topical antibiotics
Maintenance

After the active treatment is completed and the mouth is in a relative state of health, the patient should have regular cleanings lasting 45 minutes to 1 hour, approximately every 3 months. These may be done by the dental hygienist, the periodontist, or the general dentist. The patient may alternate between them. Home care, of course, must be continued.

Antibiotics Before Treatment. In cases where the individual has a mitral valve prolapse or history of rheumatic heart disease, pretreatment with an appropriate antibiotic is required before any dental work, including cleaning. This is necessary to prevent the possibility of bacterial endocarditis, which can be life threatening.

Scaling, polishing, and sometimes curettage are used to manage periodontal disease. They are usually accomplished in a series of three to four visits spaced about a week apart. (Patients might ask their dentist about the gas nitrous oxide, which is helpful for many patients and may reduce the visits to a single one.) The dental hygienist or practitioner generally uses both ultrasonic and manual instruments to remove calculus.

Calculus above the gum is easily seen. The dental professional usually detects calculus below the gum by careful probing with an instrument.
The hygienist or dentist may use an ultrasonic instrument for removal of the more accessible calculus. This probe-like device vibrates at a frequency range higher than is audible to the human ear. Some people with low tolerance for the ultrasonic probe may wish to request nitrous oxide.
A spray of water is used with ultrasound to prevent overheating and to flush out the debris that is dislodged.
The dental professional will scrape the plaque from above and below the gum line (called scaling). When the probe contacts the rock-like calculus, deposits fracture off the tooth fairly efficiently.
The hygienist or dentist will then smooth the rough spots on the tooth. Smoothing the surface helps remove bacteria that collect there (root planing) and also helps the gums reattach.
Polishing is the finishing procedure. It uses a rubber cup with an abrasive paste to remove plaque and stains on the crown portion of the tooth. It produces a smooth surface, making it temporarily harder for plaque to adhere.

After the cleaning procedure, the dentist will check the pocket depths around the teeth after the cleaning process has been completed. Further treatment needs are determined by the results of these initial sessions:

If the cleaning processes have reduced inflammation, observation only is needed.
If an abscess is present, surgery may be required.

Finally, the dental hygienist or practitioner should offer thorough instructions on home care to insure the removal of bacteria on a daily basis. This includes proper use of the toothbrush, paste, mouth rinses, floss, floss threaders, and proxabrushes. Home care can effectively eliminate the plaque above the gums and down to 2 mm below the gums.

Gingival curettage removes the soft tissue lining of the periodontal pockets in order to completely eliminate bacteria and diseased tissue. It may be used along with scaling and root planing, but achieves a deeper and more complete cleaning. Evidence indicates, however, that it does not contribute any additional benefits beyond simple scaling and planing.

Surgery allows access for deep cleaning of the root surface, removal of diseased tissue, and repositioning and shaping of the bones, gum, and tissues supporting the teeth. Surgical procedures vary depending on the individual diagnosis and needs of the patient. The basic procedure is known as open flap curettage. It involves:

The periodontal surgeon lifts, or flaps, the gums away from the tooth and surrounding bone.
The diseased root surfaces are cleaned and curetted (scraped) to remove deposits.
Gum tissue is replaced into positions to minimize pocket depth.
The periodontist may also contour the remaining bone and attempt to regenerate lost bone and gingival attachment through bone grafts and guided tissue regeneration or the use of enamel matrix protein derivatives.

There is some debate about whether this procedure is any more effective in preventing disease progression than non-surgical therapies, such as low-dose doxycycline, short-term antibiotics, or antibiotic gels. Some studies have reported that although surgical treatment reduced pocket depth more than non-surgical therapies for at least a year after the procedure, benefits from surgery do not persist beyond 5 years, except in very deep pockets.

Postsurgery Pain and Discomfort. Post-surgery discomfort is usually managed easily with over-the-counter medications such as ibuprofen. If discomfort is severe, stronger analgesics may be prescribed. Some patients experience sensitivity to hot or cold temperatures from exposed roots. These problems can be managed with topical fluoride treatments or, in severe cases, with dental restoration.

Guided Tissue Regeneration. A more advanced technique, called guided tissue regeneration, is used to stimulate bone and gum tissue growth:

First, the root surfaces and diseased bone are meticulously cleaned out. Preventing bacterial contamination is very important. The more residual bacteria, the greater the chance that the treatment will fail.
A specialized piece of fabric is sewn around the tooth to cover the crater in the bone left after the cleaning. It is either absorbable or nonabsorbable. (Some studies report highly beneficial results with new absorbable materials, including those coated with the antibiotic doxycycline.)
The gum is then sewn over the fabric. The fabric prevents the gum tissue from growing down into the bone defect and allows the bone and the attachment to the root to regenerate.
After 4 - 6 weeks, the nonabsorbable fabric must be removed using a minor surgical procedure. The absorbable membrane may be left in. In general, there is little difference in outcome between absorbable and nonabsorbable procedures. The absorbable fabric may not be as effective as standard grafts if gum tissue is thin, although newer materials may prove to produce better results.

Bone Grafting. In some cases of severe bone loss, the surgeon may attempt to encourage regrowth and restoration of bone tissue that has been lost through the disease process. This involves bone grafting:

The surgeon places bone graft material into the defect.
The material may be either bone from the same patient or a substance called decalcified freeze-dried bone allografts (DFDBA) which is obtained from a donor.
This material then stimulates new bone growth in the area.

Enamel Matrix Protein Derivative. Amelogenin is a derivative of a major protein in the structure (the matrix) of enamel that helps stimulate gum tissue growth. A gel containing amelogenin (Emdogain) is applied during surgery and forms a coat over the roots of the teeth. The gel itself dissolves after 2 days, leaving the active substance behind. Studies report that it is safe and may significantly reduce the effects of periodontal disease. One study suggested that the benefits, as indicated by bone attachment, can persist for at least 4 years. (Results were similar to guided tissue regeneration.)

Gum grafting techniques can also be very useful for improving the looks of the gum as well as adding support to the teeth. During this procedure, the periodontist takes gum tissue from the palate or another donor source to cover the exposed root in order to even the gum line and reduce sensitivity. Other procedures are available to improve the look of the gums and teeth. The gum line can be sculpted to improve uneven or excess gums and to cover exposed roots as gums recede.

Periodontists report that they are achieving great success with tooth implants in patients who have lost teeth due to periodontal disease. The average cost for a single implant is high, however, and one implant requires 5 - 7 months for completion.

Medications

Antibiotics are often used in combination with surgery, curettage, or alone to eliminate or prevent disease-causing bacteria after periodontal procedures. They are being investigated in oral forms as well as in topical forms that are applied directly to the gum. Increasingly, dental professionals are finding that local application of antibiotics is more effective than periodontal surgery alone. They may even prove to be an alternative to surgery.

Some experts are concerned, however, that long-term use of antibiotics increases the risk of bacterial resistance to these drugs, which is a growing health problem in general. Of some encouragement was a 2000 review, which indicated that low-dose antibiotics do not increase the risk of bacterial resistance. However, long-term studies are still needed

Antibiotics given orally and at standard doses have some limited applications for periodontal disease. They are typically given for an acute infection. Long-term use of antibiotics is advised for the control of juvenile periodontitis, refractory periodontitis, rapidly progressing periodontitis, and prepubertal periodontitis. Specific antibiotics used in periodontal disease include:

Tetracycline antibiotics -- which include tetracycline hydrochloride, doxycycline, and minocycline -- are the primary drugs used. They not only have anti-bacterial actions but also reduce inflammation and help block collagenase, the protein that destroys connective tissue and bone, even in low doses. In fact, these two actions seem to contribute most to periodontal protection, rather than their antibacterial properties. Short-term use of standard-dose doxycycline (a 10-day treatment) is used for treating acute periodontal infections and for eliminating inflammation. Topical application and long-term use of these antibiotics are showing particular promise.
Some macrolide antibiotics (roxithromycin) may have actions against inflammation and growth involved in periodontal disease.
Some quinolone antibiotics (moxifloxacin, ciprofloxacin) may specifically target A. actinomycetemcomitans, an important bacteria in periodontal disease.
Metronidazole (Flagyl) in combination with tetracycline or amoxicillin (a penicillin) may be used for severe and chronic periodontal disease.

There is growing bacterial resistance to many of these antibiotics, such as roxithromycin and metronidazole, therefore limiting their use in periodontal disease. One study indicated, however, that 3 months after antibiotic administration, the percentage of bacteria that could be eliminated with standard antibiotics returned to normal.

Topical application of antibiotics to the gum surface does not affect the entire body like oral antibiotics do, and they are preferred whenever possible. Studies suggest that, in combination with scaling and planing, any of these approaches are very effective for periodontal health.

Several different topical applications are showing promise, including:

Atridox is a doxycycline gel that conforms to the gum surface and then solidifies. Over the next few days, it releases the antibiotics.
Elyzol is a gel or strip applied to the gum that is composed of metronidazole. It has unique actions that are effective against parasites as well as bacteria. Studies suggest that Atridox, which contains doxycycline, may be more effective than Elyzol. (In one study, however, the doxycycline gel worked faster, but metronidazole achieved a greater bacterial reduction.)
PerioChip is a chip that is placed into the gum pocket after scaling. Over time, it slowly releases chlorhexidine, a powerful bacteria-killing antiseptic. Early studies report benefits in reducing pocket depths, but it is still not known whether these improvements are sustained.
Minocycline microspheres (Arestin) contain antibiotics in tiny capsules, which are applied to the gums after scaling and planing. Studies report that they are more effective in reducing pocket depth and bone loss than standard periodontal maintenance. Patients obtain these benefits regardless of their smoking status, age gender, or extent of the periodontal disease.
Actisite is a thin strip similar to dental floss, which is treated with tetracycline hydrochloride. The treated thread is temporarily inserted between the tooth and gum. (Using multiple strips may be more beneficial than using a single strip.) This was one of the first topical applications of antibiotics. Other topical approaches are being increasingly used.

Subantimicrobial Dose Doxycycline (Periostat). Subantimicrobial dose doxycycline (SDD) is a term used for a treatment that uses very low doses (20 mg) of doxycycline (Periostat). Although doxycycline is a tetracycline antibiotic, the doses used are too low to affect bacteria. However, at these dose levels, the drug blocks matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) -- enzymes that destroy the connective tissues holding the teeth. Periostat is taken twice a day for months. There is some concern that such long-term use may pose a risk for the development of antibiotic-resistant bacteria or other, still unknown, adverse effects. The doses used in this treatment, however, are too low to have any effect on bacteria, so some experts believe this risk is very low. In fact, several 12-month studies report significant improvements in tooth attachment and pocket depth with no increased incidence of side effects. [Taking a common nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug, such as aspirin or ibuprofen (Advil) along with doxycycline, may enhance the effectiveness of this treatment.]

Chemically Modified Tetracyclines. Other tetracyclines are being developed that inhibit MMPs but have no antibiotic properties, which would, theoretically, avoid possible long-term problems with antibiotic resistance.

Other Treatments

Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs). NSAIDs are drugs that block factors that cause inflammation and pain.

Over-the-counter NSAIDs include aspirin, ibuprofen (Motrin IB, Advil, Nuprin, Rufen), naproxen (Aleve), ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis KT).
Prescription NSAIDs include naproxen (Naprosyn, Anaprox), diclofenac (Voltaren), tolmetin (Tolectin), ketoprofen (Orudis, Oruvail), indomethacin (Indocin).

These drugs are used not only for relieving pain in periodontal disease but also for slowing the disease process. NSAIDs block inflammatory enzymes triggered by cytokines, which are important immune factors in periodontal disease. A number of NSAIDs have been investigated and have been shown to reduce gingivitis and slow progression of periodontal disease.

In one study, long-term use of oral flurbiprofen (Ansaid) resulted in significantly lower bone loss, although disease progression returned when the drug was stopped.

Investigators are also studying rinses, creams, and other topical forms of NSAIDs. For example, a cream containing ketoprofen appears to reduce bone loss. (Ketoprofen is of particular interest because it blocks not only COX-2 but also another pathway involved in the disease process.)

Warning about NSAIDs: Although NSAIDs work well, long-term use can cause stomach problems, such as ulcers and bleeding, and possible heart problems. In April 2005, the FDA asked drug manufacturers of NSAIDs to include a warning label on their product that alerts users of an increased risk for cardiovascular events and gastrointestinal bleeding.

Gels containing growth factors -- including substances called recombinant human (rh), platelet-derived growth factor-BB (PDGF-BB), and (rh) insulin-like growth factor-I (IGF-I) -- are showing promise for restoring bone.

Research is underway to find a vaccine against periodontal disease. To date, animal studies show promise, but an effective vaccine for people is years away.

Researchers are investigating the use of photodynamic therapy (PDT) as an alternative to antibiotic drugs. PDT destroys periodontal bacteria by applying photosensitive drugs to oral regions and exposing the drug-treated area to a light or laser. Research appears promising but is still in its preliminary stages.

Resources

www.nidcr.nih.gov -- National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research
www.perio.org -- American Academy of Periodontology
www.ada.org -- American Dental Association
www.aaoms.org -- American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons

References

Amaliya , Timmerman MF, Abbas F, Loos BG, Van der Weijden GA, Van Winkelhoff AJ, et al. Java project on periodontal diseases: the relationship between vitamin C and the severity of periodontitis. J Clin Periodontol. 2007 Apr;34(4):299-304.

de Oliveira RR, Schwartz-Filho HO, Novaes AB Jr, Taba M Jr. Antimicrobial photodynamic therapy in the non-surgical treatment of aggressive periodontitis: a preliminary randomized controlled clinical study. J Periodontol. 2007 Jun;78(6):965-73.

Kolahi J, Soolari A. Rinsing with chlorhexidine gluconate solution after brushing and flossing teeth: a systematic review of effectiveness. Quintessence Int. 2006 Sep;37(:605-12.

Persson GR, Yeates J, Persson RE, Hirschi-Imfeld R, Weibel M, Kiyak HA. The impact of a low-frequency chlorhexidine rinsing schedule on the subgingival microbiota (the TEETH clinical trial). J Periodontol. 2007 Sep;78(9):1751-8.

Staudte H, Sigusch BW, Glockmann E. Grapefruit consumption improves vitamin C status in periodontitis patients. Br Dent J. 2005 Aug 27;199(4):213-7, discussion 210.

Review Date:
1/26/2008
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com